<PAGE>
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 16, 1997
REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
CALIFORNIA 7373 77-0127305
(State or other jurisdiction (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
of Classification Code Number) Identification
incorporation or organization) Number)
</TABLE>
4464 WILLOW ROAD
PLEASANTON, CALIFORNIA 94588
(510) 737-2100
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
Registrant's principal executive offices)
STEVEN M. WILLENS
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
4464 WILLOW ROAD
PLEASANTON, CALIFORNIA 94588
(510) 737-2100
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of agent for service)
--------------------------
COPIES TO:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Steven E. Bochner, Esq. William L. Hudson, Esq.
Nevan C. Elam, Esq. Valerie J. Horwitz, Esq.
Richard S. Arnold, Jr., Esq. Randall M. Lake, Esq.
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP
Professional Corporation Spear Street Tower One Market Plaza
650 Page Mill Road San Francisco, California 94105
Palo Alto, California 94304 (415) 442-0900
(415) 493-9300
</TABLE>
--------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
--------------------------
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box: / /
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering: / /
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering: / /
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box: / /
--------------------------
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PROPOSED MAXIMUM
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF AGGREGATE OFFERING AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED PRICE (1) REGISTRATION FEE
<S> <C> <C>
Common Stock, no par value per share.................................. $40,000,000 $12,122
</TABLE>
(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) solely for purposes of calculating the
registration fee.
--------------------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION)
ISSUED MAY , 1997
SHARES
[LOGO]
COMMON STOCK
-----------------
OF THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, SHARES ARE BEING
SOLD BY THE COMPANY AND SHARES ARE BEING SOLD BY A SELLING
SHAREHOLDER. SEE "PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS." THE COMPANY WILL
NOT RECEIVE ANY OF THE PROCEEDS FROM THE SALE OF SHARES BY THE SELLING
SHAREHOLDERS. PRIOR TO THIS OFFERING, THERE HAS BEEN NO PUBLIC
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY. IT IS CURRENTLY
ESTIMATED THAT THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE WILL BE
BETWEEN $ AND $ PER SHARE. SEE "UNDERWRITERS"
FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED IN
DETERMINING THE INITIAL OFFERING PRICE. APPLICATION
HAS BEEN MADE TO LIST THE SHARES FOR QUOTATION ON
THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET UNDER THE SYMBOL
"LIVS."
------------------------
THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON
PAGE 5 HEREOF.
-----------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
-------------------
PRICE $ A SHARE
-------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO
PRICE TO DISCOUNTS AND PROCEEDS TO SELLING
PUBLIC COMMISSIONS (1) COMPANY (2) SHAREHOLDERS
--------------- --------------- --------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
PER SHARE............................... $ $ $ $
TOTAL (3)............................... $ $ $ $
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING SHAREHOLDERS HAVE AGREED TO INDEMNIFY THE
UNDERWRITERS AGAINST CERTAIN LIABILITIES, INCLUDING LIABILITIES UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SEE "UNDERWRITERS."
(2) BEFORE DEDUCTING EXPENSES PAYABLE BY THE COMPANY ESTIMATED AT $ .
(3) THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN SELLING SHAREHOLDERS HAVE GRANTED THE UNDERWRITERS
AN OPTION, EXERCISABLE WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE HEREOF, TO PURCHASE UP
TO AN AGGREGATE OF AND ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK,
RESPECTIVELY, AT THE PRICE TO PUBLIC LESS UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND
COMMISSIONS FOR THE PURPOSE OF COVERING OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY. IF THE
UNDERWRITERS EXERCISE SUCH OPTION IN FULL, THE TOTAL PRICE TO PUBLIC,
UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS, PROCEEDS TO COMPANY AND PROCEEDS
TO SELLING SHAREHOLDERS WILL BE $ , $ , $ AND
$ , RESPECTIVELY. SEE "UNDERWRITERS."
------------------------
THE SHARES ARE OFFERED, SUBJECT TO PRIOR SALE, WHEN, AS AND IF ACCEPTED BY
THE UNDERWRITERS NAMED HEREIN AND SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS
BY BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP, COUNSEL FOR THE
UNDERWRITERS. IT IS EXPECTED THAT DELIVERY OF THE SHARES WILL BE MADE ON OR
ABOUT , 1997 AT THE OFFICE OF MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED, NEW
YORK, N.Y., AGAINST PAYMENT THEREFOR IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
-------------------
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
INCORPORATED
HAMBRECHT & QUIST
ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY
, 1997
<PAGE>
NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN AS CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS, AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE
RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, ANY SELLING SHAREHOLDER OR
ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY BY ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS
UNLAWFUL FOR SUCH PERSON TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFERING OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES IMPLY THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY
DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
------------------------
UNTIL , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS DELIVERY
REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
-----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary......................................................................................... 3
The Company................................................................................................ 4
Risk Factors............................................................................................... 5
Use of Proceeds............................................................................................ 15
Dividend Policy............................................................................................ 15
Capitalization............................................................................................. 16
Dilution................................................................................................... 17
Selected Consolidated Financial Data....................................................................... 18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations...................... 19
Business................................................................................................... 26
Management................................................................................................. 36
Certain Transactions....................................................................................... 43
Principal and Selling Shareholders......................................................................... 44
Description of Capital Stock............................................................................... 46
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............................................................................ 47
Underwriters............................................................................................... 49
Legal Matters.............................................................................................. 51
Experts.................................................................................................... 51
Additional Information..................................................................................... 51
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements................................................................. F-1
</TABLE>
------------------------
The Company intends to furnish to its shareholders annual reports containing
consolidated financial statements audited by an independent public accounting
firm and quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year
containing unaudited consolidated financial information.
------------------------
The Company's logo, Livingston, PortMaster, ComOS, PMconsole, RADIUS and
ChoiceNet are trademarks of the Company. ProVision is a service mark of the
Company. This Prospectus also includes product names and other trade names and
trademarks of the Company and of other organizations.
------------------------
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT GIVE
EFFECT TO EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION.
------------------------
CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK.
SPECIFICALLY, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVERALLOT IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING,
AND MAY BID FOR, AND PURCHASE, SHARES OF COMMON STOCK IN THE OPEN MARKET. FOR A
DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITERS."
2
<PAGE>
INTEGRATED REMOTE ACCESS SOLUTIONS
FOR INTERNET SERVICE PROVIDERS
Livingston's high performance, integrated remote access solutions enable ISPs
worldwide to cost-effectively connect their subscribers to the Internet. All of
the Company's remote access products incorporate Livingston's ComOS operating
system, which has been architected specifically for remote access applications
to provide robust routing, security, centralized device management and
subscriber administration functions. The Company believes that more ISPs
worldwide use Livingston's remote access servers than those of any other vendor.
Since the Company's introduction of its first remote access server in 1990, over
2,000 ISPs have purchased the Company's products.
Diagram of an ISP's Point of Presence
Housed within the ISP's local Point of Presence, Livingston's remote access
products connect dial-up subscribers communicating with the ISP over standard
analog, ISDN, Frame Relay or T1/E1 leased line connections to the Internet via
the ISP's router-based network. The Company's ComOS operating system enables the
ISP to perform a number of critical functions including:
- - Routing: support for TCP/IP, IPX, OSPF, PPP, RIP and other LAN/WAN protocols
- - Security: subscriber authentication, encryption and firewall filtering
- - Network management: configuration and device management
- - Subscriber administration: accounting, billing and Internet content management
Photo of Livingston's PortMaster 3, PortMaster 2,
FireWall Router, and Office Router products
In November 1996, the Company introduced the PortMaster 3, the Company's next
generation access concentrator, which integrates digital modem, router and
communications server functionality with support for conventional analog, ISDN,
Frame Relay and T1/E1 service connections in a compact 3.5 inch high chassis.
The PortMaster 3 combines the Company's core software technology, the ComOS
operating system, with a streamlined hardware design to offer ISPs the following
advantages:
- - Integrated hardware solution
- - Designed to support emerging technologies such as 56K modems
- - Scalability and manageability
- - Reliability
- - Security and administrative capabilities
- - Low price per port
Livingston also provides office routers and firewall routers that are resold by
ISPs to corporate customers for Internet connectivity and other remote access
networking applications.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN
THIS PROSPECTUS.
THE COMPANY
Livingston is a leading provider of integrated remote access networking
solutions for ISPs worldwide. Used by ISPs to connect their subscribers to the
Internet, the Company's remote access servers deliver high performance at a low
price per port, making them particularly well-suited for the intensely
competitive ISP market. The Company also provides office routers and firewall
routers that are resold by ISPs to corporate customers for Internet connectivity
and other remote access networking applications. The Company believes that more
ISPs worldwide use Livingston's remote access servers than those of any other
vendor. Since the Company's introduction of its first remote access server in
1990, over 2,000 ISPs have purchased the Company's remote access products.
In November 1996, the Company introduced the PortMaster 3 access
concentrator, its next generation remote access platform, which integrates
digital modem, router and communications server functionality with support for
analog modems, ISDN PRI, Frame Relay and T1/E1 service connections in a compact
3.5 inch high chassis. The PortMaster 3 has been designed to be easily upgraded
to support emerging technologies such as 56K modem functionality. The PortMaster
3 combines the Company's core software technology, the ComOS operating system,
with an integrated hardware design that provides ISPs with a high port density,
highly scalable remote access solution. Architected specifically for remote
access applications, ComOS is incorporated in all of the Company's remote access
products and provides robust routing, security, centralized device management
and subscriber administration capabilities. The Company believes that the
PortMaster 3 platform positions it to better address the needs of large ISPs and
Telcos, and to maintain its leadership position with the Company's established
base of local and regional ISP customers.
THE OFFERING
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Common Stock offered........................................... shares, including
shares by the Company and
shares by a Selling Shareholder
Common Stock to be outstanding after the offering.............. shares (1)
Use of proceeds................................................ For general corporate purposes, including working capital
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol......................... LIVS
</TABLE>
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
ENDED
YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31, -----------
----------------------------------------------------- FEB. 29,
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net revenues............................................... $ 1,424 $ 2,083 $ 6,180 $ 20,461 $ 46,107 $ 21,405
Gross profit............................................... 951 1,121 3,327 12,407 27,540 12,745
Net income................................................. 320 86 1,027 4,904 8,845 4,852
Net income per share (2)................................... $ .03 $ .01 $ .08 $ .38 $ .62 $ .35
Shares used in per share computations (2).................. 12,525 12,525 12,525 12,945 14,214 13,725
<CAPTION>
FEB. 28,
1997
-----------
<S> <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net revenues............................................... $ 31,315
Gross profit............................................... 17,356
Net income................................................. 4,685
Net income per share (2)................................... $ .32
Shares used in per share computations (2).................. 14,473
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, 1997
--------------------------
ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED(3)
--------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents............................................................................ $ 7,256 $
Working capital...................................................................................... 17,749
Total assets......................................................................................... 27,649
Total shareholders' equity........................................................................... 20,118
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) Based on 12,365,060 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of February 28,
1997. Excludes 2,444,275 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
of options outstanding under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan at
February 28, 1997, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.17 per
share, and 246,250 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
options granted under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan subsequent to
February 28, 1997, with a weighted average exercise price of $14.23 per
share. Also excludes (i) 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for
issuance under the Company's 1997 Stock Plan and (ii) 500,000 shares of
Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company's 1997 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan. See "Management--Executive Compensation," "Description of
Capital Stock" and Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation
of the determination of net income per share and shares used in per share
computations.
(3) As adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of Common Stock offered by
the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per
share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. See "Use of
Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
3
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY
Livingston Enterprises, Inc. ("Livingston" or the "Company") is a leading
provider of integrated remote access networking solutions for Internet Service
Providers ("ISPs") worldwide. Used by ISPs to connect their subscribers to the
Internet, the Company's remote access servers deliver high performance at a low
price per port, making them particularly well-suited for the intensely
competitive ISP market. The Company also provides office routers and firewall
routers that are resold by ISPs to corporate customers for Internet connectivity
and other remote access networking applications. The Company believes that more
ISPs worldwide use Livingston's remote access servers than those of any other
vendor. Since the Company's introduction of its first remote access server in
1990, over 2,000 ISPs have purchased the Company's remote access products.
In November 1996, the Company introduced the PortMaster 3 access
concentrator, its next generation remote access platform, which integrates
digital modem, router and communications server functionality with support for
analog modems, ISDN PRI, Frame Relay and T1/E1 service connections in a compact
3.5 inch high chassis. The PortMaster 3 has been designed to be easily upgraded
to support emerging technologies such as 56K modem functionality. The PortMaster
3 combines the Company's core software technology, the ComOS operating system,
with an integrated hardware design that provides ISPs with a high port density,
highly scalable remote access solution. Architected specifically for remote
access applications, ComOS is incorporated in all of the Company's remote access
products and provides robust routing, security, centralized device management
and subscriber administration capabilities. The Company believes that the
PortMaster 3 platform positions it to better address the needs of large ISPs and
Telcos, and to maintain its leadership position with the Company's established
base of local and regional ISP customers.
The number of Internet subscribers and Internet traffic is growing rapidly
as the Internet continues to emerge as a global medium for communication,
commerce and entertainment. To accommodate Internet subscriber growth and
customers' increasing bandwidth requirements, many ISPs are dramatically
increasing their investments in networking infrastructure, particularly in the
area of remote access equipment.
The ISP market is evolving rapidly and competition in the industry has
intensified as many major telecommunications service providers have entered or
announced plans to enter the ISP market. ISPs increasingly need to provide
reliable service with maximum accessibility and minimum downtime to maintain
customer satisfaction, forcing ISPs to continually expand and upgrade their
networks without service interruption. Competition to attract and maintain
subscribers requires ISPs to improve the performance of their networks by
incorporating new technologies such as 56K modems. As a result, ISPs are
increasingly focused on procuring remote access equipment that is
cost-effective, reliable, scalable and interoperable, includes comprehensive
network management and security capabilities and provides support for emerging
technologies.
Livingston's goal is to be the leading supplier of technologically advanced
and cost-effective remote access solutions to ISPs worldwide. Livingston's
strategy is to leverage its flexible ComOS operating system and its modular
hardware design to provide cost-effective, highly scalable and reliable remote
access technologies that incorporate next generation networking functionality.
The Company is focused on maintaining its market leadership with local and
regional ISPs, continuing to build its direct sales and technical support
capabilities, and increasing its market share with major national and
international ISPs. The Company also plans to expand its presence in Europe,
Japan and other international markets.
Livingston was incorporated in California in 1986. Unless the context
otherwise requires, references in this Prospectus to "Livingston" and the
"Company" refer to Livingston Enterprises, Inc., a California corporation, and
its subsidiaries. The Company's principal executive offices are located at 4464
Willow Road, Pleasanton, California 94588. Its telephone number is (510)
737-2100 and its World Wide Web site is located at http://www.livingston.com.
Information contained in the Company's World Wide Web site is not part of this
Prospectus.
4
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE FOLLOWING
FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES
OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY. THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS WHICH INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS
COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH BELOW AND
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
UNPREDICTABLE AND FLUCTUATING QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS. Due to the
emerging and evolving nature of the markets for the Company's products and the
likelihood of increased competition, there can be no assurance that growth in
net revenues will continue or that the Company will continue to be profitable.
As a result of the Company's recent transition to its new product, PortMaster 3,
the Company believes that future quarterly operating results could be negatively
impacted by factors such as a continuing decline in sales of many of the
Company's earlier generation products, which the Company expects, and a lack of
sustained market acceptance of PortMaster 3. In addition, the Company expects
that software licensing royalties from US Robotics Access Corp., Inc. ("USR")
will terminate in fiscal 1998, if not sooner. For the Company's fiscal year
ended August 31, 1996 and the six months ended February 28, 1997, royalty
revenues from USR represented 6.2% and 12.9% of net revenues, respectively. To
the extent that such termination in royalty revenue and a decline in revenue of
the Company's earlier generation products is not offset by sales of PortMaster 3
and future products, the Company's business, quarterly operating results and
financial condition would be materially adversely affected. The Company's
quarterly operating results could also be materially adversely affected by a
wide variety of factors including the following: price competition; the mix of
products sold; the ability of the Company to provide product features required
by ISPs; product flaws that cannot be detected or remedied in a timely manner;
shortages of critical components; the buying patterns of ISPs and other
customers; the level of Internet usage by customers of ISPs; the ability of the
Company to succeed in selling products to large ISPs, interexchange carriers
such as AT&T, MCI and Sprint, and Regional Bell Operating Companies ("RBOCs")
(interexchange carriers and RBOCs may be collectively referred to as "Telcos");
the ability of the Company to hire and retain additional sales personnel;
consolidation in the ISP markets; the mix of distribution channels employed by
the Company; changes in the levels of inventory held by third party resellers;
the timing of orders from, and shipments to, customers; and seasonality and
general economic conditions. The Company typically operates with a relatively
small backlog and, as a result, quarterly sales and operating results generally
depend on the volume and timing of, and ability to fulfill, orders received
within the quarter, which are difficult to forecast. A significant portion of
the Company's spending is relatively fixed in advance based on the Company's
forecasts of future sales. If sales are below expectations in any given quarter,
the adverse impact of the shortfall on the Company's quarterly operating results
may be magnified by the Company's inability to adjust spending to compensate for
the shortfall. As a result of the Company's plans to expand its direct sales and
marketing and research and development capabilities, the Company anticipates
that its operating expenses will substantially increase, which, in the absence
of increased sales of the Company's products, could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's quarterly operating results. Accordingly, there can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to sustain profitability in the
future, particularly on a quarter-to-quarter basis, or that the Company will not
experience material fluctuations in quarterly operating results. Additionally,
it is possible that the Company's future quarterly operating results may fall
below the expectations of analysts and investors. In such event, the market
price of the Company's Common Stock would likely be materially adversely
affected. See "--Possible Volatility of Stock Price" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
5
<PAGE>
DEPENDENCE ON SALES OF PORTMASTER 3. In the fall of 1996, the Company
introduced PortMaster 3, sales of which represented a majority of the Company's
net revenues in the second quarter of fiscal 1997. There can be no assurance
that such level of sales will be maintained. In particular, there can be no
assurance that the initial level of sales does not reflect pent up demand from
prior quarters as a result of the anticipated introduction of PortMaster 3. In
addition, future sales of PortMaster 3 would be materially adversely affected in
the event that the Company is unable to offer on a timely basis a 56K modem
upgrade for PortMaster 3. Sales of PortMaster 3 would also be materially
adversely affected in the event that the ISP market widely adopts an alternative
56K modem technology such as USR's x2 modem technology. See "--Risks Associated
with 56K Modem Technology." From time to time, the Company's products may
contain product flaws. Due to the complexity of the PortMaster 3, there can be
no assurance that the PortMaster 3 does not contain undetected product flaws or
that the Company will be able to timely or effectively remedy such flaws. See
"--Risks Associated with Rapid Technological Changes." In addition, because the
PortMaster 3 is the Company's first product intended to address large ISPs and
Telcos, there can be no assurance that this product will prove suitable for, or
achieve acceptance in, these markets. See "--Risks Associated with Entry into
New and Unfamiliar Markets." Sales of the Company's earlier generation
PortMaster products declined in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996 and the six
months ended February 28, 1997, and the Company expects such sales will continue
to decline and that the Company will be increasingly dependent upon sales of
PortMaster 3 to sustain and grow its net revenues. There can be no assurance
that sales of PortMaster 3 will be sufficient to sustain and grow the Company's
net revenues. The inability of the Company to increase sales of its PortMaster 3
would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business--Industry
Background and Market" and "--Technology and Products."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH NEW PRODUCT INTRODUCTIONS. The market for the
Company's products is characterized by rapidly changing technologies, evolving
industry standards, frequent competitive product introductions and short product
life cycles. The Company's introduction of new or enhanced products requires the
Company to effectively manage the transition from older products to newer
generation products in order to minimize disruption in customer ordering
patterns, avoid excessive levels of older product inventories and ensure that
adequate supplies of new products can be delivered to meet customer demand. In
the past, the Company has experienced problems with product transitions. For
example, the Company experienced a decrease in net revenues in the fourth
quarter of fiscal 1996, when sales of the Company's earlier generation products
decreased primarily as a result of the anticipated introduction of PortMaster 3.
As a result, the Company recorded charges aggregating approximately $3.3 million
through the first quarter of fiscal 1997 as a reserve for obsolete PortMaster 2
inventory. A failure by the Company to effectively manage new product
introductions in the future could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See "--Risks
Associated with Rapid Technological Changes."
DEPENDENCE ON SALES TO LOCAL AND REGIONAL ISPS. Historically, the Company
has sold a substantial majority of its products to local and regional ISPs. The
business of local and regional ISPs is largely dependent upon free reciprocal
access to networks of large regional and national ISPs. Recently, certain
national ISPs have announced that they plan to eliminate such free access to
local and regional ISPs. There can be no assurance such limitations, or other
limitations by national ISPs, would not materially adversely impact the growth
or success of local and regional ISPs and thereby materially adversely impact
the sales of the Company's products. Additionally, local and regional ISPs often
have limited access to capital and as a result may be constrained in their
ability to purchase the Company's products. Accordingly, there can be no
assurance that sales to such ISPs, individually or as a group, will equal or
exceed historical levels in any future period. A decrease in purchases of the
Company's products by local and regional ISPs generally would materially
adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition.
6
<PAGE>
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business--Sales and Marketing."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH 56K MODEM TECHNOLOGY. Modem technology is rapidly
evolving and with the recent introduction of 56K modem technology, ISPs are
increasingly demanding remote access solutions that incorporate 56K modem
technology. There currently are two principal competing 56K modem technologies:
(i) the x2 modem technology developed by USR and (ii) the K56flex modem
technology developed by Lucent Technologies ("Lucent") and Rockwell
Semiconductor Systems, Inc. ("Rockwell"). The Company has adopted the
Lucent/Rockwell technology and has announced its offer to provide an upgrade,
when and if available, to existing PortMaster 3 customers, upon request and at
no additional charge, to support K56flex specifications. The Company does not
plan to support the USR technology. In the event that USR's technology becomes
widely adopted by ISPs, or an industry standard is adopted that is not
compatible with the 56K modem solution implemented by the Company, the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially
adversely affected. The Company believes that in order to remain competitive it
must successfully introduce a 56K modem solution before the end of fiscal 1997.
The Company depends on Lucent for the development of microchips for its 56K
implementation. There can be no assurance that Lucent will be able to deliver to
the Company sufficient quantities of 56K microchips, that the Company will not
experience problems or delays incorporating these microchips into its products
or that the Company will not experience other difficulties introducing a 56K
modem solution. The inability of the Company to offer a 56K modem solution on a
timely basis would materially adversely impact sales of the PortMaster 3 and
would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. See "--Dependence on Sales of PortMaster 3."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ENTRY INTO NEW AND UNFAMILIAR MARKETS. To date, a
substantial majority of the Company's revenues have been derived from sales to
local and regional ISPs. With the introduction of PortMaster 3, the Company
believes that it can better address the needs of large ISP and Telco markets.
These markets are characterized by longer, more costly sales cycles and
substantially greater competition than the local and regional ISP markets. Many
of the Company's competitors, such as Ascend Communications, Inc. ("Ascend"),
USR and Cisco Systems, Inc. ("Cisco"), have substantially greater resources,
name recognition and experience than the Company, as well as established
relationships with many of the large ISPs and Telcos. Because the PortMaster 3
is the Company's first product intended to address large ISPs and Telcos, there
can be no assurance that this product will prove suitable for, or achieve
acceptance in, these markets. To enter into and compete in these markets, the
Company will be required to expand its sales and marketing capabilities, which
will result in increased operating expenses. See "--Intense Competition,"
"--Dependence on Developing a Direct Sales Capability" and "--Unpredictable and
Fluctuating Quarterly Operating Results." To the extent that the Company is
unable to penetrate such markets for its products or sales of products in these
unfamiliar markets do not offset such increased expenses, the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially
adversely affected.
INTENSE COMPETITION. The remote access market is intensely competitive and
the Company's principal competitors include Ascend, USR and Cisco. Competitive
factors in the remote access ISP market include the breadth of product features,
pricing, product quality, reliability and functionality, marketing and sales
resources, customer service and support and reputation. Competition in the large
ISP and Telco segments of the remote access market is particularly intense and
the Company's competitors have greater name recognition, resources, sales
capabilities and market share than the Company. As a result, the Company has a
competitive disadvantage in these markets. Increased competition could result in
price reductions, the inability of the Company to increase market share, or a
loss of market share by the Company, any of which could materially adversely
affect the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
Additionally, industry-wide consolidation, such as the recently announced
mergers of USR with 3Com Systems, Inc. ("3Com") and Ascend with Cascade
Communications, Inc. ("Cascade"), could result
7
<PAGE>
in increased competition in the remote access ISP market because, among other
things, such companies will be able to provide a complete solution for
integrated remote access combined with other networking products not offered by
the Company. Furthermore, the ISP industry could experience consolidation and
the acquisition of one of the Company's larger customers by a corporation with
relationships with one of the Company's competitors could result in a loss of
revenue attributable to such customer. To the extent Telcos increase their share
of the ISP market and the Company is unsuccessful in penetrating the Telco
segment of the market, the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition could be materially adversely affected. There can be no
assurance that the Company's current and future competitors will not develop or
market technologies and products that offer higher performance and are more
cost-effective than the Company's current or future products, thereby rendering
the Company's technologies and products obsolete. See "Business--Competition."
DEPENDENCE ON DEVELOPING A DIRECT SALES CAPABILITY. The Company believes
that it must augment its direct sales capability in order to effectively compete
in the large ISP and Telco markets. Accordingly, the Company has expanded, and
plans to continue to expand, its direct sales capabilities to establish direct
customer relationships. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will
be able to find, train and retain sufficient personnel to enhance or further
develop such direct sales capability or that the Company will be successful in
penetrating the large ISP and Telco markets. The market in which the Company
competes is characterized by intense competition for attracting and retaining
qualified sales personnel and there can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in competing for such personnel. Many of the Company's competitors
have significant direct sales departments and possess substantially greater
resources to attract such personnel. In the event that the Company is
unsuccessful in developing its direct sales capability, the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely
affected.
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH RELIANCE ON RESELLERS. For the year ended August 31,
1996 and for the six months ended February 28, 1997, 88.1% and 82.9%,
respectively, of the Company's product revenues were made through value added
resellers and distributors ("resellers"). The Company's top ten resellers
represented 73.8% and 59.3%, respectively, of product revenues during such
periods. The Company's top reseller in each period represented 27.2% and 17.4%,
respectively, of the Company's product revenues and the second largest reseller
in each period represented 13.3% and 10.3%, respectively. Accordingly, the
Company is dependent upon the continued viability and financial stability of its
resellers. Furthermore, the Company expects to become more dependent upon
resellers in the international markets. While the Company maintains contractual
relationships with most of its resellers, these agreements generally do not
require a reseller to purchase the Company's products and may be terminated by a
reseller at any time without penalty. There can be no assurance that any of the
Company's resellers will continue to market the Company's products.
Additionally, the Company's resellers generally offer products of several
different companies, including those of the Company's competitors. Consequently,
there is a risk that resellers will give higher priority to products of other
suppliers, thus reducing their efforts to sell the Company's products. The
foregoing risk is exacerbated by the Company's plans to expand its direct sales
capability which could have a negative impact on the Company's relationship with
resellers and result in a reduction in the sales of the Company's products by
such resellers. In addition, the Company may, from time to time, terminate some
of its relationships with resellers and any such termination could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business and result in threatened or
actual litigation. For example, in November 1996, the Company terminated its
relationship with one of its largest resellers, who then threatened to sue the
Company. There can be no assurance that any future termination of a reseller
would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business or that such
termination would not result in a lawsuit or that the Company would be
successful in defending itself in such a lawsuit. Livingston provides most of
its resellers with product return rights for stock balancing and price
protection. There can be no assurance that the Company will not experience
significant product returns or claims for price protection with respect to
products held by resellers which could materially adversely affect the Company's
business, results of
8
<PAGE>
operations and financial condition. See "--Risks Associated with International
Sales" and "Business-- Sales and Marketing."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE MANAGEMENT OF EXPANDING OPERATIONS. The Company
has recently experienced a period of rapid growth and an expansion in the number
of its employees, the scope and complexity of its operating and financial
systems, and the geographic area of its operations. Such growth has placed and,
if sustained, will continue to place a significant strain upon the Company's
management, operations, financial systems and resources. The Company believes
that it must expand its manufacturing, research and development, marketing,
sales and customer support capabilities in order to effectively serve the
evolving needs of the Company's present and future customers. The Company's
Chief Executive Officer also serves as the Company's Chief Technical Officer and
the Company's Vice President of Sales also serves as the Company's Vice
President of Marketing. Consequently, the Company believes it needs to hire
additional senior management in the areas of research and development and
marketing. There can be no assurance that this can be achieved without
disruption to the Company's current management team. The failure by the Company
to hire additional qualified personnel in a timely manner could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition. See "--Dependence on Key Personnel" and "Management."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES. The market for the
Company's products is characterized by rapidly changing technologies, evolving
industry standards, frequent competitive product introductions and short product
life cycles. The Company's success will depend to a substantial degree upon its
ability to enhance its existing products and to develop and introduce, on a
timely and cost-effective basis, new products and features that meet changing
customer requirements and emerging industry standards. Inherent in the product
development process are a number of risks. The development of new,
technologically advanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring
high levels of innovation, as well as the accurate anticipation of technological
and market trends. The Company's introduction of new or enhanced products may
contain undetected or unresolved software or hardware defects when they are
first introduced or as new versions are released. There can be no assurance
that, despite extensive testing by the Company, design defects will not be found
in new products or upgrades after commencement of commercial shipments,
resulting in additional costs to the Company, reduced acceptance of the
Company's products or damage to the Company's reputation and relationships with
its customers. Future delays in the introduction or shipment of new or enhanced
products, the inability of such products to gain market acceptance or problems
associated with new product transitions could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition,
particularly on a quarterly basis. See "--Unpredictable and Fluctuating
Quarterly Operating Results," "--Risks Associated with New Product
Introductions," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business--Industry Background and Market" and
"--Research and Development."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL SALES. International sales accounted
for approximately 29.7% and 44.7% of the Company's product revenues in fiscal
1996 and the six months ended February 28, 1997, respectively, and the Company
expects that international sales will continue to account for a significant
portion of its product revenues in future periods. The Company is substantially
dependent on resellers for its international sales. Certain of the Company's
resellers also act as resellers for the Company's competitors and such resellers
could devote greater effort and resources to marketing competitive products. The
loss of certain resellers could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, in each
calendar year sales in Europe and certain other parts of the world in the third
quarter and sales in Japan in the second quarter are typically adversely
affected as many customers reduce their business activities during those
periods. The Company intends to enter into additional international markets and
to continue to expand its operations outside of North America by expanding its
direct sales force, adding resellers and pursuing additional strategic
relationships
9
<PAGE>
which will require significant management attention and expenditure of
significant financial resources. Sales to international customers are subject to
additional risks including longer receivables collection periods, greater
difficulty in accounts receivable collection, political and economic
instability, nationalization, trade restrictions, the impact of possible
recessionary environments in economies outside the United States, reduced
protection for intellectual property rights in some countries, currency
fluctuations and tariff regulations and requirements for export licenses. In
particular, United States law currently prohibits the export of certain
encryption technology which the Company may include in its future products. To
the extent the export or import of the Company's products is prohibited by the
domestic laws of the United States or any foreign country in which the Company
does business, or uncertainty relating to such laws limits the marketability of
the Company's products internationally, the Company could lose a substantial
portion of its international sales. There can be no assurance that the foregoing
risks associated with international sales will not materially adversely impact
the future level of such sales and, consequently, the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition.
Although the Company's international sales are currently denominated in U.S.
dollars, fluctuations in currency exchange rates could cause the Company's
products to become relatively more expensive to customers in a particular
country, leading to a reduction in sales or profitability in that country.
Furthermore, future international activity may result in foreign currency
denominated sales, and, in such event, gains and losses on the conversion to
U.S. dollars of accounts receivable and accounts payable arising from
international operations may contribute to fluctuations in the Company's results
of operations. These factors may have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition. See "--Risks Associated
with Reliance on Resellers," "--Tariff and Regulatory Matters," "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business--Sales and Marketing."
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL. The Company's success depends on the
continuing contributions of its key personnel, all of whom would be difficult to
replace. In particular, the Company is dependent upon Steven M. Willens, who
serves as the Company's Chief Technical Officer as well as its President and
Chief Executive Officer. The Company has no long-term employment arrangements
with Mr. Willens. While the Company has a key man life insurance policy in the
amount of $5 million on the life of Mr. Willens with the Company designated as
beneficiary, the loss of Mr. Willens' services would have a material adverse
effect upon the Company. The Company's future success will depend, in part, upon
its ability to attract and retain highly qualified personnel. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful in hiring or retaining qualified
personnel. Loss of, or the inability to hire, key personnel could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition. See "--Risks Associated with the Management of Expanding
Operations" and "Management."
DEPENDENCE ON CONTRACT MANUFACTURERS AND SINGLE-SOURCE SUPPLIERS. The
Company's production operations consist primarily of materials planning and
procurement, quality control, kitting and final assembly, burn-in and testing of
certain products. The Company designs all of the hardware subassemblies for its
products and uses the services of contract manufacturers to build these
subassemblies and certain of its products to the Company's specifications. The
Company is also dependent upon single or limited source suppliers for a number
of components and parts used in the Company's products, including certain key
microprocessors and integrated circuits. There can be no assurance that these
independent contractors and suppliers will be able to meet the Company's future
requirements for manufactured products, components and subassemblies. The
Company generally purchases single or limited source components pursuant to
purchase orders and has no guaranteed supply arrangements with these suppliers.
For example, the Company currently purchases all of its modem microchips from
Analog Devices, Inc. and with the Company's implementation of 56K modem
technology, the Company anticipates that it will become dependent upon Lucent
for modem microchips. In addition, the availability of many of these components
is dependent in part on the Company's ability to provide its suppliers with
accurate forecasts of its future
10
<PAGE>
requirements. Any extended interruption in the supply of any of the key
components currently obtained from a single or limited source or the time
necessary to transition a replacement supplier's product or replacement
component into the Company's products could disrupt its operations and have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition in any given period. The Company purchases certain
components from foreign suppliers and the supply of such components could be
materially adversely affected by changing tariff and regulatory structures,
particularly those affecting the import and export of electronics and
technology. The Company may also be subject to increases in component costs,
which could also have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. See "Business--Manufacturing."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. The Company recently settled a
lawsuit with USR (the "Settlement") arising from a dispute regarding an OEM
Software License and Development Agreement between the parties dated September
1, 1994 (the "USR Agreement"). USR currently uses code developed by USR based on
Livingston's ComOS operating system in USR's NETServer access server card, which
is incorporated into its Total Control Enterprises Network Hub. In addition, the
USR NetServer 8 and 16 products use code also based on Livingston's ComOS. The
Company believes that its royalty revenue from the USR Agreement will terminate
in fiscal 1998, if not sooner. USR has substantially greater resources than the
Company and no assurance can be given that the Company will be able to
successfully compete with USR or that the Company and USR will not enter into
future litigation concerning the relationship between the two corporations and
their respective technologies. See "-- Dependence on Proprietary Technology."
The occurrence of future litigation with USR could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
In April 1997, a complaint for unfair competition was filed against the
Company as one of a group of companies separately developing 56K modem
technology by a plaintiff on behalf of the general public. The complaint alleges
that the Company knowingly made false and misleading statements regarding the
capabilities of its 56K modem technology. The Company believes that this case is
without merit and intends to vigorously defend its position. Nevertheless,
litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties and thus there can be no
assurance that this suit will be resolved favorably to the Company or that it
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition.
DEPENDENCE ON PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY. The Company's future success and
ability to compete is dependent in part upon its proprietary technology. The
Company relies on a combination of contractual rights, trade secrets and
copyright laws to establish and protect its proprietary technology. The Company
currently has one patent application pending, but there can be no assurance that
a patent will be issued as a result of such application, that the Company's
patent will be upheld as valid, or that such patent will prevent the development
of competitive products. The Company generally enters into confidentiality
agreements with its employees, consultants, resellers, customers and potential
customers, and strictly limits access to and distribution of its source code,
and further limits the disclosure and use of other proprietary information.
However, as a result of the Company's licensing relationship with USR, the
Company has licensed, for a specified term, to USR the source code to its ComOS
operating software and in the event that such source code is released to
unauthorized third parties before the expiration of the license, the Company
could be materially adversely affected. There can be no assurance that the steps
taken by the Company in this regard will be adequate to prevent misappropriation
of its technology or that the Company's competitors will not independently
develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to the
Company's technology. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not
protect the Company's proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of
the United States. See "--Risks Associated with Legal Proceedings."
The Company is also subject to the risk of adverse claims and litigation
alleging infringement of the intellectual property rights of others. There can
be no assurance that third parties will not assert
11
<PAGE>
infringement claims in the future with respect to the Company's current or
future products or that any such claims will not require the Company to enter
into license arrangements or develop non-infringing technology, or result in
litigation, regardless of the merits of such claims. In addition, any such
litigation could result in product delays or costs which could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition. No assurance can be given that any necessary licenses will be
available or that, if available, such licenses can be obtained on commercially
reasonable terms. The failure of the Company to adequately obtain such licenses,
or to protect its own proprietary technology through contractual rights, trade
secrets, patent and copyrights laws, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See
"Business-- Proprietary Rights."
TARIFF AND REGULATORY MATTERS. Rates for telecommunications services are
governed by tariffs of licensed carriers that are subject to regulatory
approval. Future changes in these tariffs could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. For
example, should tariffs for public switched digital services increase in the
future relative to tariffs for private leased services, the cost-effectiveness
of the Company's products would be reduced, and its business, results of
operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. In
addition, the Company's products must meet standards and receive certification
for connection to the public telecommunications network prior to their sale. In
the United States, the Company's products must comply with Part 15(a)
(industrial equipment), Part 15(b) (residential equipment) and Part 68 (analog
lines) of the Federal Communications Commission regulations. The Company's
products also must be certified by domestic telecommunications carriers in both
the United States and in foreign countries. In foreign countries, the Company's
products are subject to a wide variety of government review and certification
requirements. The Company is currently undertaking an effort to qualify for ISO
9002 series quality certification in order to fulfill the quality system
requirements for the European markets. Foreign customers typically require that
the Company's products receive certification from the country's primary
telecommunication carriers. The failure to obtain on a timely basis or retain
domestic certification or foreign regulatory approvals could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition. See "Business--Industry Background and Market."
CONTROL BY OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS; CERTAIN FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS. Following
this offering, the Company's executive officers and directors, together with
entities affiliated with such individuals, will beneficially own approximately
% of the Company's Common Stock (approximately % if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). Following this offering, Steven
Willens, the Company's President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the
Board, Ronald Willens, the Company's Executive Vice President, Secretary, a
director and the father of Steven Willens, and Jerrold Livingston, a director,
former President and Chief Executive Officer and the father-in-law of Steven
Willens will beneficially own approximately % of the Company's outstanding
Common Stock. Accordingly, these shareholders will be able to elect at least a
majority of the Company's directors, will retain the voting power to approve all
matters requiring shareholder approval and will continue to have significant
influence over the affairs of the Company. This concentration of ownership could
have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.
See "Management" and "Principal and Selling Shareholders."
BROAD DISCRETION OF MANAGEMENT TO ALLOCATE OFFERING PROCEEDS. The Company
will use the proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes,
including working capital and as a result, the Company's management will have
broad discretion to allocate the proceeds of this offering and to determine the
timing of expenditures. See "Use of Proceeds."
ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS. The Company has not paid any dividends on its Common
Stock since its inception and does not anticipate paying any dividends upon its
Common Stock in the foreseeable future.
12
<PAGE>
NO PRIOR PUBLIC TRADING MARKET. Prior to this offering, there has been no
public market for the Common Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active
trading market will develop or be sustained. The initial public offering price,
which will be established by negotiations between the Company and the
Underwriters, may not be indicative of the market price of the shares of Common
Stock after the offering. See "Underwriters."
POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE. The equity markets, particularly the
market for high-technology corporations, recently have experienced significant
price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of
individual companies. These broad market fluctuations may materially adversely
affect the market price of the Common Stock. In addition, the market price of
the shares of Common Stock is likely to be highly volatile. Factors such as
fluctuations in the Company's operating results, announcements of technological
innovations or new products by the Company or its competitors, developments with
respect to patents or proprietary rights, announcement of litigation by or
against the Company, changes in stock market analyst recommendations regarding
the Company or its competitors and general market conditions may have a material
adverse effect on the market price of the Common Stock.
CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS. Certain provisions of the Company's
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, each as amended, may have the effect of
making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a
third party from attempting to acquire, control of the Company. Such provisions
could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the
future for shares of the Company's Common Stock. Certain of these provisions
provide for a classified board of directors and eliminate cumulative voting in
the election of directors. In addition, upon completion of this offering, the
Company's Board of Directors will have the authority to issue up to 5,000,000
shares of Preferred Stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences,
privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, of those shares without
any further vote or action by the shareholders. The rights of the holders of
Common Stock will be subject to, and may be materially adversely affected by,
the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock that may be issued in the
future. The issuance of Preferred Stock, while providing flexibility in
connection with possible financings or acquisitions or other corporate purposes,
could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire a
majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company. The Company has no
current plans to issue shares of Preferred Stock. The Company's Bylaws and
indemnity agreements provide that the Company will indemnify officers and
directors against losses they may incur in legal proceedings resulting from
their service to the Company. These provisions may make it more difficult for
shareholders to take certain corporate actions and could have the effect of
delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE. Sales of Common Stock (including shares
issued upon the exercise of outstanding options) in the public market after this
offering could materially adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.
Such sales also might make it more difficult for the Company to sell equity
securities or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that
the Company deems appropriate. Upon completion of this offering (based on shares
outstanding at April 30, 1997), the Company will have outstanding an aggregate
of shares of Common Stock, assuming no exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares,
all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradeable without
restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless such shares
are purchased by "affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the Securities Act (the "Affiliates"). The remaining 12,370,272 shares of
Common Stock held by existing shareholders are "restricted securities" as that
term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Restricted Shares").
Restricted Shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they
qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 promulgated
under the Securities Act. As a result of the contractual restrictions described
below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the Restricted Shares will be
available for sale in the public market as follows: (i) no shares will be
eligible for immediate sale on the date of this Prospectus; (ii) 33,000 shares
will be eligible for sale
13
<PAGE>
beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus; and (iii) 12,337,272 shares
will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements 180 days
after the date of this Prospectus. All officers, directors, shareholders and
certain option holders of the Company have agreed not to offer, pledge, sell,
contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise
transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly (or enter into any swap or other
arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic
consequences of ownership of), any shares of Common Stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, for
a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior
written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. The Company intends to
file a registration statement on Form S-8 which would allow shares issuable upon
exercise of options previously granted to be freely tradeable following release
of such lock-up obligations, subject to compliance with Rule 144 in the case of
Affiliates of the Company. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION. Purchasers of the Common Stock offered
hereby will suffer an immediate and substantial dilution of $ per share in
the net tangible book value of the Common Stock from the initial public offering
price of $ per share. To the extent outstanding options to purchase the
Company's Common Stock are exercised, there will be further dilution. See
"Dilution."
14
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of
Common Stock offered by the Company hereby are estimated to be approximately
$ million (approximately $ million if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full), at an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. The
principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional equity capital, to
create a public market for the Common Stock and to facilitate future access by
the Company to the capital markets. The Company expects to use the net proceeds
of this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital. The
Company expects to use approximately $2.5 million of the net proceeds for
capital expenditures over the next twelve months. A portion of the net proceeds
may also be used for the acquisition of businesses, products and technologies
that are complementary to those of the Company. The Company has no present
plans, agreements or commitments with respect to any such transaction. Pending
such uses, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds of this offering in
short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.
DIVIDEND POLICY
The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its Common Stock
and does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In
addition, the Company's bank line of credit prohibits the payment of cash
dividends without the bank's consent.
15
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of the
Company as of February 28, 1997 (i) on an actual basis and (ii) as adjusted to
give effect to the receipt by the Company of the estimated net proceeds from the
sale of shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an
assumed initial public offering price of $ per share and after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by the Company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FEBRUARY 28, 1997
----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED
--------- -----------
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS,
EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C>
Preferred stock, no par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;
5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding, as adjusted................... --
Common stock, no par value: 30,000,000 shares authorized; 12,365,060 shares issued and
outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding,
as adjusted............................................................................. $ 894
Deferred stock compensation............................................................... (568)
Retained earnings......................................................................... 19,792
--------- -----------
Total shareholders' equity............................................................ 20,118
--------- -----------
Total capitalization.............................................................. $ 20,118 $
--------- -----------
--------- -----------
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) Excludes 2,444,275 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
options outstanding under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan at February
28, 1997, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.17 per share, and
246,250 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted
under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan subsequent to February 28, 1997,
with a weighted average exercise price of $14.23 per share. Also excludes
(i) 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the
Company's 1997 Stock Plan and (ii) 500,000 shares of Common Stock reserved
for issuance under the Company's 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See
"Management-- Executive Compensation," "Description of Capital Stock" and
Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
16
<PAGE>
DILUTION
The net tangible book value of the Company as of February 28, 1997, was
$19,966,000 or $1.61 per share of Common Stock. Net tangible book value per
share is determined by dividing the tangible book value of the Company (total
tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of outstanding shares of
Common Stock at that date. After giving effect to the sale by the Company of the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share, and after deducting underwriting discounts
and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company, the
Company's as adjusted net tangible book value at February 28, 1997 would have
been $ or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in net
tangible book value of $ per share to existing shareholders and an immediate
dilution of $ per share to new public investors. The following table
illustrates the per share dilution:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share................... $
Net tangible book value per share before offering............... $ 1.61
Increase in net tangible book value attributable to new
investors.....................................................
---------
As adjusted net intangible book value per share after the
offering........................................................
---------
Dilution per share to new public investors........................ $
---------
---------
</TABLE>
The following table summarizes on an as adjusted basis, as of February 28,
1997, the difference between the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from
the Company, the total consideration paid and the average price per share of
Common Stock paid by the existing shareholders and by the new investors (at an
assumed initial public offering price of $ per share and before deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by the Company):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES PURCHASED TOTAL CONSIDERATION AVERAGE
---------------------- ---------------------- PRICE PER
NUMBER PERCENT AMOUNT PERCENT SHARE
--------- ----------- --------- ----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Existing shareholders...................................... % $ % $
New public investors.......................................
--------- ----- --------- -----
Total.................................................. % $ %
--------- ----- --------- -----
--------- ----- --------- -----
</TABLE>
The foregoing analysis assumes no exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment option and no exercise of stock options outstanding at February
28, 1997. As of February 28, 1997, there were options outstanding to purchase a
total of 2,444,275 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price
of $3.17 per share. In addition, in May 1997, the Board of Directors adopted the
1997 Stock Plan and the 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, pursuant to which
1,500,000 and 500,000 shares, respectively, were reserved for issuance
thereunder. As of May 12, 1997, no options or shares had been issued under any
of these plans. Subsequent to February 28, 1997, the Board of Directors granted
options under the 1994 Stock Plan to purchase an additional 246,250 shares of
Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $14.23 per share. To the
extent these stock options are exercised, there will be further dilution to
purchasers in this offering. See "Management--Executive Compensation,"
"Description of Capital Stock" and Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
17
<PAGE>
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in
conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements and related
notes thereto, and with Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, included elsewhere herein. The consolidated
statement of operations data for the years ended August 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996
and the consolidated balance sheet data at August 31, 1995 and 1996 are derived
from, and are qualified by reference to, the audited consolidated financial
statements of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus and should be
read in conjunction with those financial statements and the notes thereto, which
have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public
accountants, whose report is included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
consolidated balance sheet data at August 31, 1994 are derived from audited
consolidated financial statements not included in this Prospectus. The
consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended August 31, 1992
and 1993 and the consolidated balance sheet data at August 31, 1992 and 1993 are
derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this
Prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the six months
ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 and the consolidated balance sheet
data at February 28, 1997 are derived from unaudited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The unaudited consolidated
financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited
consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, contain all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a
fair presentation of the Company's financial position and results of operations
for such periods. The results of operations for the six months ended February
28, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for future
periods.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, ------------------------
----------------------------------------------------- FEB. 29, FEB. 28,
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Product revenues.................................. $ 1,424 $ 2,083 $ 6,180 $ 20,138 $ 43,229 $ 20,442 $ 27,281
Royalty revenues.................................. -- -- -- 323 2,878 963 4,034
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
Net revenues...................................... 1,424 2,083 6,180 20,461 46,107 21,405 31,315
Cost of revenues.................................. 473 962 2,853 8,054 18,567 8,660 13,959
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
Gross profit.................................... 951 1,121 3,327 12,407 27,540 12,745 17,356
Operating expenses:
Research and development........................ 126 277 462 890 2,512 721 1,853
Selling and marketing........................... 213 327 673 2,831 8,670 3,441 6,434
General and administrative...................... 122 401 449 667 1,771 544 1,384
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
Total operating expenses...................... 461 1,005 1,584 4,388 12,953 4,706 9,671
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
Operating income.................................. 490 116 1,743 8,019 14,587 8,039 7,685
Interest income (expense), net.................... (6) (9) (21) (20) 85 1 124
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
Income before income taxes........................ 484 107 1,722 7,999 14,672 8,040 7,809
Provision for income taxes........................ 164 21 695 3,095 5,827 3,188 3,124
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
Net income.................................... $ 320 $ 86 $ 1,027 $ 4,904 $ 8,845 $ 4,852 $ 4,685
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
Net income per share.............................. $ .03 $ .01 $ .08 $ .38 $ .62 $ .35 $ .32
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
Shares used in per share computations (1)......... 12,525 12,525 12,525 12,945 14,214 13,725 14,473
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AUGUST 31,
------------------------------------------------------- FEB. 28,
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997
--------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.................................. $ 187 $ 46 $ 627 $ 1,486 $ 3,749 $ 7,256
Working capital............................................ 323 509 1,511 5,891 14,243 17,749
Total assets............................................... 554 839 2,706 9,303 21,321 27,649
Total shareholders' equity................................. 375 352 1,379 6,283 15,323 20,118
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation
of the determination of net income per share and shares used in per share
computations.
18
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
Livingston is a leading provider of remote access networking solutions for
ISPs worldwide. In 1990, the Company introduced its first PortMaster
communications server incorporating its proprietary ComOS operating system,
which was developed specifically for remote access applications. In 1991, the
Company introduced its remote access routers which are resold by ISPs to
corporate customers for Internet connectivity and other remote access networking
applications. In November 1996, the Company began shipping its PortMaster 3
access concentrator which incorporates the Company's enhanced ComOS, support for
high speed digital connections such as ISDN PRI and T1/E1, and up to 60 digital
modems. Because this remote access solution includes modem functionality, the
PortMaster 3 has a substantially higher selling price than the Company's earlier
generation products. The PortMaster 3 has been designed to be easily upgraded to
support emerging technologies such as 56K modem functionality. The Company has
announced its offer to provide this upgrade, when and if available, to existing
PortMaster 3 customers, upon request, at no additional charge. The Company
accrues for the cost of providing the 56K upgrade at the time of sale. Sales of
the PortMaster 3 have increased significantly since its introduction while sales
of the Company's earlier generation communications servers have declined. The
Company believes that it will be dependent upon sales of the PortMaster 3 for a
majority of the Company's net revenues for the foreseeable future. See "Risk
Factors--Dependence on Sales of PortMaster 3."
In 1994, the Company entered into an OEM Software License and Development
agreement with USR, pursuant to which the Company receives software license
royalties related to sales by USR of products that incorporate the Company's
ComOS operating system. Royalty payments are normally received by Livingston
sixty days after USR's quarter end, and are recorded as royalty revenue at that
time. Through February 28, 1997, cumulative royalties from USR totaled $7.2
million. As a result of the Settlement with USR, the Company expects royalty
revenues from USR to terminate in fiscal 1998, if not earlier. See "Risk
Factors--Risks Associated with Legal Proceedings."
International sales accounted for 29.7% and 44.7% of the Company's product
revenues in fiscal 1996 and the first six months of fiscal 1997, respectively.
The Company expects that international sales will continue to account for a
significant portion of its product revenues in future periods. Although the
Company's international sales are currently denominated in U.S. dollars,
fluctuations in currency exchange rates could cause the Company's products to
become relatively more expensive to customers in a particular country, leading
to a reduction in sales or profitability in such country. Furthermore, future
international activity may result in foreign currency denominated sales, and, in
such event, gains and losses on the conversion to U.S. dollars of accounts
receivable and accounts payable arising from international operations may cause
material fluctuations in the Company's results of operations.
Historically, the majority of the Company's sales have been made to local
and regional ISPs through the Company's reseller channel. In connection with the
introduction of the PortMaster 3, the Company began to significantly expand its
direct sales force in order to better address the needs of large ISPs and
Telcos. Recently, the Company has expanded its direct sales force and has
established eight branch offices in North America, European headquarters in
France and a branch office in the United Kingdom. In response to growth in the
ISP market and the Company's expanded base of customers, the Company has
significantly increased its research and development activities. The Company has
also expanded its technical support operations and manufacturing capacity. These
activities, and the expansion of the Company's infrastructure to support them,
have resulted in significantly higher operating expenses in fiscal 1996 and the
first two quarters of fiscal 1997.
The Company typically provides certain postcontract customer support ("PCS")
in connection with the sale of its products. Prior to the second quarter of
fiscal 1996, PCS consisted principally of telephone
19
<PAGE>
support and minor maintenance for its PortMaster 2 products. During this period,
the Company recognized revenue at the time of product shipment and accrued the
estimated costs of providing PCS. During the second quarter of fiscal 1996, the
Company decided to provide significant feature enhancements to ComOS, free of
charge, to the Company's installed customer base. Accordingly, the Company
recognized the portion of product revenue attributable to the value of PCS
ratably over 12 months, the period during which PCS is expected to be provided.
In November 1996, the Company began selling PortMaster 3, which is accompanied
by a one year hardware and software warranty. The portion of the PortMaster 3
selling price that is attributable to PCS is recognized ratably over the 12
month support period. Additional warranty and support coverage is made available
to PortMaster 3 customers as a purchase option. PCS revenues to date have not
been significant.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth, as a percentage of net revenues (except for
gross margin on product revenues), certain statement of operations data for the
periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, ------------------------
------------------------------- FEB. 29, FEB. 28,
1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
--------- --------- --------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Product revenues...................................... 100.0% 98.4% 93.8% 95.5% 87.1%
Royalty revenues...................................... -- 1.6 6.2 4.5 12.9
--------- --------- --------- ----- -----
Net revenues.......................................... 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Cost of revenues...................................... 46.2 39.4 40.3 40.5 44.6
--------- --------- --------- ----- -----
Gross profit........................................ 53.8 60.6 59.7 59.5 55.4
Operating expenses:
Research and development............................ 7.4 4.3 5.5 3.3 5.9
Selling and marketing............................... 10.9 13.8 18.8 16.1 20.5
General and administrative.......................... 7.3 3.3 3.8 2.5 4.4
--------- --------- --------- ----- -----
Total operating expenses.......................... 25.6 21.4 28.1 21.9 30.8
--------- --------- --------- ----- -----
Operating income...................................... 28.2 39.2 31.6 37.6 24.6
Interest income (expense), net........................ (0.3) (0.1) 0.2 0.0 0.4
--------- --------- --------- ----- -----
Income before income taxes............................ 27.9 39.1 31.8 37.6 25.0
Provision for income taxes............................ 11.3 15.1 12.6 14.9 10.0
--------- --------- --------- ----- -----
Net income........................................ 16.6% 24.0% 19.2% 22.7% 15.0%
--------- --------- --------- ----- -----
--------- --------- --------- ----- -----
Gross margin on product revenues...................... 53.8% 60.0% 57.0% 57.6% 48.8%
--------- --------- --------- ----- -----
--------- --------- --------- ----- -----
</TABLE>
SIX MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1997 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 29,
1996
NET REVENUES. Net revenues increased 46.3% to $31.3 million for the six
months ended February 28, 1997 as compared to $21.4 million for the six months
ended February 29, 1996. The increased net revenues reflect increased sales of
the Company's PortMaster 3 product and increased royalties, partially offset by
declining sales of the PortMaster 2 products. Royalty revenues were $4.0 million
and $963,000 for the six months ended February 28, 1997 and February 29, 1996,
respectively. Sales to international customers accounted for approximately 44.7%
of product revenues for the six months ended February 28, 1997 compared to 26.2%
for the prior year period.
GROSS PROFIT. The Company's gross profit for the six months ended February
28, 1997 increased to $17.4 million from $12.7 million for the six months ended
February 29, 1996. This increase was attributable to the introduction and
increased sales of the PortMaster 3 products and to increased royalties,
partially
20
<PAGE>
offset by $2.0 million in charges for obsolete PortMaster 2 product and
component inventory. Gross margin on product revenues declined to 48.8% for the
six months ended February 28, 1997, compared to 57.6% for the comparable period
of 1996. The lower gross margin was due to the charge for obsolete PortMaster 2
inventory and due to approximately $840,000 reserved to provide the Company's
56K modem solution, upon request, for PortMaster 3 products sold during the
period.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT. Research and development expenses consist
primarily of compensation, amounts paid for outside services, and costs of
materials utilized in product development. Research and development expenses
increased to $1.9 million, or 5.9% of net revenues, during the six months ended
February 28, 1997, from $721,000, or 3.3% of net revenues, for the six months
ended February 29, 1996. This increase was due primarily to the addition of
personnel for the development of PortMaster 3, enhancement of the ComOS
operating system and development of future products. The Company believes that
significant research and development efforts are necessary in order for it to
compete in the evolving market for remote access products. Accordingly, the
Company expects its research and development expenditures to increase in
absolute dollars and as a percentage of net revenues.
SELLING AND MARKETING. Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of
base and incentive compensation paid to sales, customer support and marketing
personnel, travel and related expenses, and costs associated with promotional
and trade show activities. Selling and marketing expenses increased to $6.4
million, or 20.5% of net revenues, for the six months ended February 28, 1997
from $3.4 million, or 16.1% of net revenues, for the six months ended February
29, 1996. The increase reflects significant hiring of direct sales personnel in
North America and Europe and technical support personnel in North America, as
well as increased incentive compensation due to increased sales volume. The
Company expects selling and marketing expenses to increase both in absolute
dollars and as a percentage of net revenues as the Company pursues its strategy
of expanding its direct sales force.
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. General and administrative expenses consist
primarily of compensation paid to administrative personnel and related overhead.
General and administrative expenses increased to $1.4 million, or 4.4% of net
revenues, for the six months ended February 28, 1997 from $544,000, or 2.5% of
net revenues, for the corresponding period in the prior year as the Company
continued to build its infrastructure to support growth in its manufacturing,
research and development, and selling and marketing functions. The Company
expects that general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute
dollars as the Company continues to expand its operations and incurs higher
administration expenses related to reporting and other requirements of a public
company.
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES. The Company's effective tax rate for the first
six months of fiscal 1997 was 40.0% compared to 39.6% in fiscal 1996. See Notes
1 and 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1996 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1995
NET REVENUES. Net revenues increased 125% to $46.1 million for fiscal 1996,
as compared to $20.5 million for fiscal 1995. This increase was due primarily to
higher sales of the Company's communication servers and routers. Royalty
revenues were $2.9 million and $323,000 in fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1995,
respectively. Sales to international customers accounted for 29.7% of product
revenues in fiscal 1996 compared to 16.9% in fiscal 1995. This increase in
international sales was the result of an expansion of the Company's reseller
relationships in Japan and Europe.
GROSS PROFIT. The Company's gross profit for fiscal 1996 increased to $27.5
million from $12.4 million for fiscal 1995. This increase was due primarily to
higher unit sales and increased royalties. Gross margin on product revenues
(excluding royalty revenues) declined to 57.0% in fiscal 1996 compared to 60.0%
in fiscal 1995 as a result of a charges of $1.3 million taken in the second half
of fiscal 1996 related to the Company's establishment of an inventory reserve in
connection with the PortMaster 2 product line.
21
<PAGE>
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT. Research and development expenses increased to
$2.5 million, or 5.5% of net revenues, in fiscal 1996 compared to $890,000, or
4.3% of net revenues, in fiscal 1995, due primarily to the addition of personnel
for the development of the PortMaster 3 and for enhancements and feature
upgrades to ComOS. Research and development expenses in fiscal 1996 included
$632,000 for purchased in-process research and development, primarily related to
modem technology.
SELLING AND MARKETING. Selling and marketing expenses increased to $8.7
million, or 18.8% of net revenues, in fiscal 1996 compared to $2.8 million, or
13.8% of net revenues, in fiscal 1995. The increase was due primarily to
increased staffing levels in sales intended to broaden the geographic reach for
the Company's products, increased marketing expenses related to trade show
participation and development of collateral materials, and increased staffing of
technical support operations in response to a growing installed base of
products.
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. General and administrative expenses increased
to $1.8 million, or 3.8% of net revenues, in fiscal 1996 compared to $667,000,
or 3.3% of net revenues, in fiscal 1995 due to increased personnel and overhead
costs and increased use of outside professional services as the Company began to
build its infrastructure to support growth in its manufacturing, research and
development, and selling and marketing functions.
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES. The Company's effective tax rate for fiscal
1996 was 39.7% compared to 38.7% in fiscal 1995.
YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1995 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 1994
NET REVENUES. Net revenues increased 231% to $20.5 million for fiscal 1995
from $6.2 million for fiscal 1994. This increase was due to an increase in unit
sales of PortMaster 2 products and router products. In fiscal 1995 royalty
revenues were $323,000.
GROSS PROFIT. The Company's gross profit for fiscal 1995 increased to $12.4
million from $3.3 million for fiscal 1994, due primarily to higher unit sales
and royalties from USR. Gross margin on product revenues increased to 60.0% in
fiscal 1995 from 53.8% in fiscal 1994. This increase was primarily due to
decreased component material costs related to increased volume purchases of
components.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT. Research and development expenses increased to
$890,000, or 4.3% of net revenues, in fiscal 1995 compared to $462,000, or 7.4%
of net revenues, in fiscal 1994. This increase primarily reflects increased
spending for consulting services.
SELLING AND MARKETING. Selling and marketing expenses increased to $2.8
million, or 13.8% of net revenues, in fiscal 1995 compared to $673,000, or 10.9%
of net revenues, in fiscal 1994. These increases reflect higher staffing levels
in sales, marketing, and technical service in order to develop the Company's
reseller channel domestically and internationally and to support a growing
installed product base.
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. General and administrative expenses were
$667,000, or 3.3% of net revenues, in fiscal 1995 compared to $449,000, or 7.3%
of net revenues, in fiscal 1994.
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES. The Company's effective tax for fiscal 1995 was
38.7% compared to 40.4% in fiscal 1994.
22
<PAGE>
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table presents consolidated statement of operations data, both
in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net revenues, for the six most recent
quarters. This information is unaudited, but in the opinion of the Company's
management, has been prepared on the same basis as the audited Consolidated
Statements of Operations appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and includes all
adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that the Company
considers necessary for a fair presentation thereof. Such statement of
operations data should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The results for any quarter
are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
QUARTER ENDED
----------------------------------------------------------------
NOV. 30, FEB. 29, MAY 30, AUG. 31, NOV. 30, FEB. 28,
1995 1996 1996 1996 1996 1997
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Product revenues................................ $ 8,617 $ 11,825 $ 12,423 $ 10,364 $ 11,415 $ 15,866
Royalty revenues................................ 538 425 981 934 2,263 1,771
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net revenues.................................... 9,155 12,250 13,404 11,298 13,678 17,637
Cost of revenues................................ 3,457 5,203 5,461 4,446 6,782 7,177
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Gross profit.................................. 5,698 7,047 7,943 6,852 6,896 10,460
Operating expenses:
Research and development...................... 243 478 432 1,359 973 880
Selling and marketing......................... 1,488 1,953 2,653 2,576 2,745 3,689
General and administrative.................... 211 333 448 779 623 761
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total operating expenses.................... 1,942 2,764 3,533 4,714 4,341 5,330
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating income................................ 3,756 4,283 4,410 2,138 2,555 5,130
Interest income (expense), net.................. (1) 2 42 42 55 69
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income before income taxes...................... 3,755 4,285 4,452 2,180 2,610 5,199
Provision for income taxes...................... 1,485 1,698 1,766 878 1,044 2,080
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income.................................. $ 2,270 $ 2,587 $ 2,686 $ 1,302 $ 1,566 $ 3,119
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income per share............................ $ .17 $ .19 $ .19 $ .09 $ .11 $ .22
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Shares used in per share computations........... 13,435 13,733 14,441 14,682 14,477 14,469
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS A PERCENTAGE OF NET REVENUES (1)
----------------------------------------------------------------
NOV. 30, FEB. 29, MAY 30, AUG. 31, NOV. 30, FEB. 28,
1995 1996 1996 1996 1996 1997
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Product revenues................................ 94.1% 96.5% 92.7% 91.7% 83.5% 90.0%
Royalty revenues................................ 5.9 3.5 7.3 8.3 16.5 10.0
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net revenues.................................... 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Cost of revenues................................ 37.8 42.5 40.7 39.4 49.6 40.7
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Gross profit.................................. 62.2 57.5 59.3 60.6 50.4 59.3
Operating expenses:
Research and development...................... 2.7 3.9 3.2 12.0 7.1 5.0
Selling and marketing......................... 16.2 15.9 19.8 22.8 20.1 20.9
General and administrative.................... 2.3 2.7 3.4 6.9 4.5 4.3
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total operating expenses.................... 21.2 22.5 26.4 41.7 31.7 30.2
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating income................................ 41.0 35.0 32.9 18.9 18.7 29.1
Interest income (expense), net.................. 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income before income taxes...................... 41.0 35.0 33.2 19.3 19.1 29.5
Provision for income taxes...................... 16.2 13.9 13.2 7.8 7.6 11.8
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income.................................. 24.8% 21.1% 20.0% 11.5% 11.5% 17.7%
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Gross margin on product revenues................ 59.9% 56.0% 56.0% 57.1% 40.6% 54.8%
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) Except gross margin on product revenues.
23
<PAGE>
Net revenues increased in each of the first three quarters of fiscal 1996
principally as a result of increased remote access unit shipments. Product
revenues declined in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996 due primarily to the
decrease in sales of PortMaster 2 communication servers. The Company believes
that the decline in PortMaster 2 sales was due primarily to delays in purchasing
decisions by the Company's customers in anticipation of the introduction of
PortMaster 3. The Company commenced shipment of PortMaster 3 in the first
quarter of fiscal 1997, and sales of PortMaster 3 represented a majority of net
revenues in the second quarter of fiscal 1997. The Company does not expect
sequential quarterly growth in product revenues to continue at the same rate
experienced from the first to the second quarter of fiscal 1997.
Royalties from USR increased from $538,000 in the first quarter of fiscal
1996 to $2.3 million in the first quarter of fiscal 1997, then declined to $1.8
million in the second quarter of fiscal 1997. The Company believes that its
royalty revenues from USR will terminate in fiscal 1998, if not sooner.
Gross margin on product revenues has fluctuated on a quarterly basis
generally because of product mix. Gross margin on product revenues in the
quarter ended November 30, 1996 was adversely affected by a charge of
approximately $2.0 million related to the provision for obsolete and overstocked
product and component inventory due to the decline in PortMaster 2 sales, and
due to approximately $840,000 reserved for further upgrades to implement the
Company's 56K modem solution for PortMaster 3 products sold.
Research and development expenses have generally increased in dollar amount
due to increased staffing and higher amounts spent on outside consulting. In the
quarter ended August 31, 1996, research and development expenses included
$632,000 for purchased in-process research and development, principally related
to modem technology. Selling and marketing expenses have increased in dollar
amount and as a percentage of net revenues reflecting increased personnel and
related expenses, spending for promotional expenses, travel expense, and costs
associated with opening new sales offices in North America and Europe. General
and administrative expenses have increased in dollar amount due to increased
personnel and related expenses and increased outside professional services. The
increase in general and administrative expenses in the quarter ended August 31,
1996 included a charge of approximately $117,000 related to a buy-out of the
Company's lease commitment for its previous headquarters facilities in
connection with the Company's move to its new, larger headquarters facility in
November 1996.
The Company's future net revenues are difficult to predict. Although the
Company typically operates with some backlog, net revenues and operating results
in any quarter depend on the volume and timing of, and the ability to fulfill,
orders received within the quarter. In addition, due to the Company's
utilization of its reseller channel, the Company's net revenues in any period
are highly dependent upon the sales efforts and success of its resellers, which
are not within the Company's control. There can be no assurance that the
Company's resellers will give a high priority to the marketing of the Company's
products as compared to competitive products or alternative networking
solutions, or that the resellers will continue to carry the Company's products.
Further, the Company's strategy is to broaden its customer base by increasing
its direct sales force and there can be no assurance that this new sales force
and the resellers will be capable of achieving the Company's growth goals.
The Company anticipates that quarterly operating results will fluctuate as a
result of a number of factors, including customers' capital spending cycles, the
timing of new product announcements by the Company or its competitors, changes
in pricing policies by the Company, its competitors or its suppliers, the
availability and cost of key components, and market acceptance of new and
enhanced versions of the Company's products. In addition, it is possible that in
some future quarter the Company's operating results may be below the
expectations of public market analysts and investors. In such event, the market
price of the Company's Common Stock would likely be materially adversely
affected. See "Risk Factors-- Unpredictable and Fluctuating Quarterly Operating
Results" and "--Possible Volatility of Stock Price."
24
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Since inception, the Company has financed its operations primarily through
cash flows from operating activities. As of February 28, 1997, the Company's
principal sources of liquidity consisted of $7.3 million of cash and cash
equivalents and an unsecured $5 million line of credit. The line of credit bears
interest at the bank's prime rate and specifies financial and operating
covenants, including restrictions on the Company's ability to purchase its own
stock and a prohibition on payment of cash dividends. There have been no
borrowings under the line of credit.
During the six months ended February 28, 1997, cash provided by operating
activities was $4.9 million compared to $3.2 million during the six months ended
February 29, 1996. The Company's operating activities in fiscal 1996, 1995 and
1994 provided cash flows of $3.4 million, $1.2 million, and $644,000,
respectively. Cash provided by operating activities during these periods was
attributable primarily to increases in net income, partially offset by increases
in accounts receivable and inventories. As of February 28, 1997, the Company's
working capital was $17.7 million, which included $9.6 million and $4.5 million
of accounts receivable and inventory, respectively.
The Company's investing activities have consisted primarily of purchases of
property and equipment. Cash used in investing activities increased to $1.5
million in the six months ended February 28, 1997 from $197,000 in the six
months ended February 29, 1996 due primarily to purchases of furniture and
fixtures for the new headquarters facility which the Company moved into in
November 1996. Cash used in investing activities totaled $881,000, $348,000, and
$63,000 in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
The Company expects to use approximately $2.5 million for capital
expenditures over the next twelve months. The Company believes that the net
proceeds from this offering, together with available funds, its existing bank
line of credit and cash flows expected to be generated from operations, will be
sufficient to meet its anticipated cash needs at least through fiscal 1998.
25
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
Livingston is a leading provider of remote access networking solutions for
ISPs worldwide. Used by ISPs to connect their subscribers to the Internet, the
Company's remote access servers deliver high performance at a low price per
port, making them particularly well-suited for the intensely competitive ISP
market. The Company also provides office routers and firewall routers that are
resold by ISPs to corporate customers for Internet connectivity and other remote
access networking applications. The Company believes that more ISPs worldwide
use Livingston's remote access servers than those of any other vendor. Since the
introduction of its first remote access server in 1990, over 2,000 ISPs have
purchased the Company's remote access products. In November 1996, the Company
introduced the PortMaster 3 access concentrator, its next generation remote
access platform, which the Company believes positions it to better address the
needs of large ISPs and Telcos, and to maintain its leadership position with the
Company's established base of local and regional ISP customers. The Company's
goal is to be the leading supplier of technologically advanced and
cost-effective remote access solutions to ISPs worldwide.
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND AND MARKET
GROWTH OF THE INTERNET AND INTERNET INFRASTRUCTURE
The Internet has emerged as a global network enabling millions of
businesses, organizations and individuals to communicate, share information and
conduct business electronically. A network of networks, the Internet comprises
hundreds of publicly and commercially owned networks that communicate and share
traffic using a common, industry standard communications protocol suite called
TCP/IP. According to International Data Corporation, the number of Internet
World Wide Web users will increase to 163 million in 2000, from an estimated 35
million users in 1996.
Individuals and corporate customers typically access the Internet through
ISPs which maintain networks offering Internet access through local points of
presence ("POPs"). A POP consists of telecommunications and internetworking
equipment connected to the Internet through high speed dedicated lines leased
from telecommunications providers or through Frame Relay or ATM service
connections. To accommodate the growing numbers of Internet users and their
bandwidth requirements, many ISPs are dramatically increasing investments in
networking infrastructure, particularly in the area of remote access equipment.
REMOTE ACCESS EQUIPMENT AND THE MARKET FOR REMOTE ACCESS SOLUTIONS
Internet subscribers connect to ISPs through remote access equipment, such
as access concentrators, communications servers and access routers, utilizing
analog or digital dial-up lines or leased line connections. The remote access
market is among the fastest growing segments in the networking industry.
Infonetics Research, Inc. forecasts that network product expenditures by ISPs
will increase from approximately $2.0 billion in 1996 to over $5.3 billion in
1998.
As depicted on the following page, a dial-up subscriber communicates with an
ISP over a standard analog, ISDN or T1/E1 leased line connection. An access
concentrator, which contains multiple digital modems, or a communications server
with externally connected analog modems housed within the POP, receives the
subscriber's call, performs user authentication and billing functions, and
passes traffic through to the Internet via the ISP's router-based network. For
high speed communications, access routers located at the subscribers' premises
manage the exchange of Internet traffic between the ISP's network and the
subscribers' network over dedicated leased lines. Software operating with the
remote access hardware enables the ISP to perform critical functions such as
device and network management, subscriber administration, authorization and
accounting, firewall filtering and protocol routing.
26
<PAGE>
[This diagram shows the principal pieces of networking equipment
(including remote access servers, ethernet hubs, and routers) utilized
in an Internet service providers' point of presence.]
27
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
executive management and directors of the Company:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
- --------------------------------------------------- ----------- -------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Steven M. Willens.................................. 37 President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technology
Officer and Chairman
Ronald H. Willens.................................. 65 Executive Vice President, Secretary and Director
Joseph E. Sasek.................................... 38 Vice President of Sales and Marketing
Steven A. Hess..................................... 45 Chief Financial Officer
Jurgen Obermann.................................... 34 Managing Director of Europe, the Middle East and Africa
Paul L. Harvey..................................... 45 Director of Customer Service
Jerrold Livingston................................. 67 Director
Albert A. Pimentel (1)(2).......................... 42 Director
Robert C. Hawk (1)(2).............................. 57 Director
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(2) Member of the Audit Committee.
MR. STEVEN WILLENS co-founded the Company in 1986 and joined the Company on
a full-time basis in 1989, serving as Vice President of Engineering. In October
1994, he was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer. In October 1995,
he was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Willens also served as
Secretary of the Company from 1986 to October 1994. From 1984 to 1989, Mr.
Willens held several management positions in engineering and marketing at Sun
Microsystems. From 1981 to 1984, he was a Product Manager at Hewlett Packard.
DR. RONALD WILLENS co-founded the Company in 1986, has served as Executive
Vice President of the Company since 1988 and has served as Secretary of the
Company since October 1994. From 1962 to 1988, Dr. Willens served in various
technical management capacities with AT&T Labs in Murray Hill, New Jersey.
MR. SASEK joined the Company in July 1994 as Director of Sales, and was
promoted to Vice President of Sales in August 1995 and to Vice President of
Sales and Marketing in June 1996. From 1990 to 1992, Mr. Sasek held several
field sales management positions, and from February 1992 to July 1994 was field
sales director for Telebit Corporation, a dial-up networking company.
MR. HESS joined the Company in February 1996 as Chief Financial Officer.
From January 1995 to February 1996, he was Vice President of Finance and Chief
Financial Officer at Asante Technologies, Inc., a manufacturer of local area
networking equipment. From 1988 to October 1995, Mr. Hess held executive
management positions, primarily as Chief Financial Officer for Telebit
Corporation, a dial-up networking company.
MR. OBERMANN joined the Company in September 1996, as Managing Director of
the Company's Europe, the Middle East and Africa operations. From April 1993 to
September 1996, Mr. Obermann was the Director of Marketing for Cisco responsible
for Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Prior to that, from July 1991 to April
1993, he was product manager for LAN, WAN and Internet products at PanDacom
GmbH, a German company which distributes telecommunications and internetworking
equipment.
MR. HARVEY joined the Company in February 1997 as Director of Customer
Service. From May 1992 to February 1997, Mr. Harvey was Director of Worldwide
Customer Support Center of Amdahl Corporation,
36
<PAGE>
a manufacturer of mainframe computers. From 1976 to April 1992, he held a
variety of customer support positions with Amdahl Corporation.
MR. LIVINGSTON co-founded the Company in 1986, and served as its President
and Chief Executive Officer until September 1994 and as its Chairman until
October 1995 at which time he retired. From 1983 to 1986, Mr. Livingston was
Director, Environmental Medical Services with Litton Industries. From 1971 to
1983 he served as Director of Environmental Safety for ITEK, a defense
contractor.
MR. PIMENTEL has served as a member of the Company's Board of Directors
since November 1995. Mr. Pimentel has been Senior Vice President of Finance and
Chief Financial Officer with WebTV Networks, Inc., an Internet appliance and
service company, since November 1996. From July 1992 to October 1996, Mr.
Pimentel was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer with LSI Logic
Corporation, a semiconductor company. From 1990 to June 1992, Mr. Pimentel was
Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer for Momenta Corporation, a
pen based PC company.
MR. HAWK has served as a member of the Company's Board of Directors since
February 1997. Mr. Hawk is currently retired. From May 1996 to April 1997, Mr.
Hawk was President and Chief Executive Officer of US West Multimedia Group, a
Denver, Colorado based RBOC. From 1988 to April 1996, Mr. Hawk served as
President of the Carrier and Information Provider division of US West
Communications. Mr. Hawk currently serves as a director of Premisys
Communications, Inc., PairGain Technologies, Inc. and Xylan Corporation.
Dr. Ronald Willens and Mr. Steven Willens are father and son respectively,
and Jerrold Livingston is Steven Willens' father-in-law. Other than those
relationships, there are no other family relationships between any of the
directors or executive officers of the Company.
CLASSIFIED BOARD
The Company's Bylaws currently authorize up to five directors. All directors
hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until their
successors are duly elected and qualified. The Company's Board of Directors
approved an amendment and restatement of its Bylaws, subject to shareholder
approval, that provides, among other things, that effective upon qualification
of the Company as a "listed corporation," as defined in Section 301.5(d) of the
California Code, the Board of Directors will consist of two classes with
directors in each class serving staggered two-year terms. Class I consists of
Steven M. Willens and Albert A. Pimentel. The initial term of office of the
Class I directors expires at the annual meeting of shareholders in calendar
1997. Class II consists of Robert C. Hawk, Jerrold Livingston and Ronald H.
Willens. The initial term of office of the Class II directors expires at the
annual meeting of shareholders in calendar 1998. Upon the expiration of the term
of each class of directors, members constituting such class of directors will be
elected for a two-year term at the next succeeding annual meeting of
shareholders. See "Description of Capital Stock."
BOARD COMMITTEES
The Board of Directors has a Compensation Committee, currently comprised of
Mr. Hawk and Mr. Pimentel, which makes recommendations to the Board of Directors
concerning salaries and incentive compensation for all officers, directors and
consultants of the Company, and an Audit Committee, currently comprised of Mr.
Hawk and Mr. Pimentel, which reviews the internal accounting procedures of the
Company and consults with and reviews the services provided by the Company's
independent auditors. See "--Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation."
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Directors receive no cash compensation for services provided in that
capacity but are reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection
with attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors.
37
<PAGE>
Upon joining the Board of Directors, Mr. Pimentel was granted an option to
purchase 150,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at a price of $.25 per
share and Mr. Hawk was granted an option to purchase 35,000 shares of the
Company's Common Stock at a price of $10.50 per share, pursuant to the Company's
1994 Stock Option Plan.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
The members of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors are Mr.
Pimentel and Mr. Hawk. No member of the Compensation Committee or executive
manager of the Company has a relationship that would constitute an interlocking
relationship with executive managers or directors of another entity.
LIMITATIONS ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
The Company's Restated Articles of Incorporation include a provision that
eliminates the personal liability of its directors to the Company and its
shareholders for monetary damages for breach of the directors' fiduciary duties
in certain circumstances. This limitation has no effect on a director's
liability (i) for acts or omissions that involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing and culpable violation of law, (ii) for acts or omissions that a
director believes to be contrary to the best interest of the Company or its
shareholders or that involve the absence of good faith on the part of the
director, (iii) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper
personal benefit, (iv) for acts or omissions that show a reckless disregard for
the director's duty to the Company or its shareholders in circumstances in which
the director was aware, or should have been aware, in the ordinary course of
performing a director's duties, of a risk of a serious injury to the Company or
its shareholders, (v) for acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern
of inattention that amounts to an abdication of the director's duty to the
Company or its shareholders, (vi) under Section 310 of the California
Corporations Code (the "California Code") concerning contracts or transactions
between the Company and a director or (vii) under Section 316 of the California
Code concerning directors' liability for improper dividends, loans and
guarantees. The provision does not affect the availability of injunctions and
other equitable remedies available to the Company's shareholders for any
violation of a director's fiduciary duty to the Company or its shareholders.
The Company's Restated Articles of Incorporation also include an
authorization for the Company to indemnify its agents (as defined in Section 317
of the California Code), through bylaw provisions, by agreement or otherwise, to
the fullest extent permitted by law. Pursuant to this provision, the Company's
Bylaws provide for indemnification of the Company's directors, officers and
employees. In addition, the Company, at its discretion, may provide
indemnification to persons whom the Company is not obligated to indemnify. The
Bylaws also allow the Company to enter into indemnity agreements with individual
directors, officers, employees and other agents. These indemnity agreements have
been entered into with all directors and executive officers and provide the
maximum indemnification permitted by law. These agreements, together with the
Company's Bylaws and Articles of Incorporation, may require the Company, among
other things, to indemnify these directors or executive officers (other than for
liability resulting from willful misconduct of a culpable nature), to advance
expenses to them as they are incurred, provided that they undertake to repay the
amount advanced if it is ultimately determined by a court that they are not
entitled to indemnification, and to obtain directors' and officers' insurance if
available on reasonable terms. Section 317 of the California Code and the
Company's Bylaws make provision for the indemnification of officers, directors
and other corporate agents in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify such
persons, under certain circumstances, for liabilities (including reimbursement
of expense incurred) arising under the Securities Act.
The Company, with the approval of the Board of Directors, intends to obtain
directors' and officers' liability insurance prior to the effectiveness of this
offering.
38
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table shows the compensation received in the fiscal year ended
August 31, 1996 by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and the Company's other
executive managers who earned in excess of $100,000 during such fiscal year
(collectively, the "Named Executive Officers").
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION
AWARDS
-------------
ANNUAL COMPENSATION SECURITIES
----------------------- UNDERLYING ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION SALARY BONUS (1) OPTIONS (#) COMPENSATION
- ------------------------------------------------------------ ---------- ----------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Steven M. Willens........................................... $ 170,885 $ 25,000 -- --
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
Ronald H. Willens........................................... 160,420 25,000 -- --
Executive Vice President and Secretary
Joseph E. Sasek............................................. 110,042 40,000 225,000 $ 57,801 (2)
Vice President of Sales and Marketing
Steven A. Hess (3).......................................... 77,765 -- 225,000 --
Chief Financial Officer
Jurgen Obermann (4)......................................... -- -- -- --
Managing Director of Europe, the Middle East and Africa
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) Earned for services during the year.
(2) Amount represents $54,077 in sales commissions earned during fiscal 1996.
(3) Steven A. Hess joined the Company in February 1996 at annual salary of
$140,000.
(4) Jurgen Obermann joined the Company in September 1996 at an annual salary of
$150,000 and was granted an option to purchase 45,000 shares of Common
Stock.
39
<PAGE>
OPTIONS GRANTS IN FISCAL 1996
The following table sets forth information for the Named Executive Officers
with respect to grants of options to purchase Common Stock of the Company made
during the fiscal year ended August 31, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS(1) VALUE
---------------------------- AT ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES
NUMBER OF % OF TOTAL OF STOCK PRICE
SECURITIES OPTIONS APPRECIATION
UNDERLYING GRANTED TO EXERCISE FOR OPTION TERM (2)
OPTIONS EMPLOYEES IN PRICE ------------------------
NAME GRANTED FISCAL YEAR PER SHARE EXPIRATION DATE 5% 10%
- -------------------------------- ----------- --------------- ----------- --------------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Steven M. Willens............... -- -- -- -- -- --
Ronald H. Willens............... -- -- -- -- -- --
Joseph E. Sasek................. 225,000 13.5% $ .25 09/08/05 $ 35,375 $ 89,646
Steven A. Hess.................. 225,000 13.5 1.67 02/29/06 236,307 598,849
Jurgen Obermann................. -- -- -- -- -- --
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) Consists of stock options granted pursuant to the Company's 1994 Stock
Option Plan. Mr. Sasek's option became exercisable immediately, subject to a
right of repurchase which lapses according to a vesting schedule of 25% at
the end of one year following the vesting commencement date as determined by
the Board of Directors and 1/36 of the remaining amount per month
thereafter, and Mr. Hess' option became exerciseable immediately, subject to
a right of repurchase which lapses according to a vesting schedule of 20% at
the end of one year following the vesting commencement date as determined by
the Board of Directors and 1/48 of the remaining amount per month
thereafter, as long as each optionee remains an employee with, consultant to
or director of the Company. The maximum term of each option granted is ten
years from the date of grant. The exercise price is equal to the fair market
value of the stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board of
Directors.
(2) Potential gains are net of the exercise price but before taxes associated
with the exercise. The 5% and 10% assumed annual rates of compounded stock
appreciation are mandated by the rules of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and do not represent the Company's estimate or projection of the
future Common Stock price. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises
are dependent on the future financial performance of the Company, overall
market conditions and the option holders' continued employment through the
vesting period. This table does not take into account any appreciation in
the price of the Common Stock from the date of grant to the date of this
Prospectus, other than the columns reflecting assumed rates of appreciation
of 5% and 10%.
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1996
AND FISCAL 1996 YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
The following table sets forth information for the Named Executive Officers
with respect to exercises of options to purchase Common Stock of the Company in
the fiscal year ended August 31, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SECURITIES VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
OPTIONS AT 8/31/96 AT 8/31/96 (1)
SHARES ACQUIRED -------------------------- ---------------------------
NAME ON EXERCISE (#) VALUE REALIZED ($) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
- ------------------------------- --------------- --------------------- ----------- ------------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Steven M. Willens.............. -- -- -- -- -- --
Ronald H. Willens.............. -- -- -- -- -- --
Joseph E. Sasek................ -- -- 375,000 -- $ 3,875,253 --
Steven A. Hess................. -- -- 225,000 -- 1,986,750 --
Jurgen Obermann................ -- -- -- -- -- --
Paul L. Harvey................. -- -- -- -- -- --
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) Based on the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock at August 31,
1996 ($10.50 per share as determined by the Board of Directors) less the
exercise price payable for such shares.
40
<PAGE>
STOCK PLANS
1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN. The Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan was adopted by
the Board of Directors on August 19, 1994. An aggregate of 3,000,000 of the
Company's Common Stock is reserved for issuance under the 1994 Stock Option
Plan. The 1994 Stock Option Plan provides for grants to employees (including
executive management and employee directors) of "incentive stock options" within
the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), and for grants to employees and consultants of nonstatutory stock
options. As of April 30, 1997, options to purchase a total of 2,538,380 shares
at a weighted average exercise price of $3.46 per share were outstanding, and
461,620 shares remained available for future option grants. The 1994 Stock
Option Plan may be administered by the Board of Directors or a committee of the
Board (the "Administrator"). The Administrator determines the terms of options
granted under the 1994 Stock Option Plan, including the number of shares subject
to the option, exercise price, term and the rate at which the options become
exercisable. Currently, each option that has been granted under the 1994 Plan is
immediately exerciseable, subject to a right of repurchase which lapses
according to a vesting schedule determined by the Administrator. The exercise
price of all incentive stock options granted under the 1994 Stock Option Plan
must be at least equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock of the
Company on the date of grant. The exercise price of all nonstatutory stock
options must equal at least 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on
the date of grant. The exercise price of any stock option granted to an optionee
who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of
stock of the Company must equal at least 110% of the fair market value of the
Common Stock on the date of grant. The exercise price may be paid in cash or
pursuant to a loan or installment arrangement approved by the Board. With
respect to any participant who owns stock representing more than 10% of the
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the term of incentive stock
options are limited to five years or less. The term of all options may not
exceed ten years. If not terminated earlier by the Administrator, the 1994 Stock
Option Plan will terminate in 2004. The Administrator has the authority to amend
or terminate the 1994 Stock Option Plan as long as such action does not
adversely affect any outstanding option. In the event of a proposed sale of all
or substantially all of the Company's assets, or a merger of the Company with or
into another corporation, each option may be assumed or an equivalent option
substituted by the successor corporation (if any). Upon completion of this
offering, no further option grants will be made under the 1994 Stock Option
Plan.
1997 STOCK PLAN. The Company's 1997 Stock Plan was adopted by the Board of
Directors in May 1997 and will be submitted to shareholders for approval in May
1997. The 1997 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to
employees (including officers and directors) and for the grant of nonstatutory
stock options and stock purchase rights ("SPRs") to employees, directors and
consultants. A total of 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock has been reserved for
issuance under the 1997 Stock Plan plus any shares which have been reserved but
unissued under the 1994 Stock Option Plan. In addition, an annual increase in
the number of shares reserved will be added on each anniversary date of the
adoption of the 1997 Stock Plan equal to the lesser of (i) 600,000 shares, (ii)
4% of the outstanding shares on such date or (iii) a lesser amount determined by
the Board. Prior to this offering, there were no options or SPRs outstanding
under the 1997 Stock Plan.
The 1997 Stock Plan may be administered by the Board of Directors or a
committee designated by the Board (the "Administrator"). Options and SPRs
granted under the 1997 Stock Plan are not generally transferable by the optionee
except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and are exercisable
during the lifetime of the optionee only by such optionee. Options granted under
the 1997 Stock Plan must be exercised within three months of the end of the
optionee's status as an employee, director or consultant of the Company, or
within twelve months after such optionee's death or disability, but in no event
later than the expiration of the option term. The exercise price of all
incentive and nonstatutory stock options granted under the 1997 Stock Plan shall
be determined by the Administrator. With respect to any participant who owns
stock possessing more than ten percent of the voting power of all classes of the
Company's outstanding capital stock (a "10% Stockholder"), the exercise price of
any incentive stock
41
<PAGE>
option granted must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant
date. The exercise price of incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock
options for all other employees shall be no less than 100% of the fair market
value per share on the date of grant. The maximum term of an option granted
under the 1997 Stock Plan may not exceed ten years from the date of grant (five
years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder). In
the case of SPRs, unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company
shall have a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary
termination of the purchaser's employment with the Company for any reason
(including death or disability). Such repurchase option lapses at a rate
determined by the Administrator. The purchase price for shares repurchased by
the Company shall be the original purchase price paid by the purchaser and may
be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. In
the event of a merger or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company,
the acquiring or successor corporation must either assume the outstanding
options and SPRs under the 1997 Stock Plan or substitute equivalent options or
SPRs to purchase shares of the acquiring or successor corporation (or a parent
or subsidiary of the acquiring or successor corporation). If an employee is
involuntarily terminated by the acquiring or successor corporation within twelve
months of the merger or asset sale (other than for cause), or if such acquiring
or successor corporation refuses to substitute or assume outstanding options or
SPRs, the employee's options and SPRs fully vest and become immediately
exercisable.
1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN. The Company's 1997 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the "Stock Purchase Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors
in May 1997 and will be submitted to the shareholders for approval in May 1997.
The Company has reserved a total of 500,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance
under the Stock Purchase Plan, plus an annual increase to be added on each
anniversary date of the adoption of the Stock Purchase Plan equal to the lesser
of (i) 150,000 shares, (ii) 1% of the outstanding shares on such date or (iii) a
lesser amount determined by the Board. The Stock Purchase Plan, which is
intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"), permits eligible employees of the Company to purchase
shares of Common Stock through payroll deductions of up to ten percent (10%) of
their compensation, up to a maximum of $25,000 worth of Common Stock (valued at
the date of grant) in each calendar year. The Stock Purchase Plan will be
implemented by consecutive overlapping 24-month offering periods (each an
"Offering Period"). The initial Offering Period will begin on the effective date
of this offering and will end on the last trading day in the period ending March
31, 1999. All employees who work at least twenty hours per week and more than
five months per calendar year are eligible to participate in the Stock Purchase
Plan.
The price of Common Stock purchased under the Stock Purchase Plan will be
85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the first day
of each Offering Period or the date of purchase. Employees may withdraw from the
Stock Purchase Plan at any time during an Offering Period, and the balance of
the payroll deductions will be returned to the employee. Participation in the
Stock Purchase Plan ends automatically upon termination of employment with the
Company. Rights granted under the Stock Purchase Plan are not transferable by a
participant other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as
otherwise provided under the Stock Purchase Plan.
The Stock Purchase Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors or by
a committee appointed by the Board. The Board may amend or modify the Stock
Purchase Plan at any time. The Stock Purchase Plan will terminate ten years
after the effective date of its adoption, unless sooner terminated by the Board.
SECTION 401(k) PLAN
In September 1995, the Board approved the Livingston Retirement Savings Plan
(the "401(k) Plan"), covering the Company's full-time employees located in the
United States. Pursuant to the 401(k) Plan, employees may elect to reduce their
current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit ($9,500 in
calendar years 1996 and 1997) and to have the amount of such reduction
contributed to the 401(k) Plan. The 401(k) Plan permits, but does not require,
additional matching contributions to the
42
<PAGE>
401(k) Plan by the Company on behalf of all participants in the 401(k) Plan. The
Company has not made any contributions to the 401(k) Plan. The 401(k) Plan is
intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Code, such that contributions to
the 401(k) Plan by employees or by the Company, and the investment earnings
thereon, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) Plan, and
such that contributions by the Company, if any, will be deductible by the
Company.
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
The Company and Jerrold Livingston entered into a Deferred Compensation Plan
dated May 2, 1996, as amended (the "Compensation Plan"). Under the terms of the
Compensation Plan, Mr. Livingston is entitled to receive an aggregate annual
amount of $110,000 in recognition of past services rendered to the Company. The
Compensation Plan will terminate upon the earlier of (i) January 1, 2005, (ii)
the termination of the lock-up period in connection with the closing of an
initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock or (iii) the closing of a
merger or sale of the Company.
43
<PAGE>
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information known to the Company with respect
to the beneficial ownership of its Common Stock as of April 30, 1997 and as
adjusted to reflect the sale of Common Stock offered hereby, for (i) each person
who is known by the Company to own beneficially more than five percent of the
Common Stock, (ii) each of the Company's directors, (iii) each Named Executive
Officer, (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group and (v) by the
Selling Shareholders.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENT
SHARES TO BENEFICIALLY
NUMBER OF BE OWNED(2)(3)
SHARES SOLD IN ------------------------
BENEFICIALLY THIS BEFORE AFTER
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER OWNED(1) OFFERING OFFERING OFFERING
- --------------------------------------------------------------- --------------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Ronald H. Willens.............................................. 4,050,000 -- 32.7%
Steven M. Willens.............................................. 4,050,000 -- 32.7
Jerrold Livingston............................................. 4,050,000(4) 32.7
Joseph E. Sasek................................................ 375,000(5) -- 2.9
Steven A. Hess................................................. 225,000(6) -- 1.8
Jurgen Obermann................................................ 45,000(7) -- *
Albert A. Pimentel............................................. 150,000(8) -- 1.2
Robert C. Hawk................................................. 35,000 -- *
All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons).... 13,010,000(9) 98.6
</TABLE>
- ---------
* Less than one percent.
(1) Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to
applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole
voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or
investment power with respect to securities. Options under the 1994 Stock
Option Plan are immediately exercisable in full but subject to a right of
repurchase by the Company which lapses according to a vesting schedule. All
shares of Common Stock subject to options exerciseable are deemed
outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such options
but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other
person.
(2) Based on 12,370,272 shares outstanding as of April 30, 1997.
(3) This column assumes no exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment option.
If, however, the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full,
certain shareholders will sell an aggregate of additional shares of
Common Stock. Specifically, in such event, in addition to those share
amounts set forth in the table above, (i) Ronald Willens will sell an
aggregate of shares and will beneficially own shares, which is
% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock, after completion of this
Offering, and (ii) Steven Willens will sell an aggregate of shares and
will beneficially own shares, which is % of the Company's
outstanding Common Stock, after completion of the Offering.
(4) Includes 72,460 shares held by the Randall Scott Livingston Trust, 17,390
shares held by the Joshua Matthew Livingston Trust, 17,390 shares held by
the Travis Michael Livingston Trust, 17,390 shares held by the Rebecca
Roseann Livingston Trust, 14,490 shares held by the Rhonda Denise Willens
Trust, 14,490 shares held by the Melissa Leanne Willens Trust and 14,490
shares held by the Mark Daniel Willens Trust.
(5) Includes 375,000 shares issuable under stock options held by Mr. Sasek
exerciseable within 60 days of April 30, 1997.
44
<PAGE>
(6) Includes 225,000 shares issuable under stock options held by Mr. Hess
exerciseable within 60 days of April 30, 1997.
(7) Includes 45,000 shares issuable under stock options held by Mr. Obermann
exerciseable within 60 days of April 30, 1997.
(8) Includes 150,000 shares issuable under stock options held by Mr. Pimentel
exerciseable within 60 days of April 30, 1997.
(9) Includes 825,000 shares issuable under stock options held by such directors
and executive officers exerciseable within 60 days of April 30, 1997.
45
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 30,000,000 shares of
Common Stock. The following summaries of certain provisions of the Common Stock
do not purport to be complete, are subject to, and qualified in their entirety
by, the provisions of the Company's Amended and Restated Articles of
Incorporation (the "Restated Articles"), which is included as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part, and by applicable
law.
COMMON STOCK
As of April 30, 1997, there were 12,370,272 shares of Common Stock
outstanding, which were held of record by 58 shareholders. The holders of Common
Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the
shareholders. The holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such
dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of
Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. See "Dividend
Policy." In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets
remaining after payment of liabilities. Holders of Common Stock have no
preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no
redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All
outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the
shares of Common Stock to be issued upon the closing of this offering will be
fully paid and non-assessable.
PREFERRED STOCK
The Board of Directors has approved an amendment to the Restated Articles
which authorizes the issuance of up to 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock in
one or more series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and
privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights and the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights,
conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation
preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the Common
Stock. Subject to approval of such amendment by the shareholders, and effective
upon the filing of the Restated Articles, the Board of Directors, without
further shareholder approval, can issue Preferred Stock with voting, conversion
or other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of
holders of Common Stock. Preferred Stock could thus be issued quickly with terms
calculated to delay, or prevent a change in control of the Company or make
removal of management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of Preferred
Stock may have the effect of decreasing the market price of the Common Stock,
and may adversely affect the voting and the other rights of the holders of
Common Stock. At present, there are no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding and
the Company has no plans to issue any of the Preferred Stock.
CALIFORNIA LAW AND CERTAIN PROVISIONS
Certain provisions of California law and the Company's Restated Articles of
Incorporation and Bylaws, could make more difficult the removal of incumbent
officers and directors and the acquisition of the Company by means of a tender
offer, a proxy contest or otherwise. Upon qualification of the Company as a
"listed corporation," as defined in Section 301.5(d) of the California Code,
cumulative voting will be eliminated and the Board of Directors will be divided
into two classes of directors, serving staggered two-year terms. At each annual
meeting, one class of directors will be elected for a two-year term. See
"Management." These provisions are expected to discourage certain types of
coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage
persons seeking to acquire control of the Company to negotiate first with the
Company. The Company believes that the benefits of increased protection of the
Company's potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or
unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure the Company outweigh the
disadvantages of discouraging such proposals because, among other things,
negotiation of such proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services, L.L.P. of San Francisco, California. Its telephone number
is (415) 954-9512.
46
<PAGE>
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. Future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the
public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices from time to time.
Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale
shortly after this offering because of certain contractual and legal
restrictions on resale (as described below), sales of substantial amounts of
Common Stock of the Company in the public market after the restrictions lapse
could adversely affect the prevailing market price and the ability of the
Company to raise equity capital in the future.
Upon completion of this offering the Company will have outstanding an
aggregate of shares of Common Stock (based upon shares outstanding at
April 30, 1997), assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option
and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares, all of the shares sold
in this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act, unless such shares are purchased by
"affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. The remaining 12,370,272 shares of Common Stock held by existing
stockholders are "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the Securities Act ("Restricted Shares"). Restricted Shares may be sold in
the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from
registration under Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which
rules are summarized below. As a result of the contractual restrictions
described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the Restricted Shares
will be available for sale in the public market as follows: (i) no shares will
be eligible for immediate sale on the date of this Prospectus, (ii) 33,000
shares will be eligible for sale beginning 90 days after the date of this
Prospectus, and (iii) 12,337,272 shares will be eligible for sale upon
expiration of the lock-up agreements 180 days after the date of this Prospectus.
All officers, directors and certain stockholders of the Company have agreed
not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to
purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or
warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly
(or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole
or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of), any shares of
Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable
for shares of Common Stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated.
In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this
Prospectus, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who has
beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at least one year (including the
holding period of any prior owner except an Affiliate) would be entitled to sell
within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of: (i) one percent of the number of shares of Common Stock then
outstanding (which will equal approximately shares immediately after
this offering); or (ii) the average weekly trading volume of the Common Stock on
the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing
of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also
subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the
availability of current public information about the Company. Under Rule 144(k),
a person who is not deemed to have been an Affiliate of the Company at any time
during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares
proposed to be sold for at least two years (including the holding period of any
prior owner except an Affiliate), is entitled to sell such shares without
complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or
notice provisions of Rule 144; therefore, unless otherwise restricted, "144(k)
shares" may therefore be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering.
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, any
employee, consultant or advisor of the Company who purchases shares from the
Company in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written
agreement is eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of
this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain
restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.
47
<PAGE>
The Company intends to file a registration statement under the Securities
Act covering shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company's
1994 Stock Option Plan, 1997 Stock Plan and Stock Purchase Plan. See
"Management--Stock Plans." Such registration statement is expected to be filed
and become effective as soon as practicable after the effective date of this
offering. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will,
subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to Affiliates, be available
for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting
restrictions with the Company or the lock-up agreements described above. As of
April 30, 1997, options to purchase 2,538,380 shares of Common Stock were issued
and outstanding under the 1994 Stock Option Plan, and no options to purchase
shares had been granted under the Company's 1997 Stock Plan and Stock Purchase
Plan.
48
<PAGE>
UNDERWRITERS
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Underwriting
Agreement dated the date hereof, (the "Underwriting Agreement") Underwriters
named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Hambrecht & Quist LLC,
and Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC are acting as Representatives, have
severally agreed to purchase, and the Company and the Selling Shareholder have
severally agreed to sell them, the respective number of shares of Common Stock,
set forth opposite the name of such Underwriters below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
NAME SHARES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -----------
<S> <C>
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.................................................
Hambrecht & Quist LLC.............................................................
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC.................................................
-----------
Total.........................................................................
-----------
-----------
</TABLE>
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several
Underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their
counsel and to certain other conditions. The Underwriters are obligated to take
and pay for all of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby (other than those
covered by the Underwriters' over-allotment option described below) if any such
shares are taken.
The Underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Common
Stock offered hereby directly to the public at the initial public offering price
set forth on the cover page hereof and part to certain dealers at a price which
represents a concession not in excess of $ per share under the initial public
offering price. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a
concession not in excess of $ per share to other Underwriters or to certain
other dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of Common Stock, the
offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Company and certain of the
Selling Shareholders have granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for
30 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of
additional shares of Common Stock, at the public offering price set forth
on the cover page hereof, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The
Underwriters may exercise such option to purchase solely for the purpose of
covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby. To the extent such option is exercised,
each Underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to
purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional shares of Common
Stock as the number set forth next to such Underwriter's name in the preceding
table bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock set forth next to the
names of all Underwriters in the preceding table.
In order to facilitate the offering of the Common Stock, the Underwriters
may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the
price of the Common Stock. Specifically, the Underwriters may overallot in
connection with the offering, creating a short position in the Common Stock for
their own
49
<PAGE>
account. In addition, to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of the
Common Stock, the Underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Common Stock
in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling
concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the Common
Stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed
Common Stock in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in
stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize
or maintain the market price of the Common Stock above independent market
levels. The Underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may
end any of these activities at any time.
The Underwriters have informed the Company that they do not intend sales to
discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of
Common Stock offered by them.
The Company, the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters have agreed to
indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act.
Each of the Company and the directors, executive officers and certain other
stockholders of the Company has agreed that, without the prior written consent
of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not
(i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to
purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or
warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly,
any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for Common Stock or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement
that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences
of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in
clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such
other securities, in cash or otherwise, during the period ending 180 days after
the date of this Prospectus, other than (x) the Shares and (y) the issuance by
the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or a
warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this
Prospectus of which the Underwriters have been advised in writing.
The Underwriters have reserved up to shares of Common Stock for sale at
the initial public offering price to certain persons associated with the
Company, as such persons have expressed an interest in purchasing such shares of
Common Stock in the Offering. The number of shares available for sale to the
general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved
shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the Underwriters
to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby.
PRICING OF THE OFFERING
Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. The initial public offering price for the Common Stock was
determined by negotiations among the Company, representatives of the Selling
Shareholders and the Representatives of the Underwriters. Among the factors to
be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be the
future prospects of the Company and its industry in general, sales, earnings and
certain other financial and operating information of the Company in recent
periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of
securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged
in activities similar to those of the Company.
50
<PAGE>
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo
Alto, California. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters
by Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, San Francisco, California.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of August 31, 1995
and 1996, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31,
1996, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance
upon the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, a
Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the
information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Company and such
Common Stock, reference is made to the Registration Statement and to the
exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this Prospectus
as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not
necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such
contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement,
each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of
the Registration Statement may be inspected by anyone without charge at the
principal office of the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C.,
and copies of all or any part of the Registration Statement may be obtained from
the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, upon payment of certain fees. The
Commission maintains a World Wide Web site that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding registrants that file
electronically with the Commission. The address of the site is
http://www.sec.gov.
The Company intends to furnish to its shareholders annual reports containing
audited financial statements examined by independent auditors and quarterly
reports containing interim unaudited financial information for the first three
quarters of each fiscal year.
51
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Auditors............................................................................. F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets................................................................................ F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations...................................................................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity............................................................ F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows...................................................................... F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................................................. F-7
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Livingston Enterprises, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Livingston
Enterprises, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 1995 and 1996, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 1996.
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Livingston
Enterprises, Inc. and subsidiaries at August 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results
of operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended August 31, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
Palo Alto, California
October 4, 1996, except for Note 10
which is as of May 15, 1997
F-2
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AUGUST 31,
--------------------
1995 1996
--------- --------- FEBRUARY 28,
1997
------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents.................................................... $ 1,486 $ 3,749 $ 7,256
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $150, $648, and $882,
respectively............................................................... 3,674 6,796 9,584
Inventories.................................................................. 3,557 7,650 4,511
Deferred income taxes........................................................ 139 1,893 3,763
Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................................... 55 153 166
--------- --------- ------------
Total current assets....................................................... 8,911 20,241 25,280
Property and equipment, net.................................................... 330 940 2,103
Other assets................................................................... 62 140 266
--------- --------- ------------
Total assets................................................................... $ 9,303 $ 21,321 $ 27,649
--------- --------- ------------
--------- --------- ------------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable............................................................. $ 1,695 $ 2,787 $ 528
Accrued liabilities.......................................................... 1,087 1,575 4,942
Deferred revenue............................................................. -- 1,636 2,061
Current portion of notes payable to shareholders............................. 238 -- --
--------- --------- ------------
Total current liabilities.................................................. 3,020 5,998 7,531
--------- --------- ------------
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, no par value; 1,500,000 shares authorized in 1995; none
issued and outstanding in 1995............................................. -- -- --
Common stock, no par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized; 12,150,000,
12,235,200, and 12,365,060 issued and outstanding in 1995, 1996, and 1997,
respectively............................................................... 21 216 894
Deferred stock compensation.................................................. -- -- (568)
Retained earnings............................................................ 6,262 15,107 19,792
--------- --------- ------------
Total shareholders' equity................................................. 6,283 15,323 20,118
--------- --------- ------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity................................. $ 9,303 $ 21,321 $ 27,649
--------- --------- ------------
--------- --------- ------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, --------------------------
------------------------------- FEB. 29, FEB. 28,
1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
--------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Product revenues.................................... $ 6,180 $ 20,138 $ 43,229 $ 20,442 $ 27,281
Royalty revenues.................................... -- 323 2,878 963 4,034
--------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------
Net revenues........................................ 6,180 20,461 46,107 21,405 31,315
Cost of revenues.................................... 2,853 8,054 18,567 8,660 13,959
--------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------
Gross profit...................................... 3,327 12,407 27,540 12,745 17,356
Operating expenses:
Research and development.......................... 462 890 2,512 721 1,853
Selling and marketing............................. 673 2,831 8,670 3,441 6,434
General and administrative........................ 449 667 1,771 544 1,384
--------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------
Total operating expenses........................ 1,584 4,388 12,953 4,706 9,671
--------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------
Operating income.................................... 1,743 8,019 14,587 8,039 7,685
Interest income (expense), net...................... (21) (20) 85 1 124
--------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------
Income before income taxes.......................... 1,722 7,999 14,672 8,040 7,809
Provision for income taxes.......................... 695 3,095 5,827 3,188 3,124
--------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------
Net income...................................... $ 1,027 $ 4,904 $ 8,845 $ 4,852 $ 4,685
--------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------
--------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------
Net income per share................................ $ .08 $ .38 $ .62 $ .35 $ .32
--------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------
--------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------
Shares used in per share computations............... 12,525 12,945 14,214 13,725 14,473
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON STOCK TOTAL
------------------------- DEFERRED STOCK RETAINED SHAREHOLDERS'
SHARES AMOUNT COMPENSATION EARNINGS EQUITY
------------ ----------- --------------- --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances at August 31, 1993...................... 12,150,000 $ 21 $ -- $ 331 $ 352
Net income..................................... -- -- -- 1,027 1,027
------------ ----- ----- --------- -------------
Balances at August 31, 1994...................... 12,150,000 21 -- 1,358 1,379
Net income..................................... -- -- -- 4,904 4,904
------------ ----- ----- --------- -------------
Balances at August 31, 1995...................... 12,150,000 21 -- 6,262 6,283
Issuance of common stock....................... 15,000 4 -- -- 4
Issuance of common stock for acquired in
process research and development............. 18,000 189 -- -- 189
Exercise of common stock options............... 52,200 2 -- -- 2
Net income..................................... -- -- -- 8,845 8,845
------------ ----- ----- --------- -------------
Balances at August 31, 1996...................... 12,235,200 216 -- 15,107 15,323
Exercise of common stock options (unaudited)... 129,860 110 -- -- 110
Deferred stock compensation
(unaudited).................................. -- 568 (568) -- --
Net income (unaudited)......................... -- -- -- 4,685 4,685
------------ ----- ----- --------- -------------
Balances at February 28, 1997 (unaudited)........ 12,365,060 $ 894 $ (568) $ 19,792 $ 20,118
------------ ----- ----- --------- -------------
------------ ----- ----- --------- -------------
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, SIX MONTHS ENDED
------------------------------- ----------------------------
1994 1995 1996 FEB. 29, 1996 FEB. 28, 1997
--------- --------- --------- ------------- -------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income....................................................... $ 1,027 $ 4,904 $ 8,845 $ 4,852 $ 4,685
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization.................................. 25 60 193 66 197
In-process research and development charged to expense as
acquired..................................................... -- -- 189 -- --
Interest on notes payable to shareholders...................... 12 22 -- -- --
Deferred income taxes.......................................... (60) (91) (1,754) (313) (1,870)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable.......................................... (729) (2,446) (3,122) (2,467) (2,788)
Inventories.................................................. (391) (2,951) (4,093) (2,567) 3,139
Prepaids and other current assets............................ (62) 20 (98) (13) (13)
Accounts payable............................................. 11 1,523 1,092 926 (2,259)
Accrued liabilities.......................................... 811 186 488 1,892 3,367
Deferred revenue............................................. -- -- 1,636 804 425
--------- --------- --------- ------ ------
Net cash provided by operating activities........................ 644 1,227 3,376 3,180 4,883
--------- --------- --------- ------ ------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property and equipment............................ (63) (288) (803) (135) (1,360)
Other assets................................................... -- (60) (78) (62) (126)
--------- --------- --------- ------ ------
Net cash used in investing activities:........................... (63) (348) (881) (197) (1,486)
--------- --------- --------- ------ ------
CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from common stock issued.............................. -- -- 6 -- 110
Repayment of notes payable to shareholders..................... -- (20) (238) (181) --
--------- --------- --------- ------ ------
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities........ -- (20) (232) (181) 110
--------- --------- --------- ------ ------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents........................ 581 859 2,263 2,802 3,507
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period................. 46 627 1,486 1,486 3,749
--------- --------- --------- ------ ------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period....................... $ 627 $ 1,486 $ 3,749 $ 4,288 $ 7,256
--------- --------- --------- ------ ------
--------- --------- --------- ------ ------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Common stock issued in exchange for acquired in-process
research and development charged to expense.................. $ -- $ -- $ 189 $ -- $ --
Cash paid for income taxes..................................... 22 2,862 8,063 2,210 4,229
Cash paid for interest......................................... 21 20 35 12 --
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(INFORMATION RELATING TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 29, 1996 AND
FEBRUARY 28, 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
THE COMPANY
Livingston Enterprises, Inc. (the Company), a California corporation, is a
provider of integrated remote access networking solutions for Internet Service
Providers.
BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its subsidiaries from which intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with remaining
maturities of three months or less at time of acquisition to be cash
equivalents.
The Company accounts for cash equivalents and short-term investments in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115,
ACCOUNTING FOR CERTAIN INVESTMENTS IN DEBT AND EQUITY SECURITIES. All cash and
cash equivalents are classified as available-for-sale under the provisions of
SFAS No. 115. The securities are carried at cost which approximates fair value
and any unrealized gains or losses, net of taxes, would be reported as a
separate component of shareholders' equity.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
The Company recognizes revenues from sales of remote access products upon
shipment. The Company grants its value-added resellers limited rights to
exchange products and price protection on unsold merchandise. The Company
establishes an estimated allowance for future product returns based on
historical returns experience and provides for appropriate price protection
reserves at the time the related revenue is recorded. To date, returns for
exchange and amounts granted from price protection have not been significant.
The Company accounts for revenue related to the software portion of their
product in accordance with Statement of Position 91-1, SOFTWARE REVENUE
RECOGNITION. Postcontract customer support ("PCS") revenues generally are
recognized ratably over the term of the support period (generally one year). PCS
revenues to date have not been significant and are included in product revenues.
The unamortized portion of PCS is reported as deferred revenue.
The Company records royalty revenue at the time the amount is determinable
and collection is certain.
F-7
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION RELATING TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 29, 1996 AND
FEBRUARY 28, 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
INVENTORIES
Inventories are valued using standard costs, which approximate the lower of
cost or market using the first-in, first-out method.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally
three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets or related
lease term, whichever is shorter.
The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121, ACCOUNTING FOR THE
IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED OF, on
September 1, 1996. SFAS No. 121 requires that long-lived assets and certain
identified intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be
recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a
comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected
to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the
impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying
amount of the assets exceed the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed
of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to
sell. Adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company's
financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS
Research and development expenditures are generally charged to operations as
incurred. SFAS No. 86, ACCOUNTING FOR THE COSTS OF COMPUTER SOFTWARE TO BE SOLD,
LEASED OR OTHERWISE MARKETED, governs accounting for software development costs.
This statement provides for the capitalization of certain software development
costs once technological feasibility is established. The cost capitalized is
then amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated product life, or
using the ratio of current revenue to total projected product revenues,
whichever is greater. To date, software development costs incurred subsequent to
the establishment of technological feasibility have not been material. Included
in research and development expense in fiscal 1996 is approximately $632,000
principally related to modem technology acquired in exchange for 18,000 shares
of common stock and $443,000 in cash.
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations
of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade
receivables. Cash and cash equivalents consist of deposits with a major U.S.
commercial bank. The Company sells its products primarily to Internet Service
Providers through resellers. To reduce its credit risk, the Company performs
ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains an allowance for
doubtful accounts to cover any credit losses. At February 28, 1997, $1.8 million
of royalty revenues remained outstanding.
F-8
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION RELATING TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 29, 1996 AND
FEBRUARY 28, 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The carrying amounts of cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable,
accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate fair values due to the
short maturity of the instruments.
PRODUCT RELATED COSTS
Product related costs consist of warranty costs, modem technology license
fees, and costs related to the Company's 56K Modem Swap Program. This program
allows customers to upgrade to 56K modem technology as it becomes available at
no charge to them. The Company provides for all of the above costs at the time
revenue is recognized.
INCOME TAXES
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109,
ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES. SFAS No. 109 prescribes an asset and liability
approach that results in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities
for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in
the Company's consolidated financial statements or tax returns. In estimating
future tax consequences, SFAS No. 109 generally considers all expected future
events other than enactment of changes in tax laws or rates.
INTERIM ACCOUNTING
The financial statements at February 28, 1997 and for the six months ended
February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 include all adjustments (consisting only
of normal adjustments) that management considers necessary for a fair
presentation of its financial position at such date and its operating results
and cash flows for those periods. Results for interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.
Income taxes for the six months ended February 29, 1996 and February 28,
1997 have been provided based on an estimate of the Company's effective tax rate
for fiscal 1996 and 1997.
PER SHARE INFORMATION
Net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of common
shares and common share equivalents outstanding during the periods presented.
Common share equivalents result from the dilutive effect of outstanding options
to purchase common stock. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC), common shares issued by the Company during the twelve
months immediately preceding the initial public offering, plus the number of
equivalent shares resulting from options granted during this period, have been
included in the calculation of the shares used in computing net income per share
as if they were outstanding for all periods presented (using the treasury stock
method and the estimated public offering price).
The Financial Accounting Standards Board recently issued SFAS No. 128,
EARNINGS PER SHARE, which requires the presentation of basic earnings per share
(EPS) and, for companies with potentially dilutive securities, such as
convertible debt, options, and warrants, diluted EPS. SFAS No. 128 is effective
for
F-9
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(INFORMATION RELATING TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 29, 1996 AND
FEBRUARY 28, 1997 IS UNAUDITED)
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
annual and interim periods ending after December 31, 1997. The Company expects
that basic EPS will be higher than primary EPS as presented in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements and that diluted EPS will not differ
materially from fully diluted EPS as presented in the accompanying consolidated
financial statements.
STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS
In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
123, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK BASED COMPENSATION. The Company adopted SFAS No. 123
in September 1996. The Company will continue to account for employee stock
options in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and has
adopted the "disclosure only" alternative described in SFAS No. 123. The Company
expects that the adoption of this statement will not have a material effect on
the financial position or results of operations.
RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain amounts in the accompanying 1994 and 1995 consolidated financial
statements have been reclassified to conform with the 1996 consolidated
financial statement presentation.
2. BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS
Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF AUGUST 31,
--------------------
1995 1996
--------- --------- AS OF
FEB. 28, 1997
-------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Raw materials............................................... $ 2,022 $ 5,215 $ 2,299
Work in process............................................. 732 439 868
Finished goods.............................................. 803 1,996 1,344
--------- --------- ------
$ 3,557 $ 7,650 $ 4,511
--------- --------- ------
--------- --------- ------
</TABLE>
Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF AUGUST 31,
--------------------
1995 1996
--------- --------- AS OF
FEB. 28, 1997
-------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Equipment..................................................... $ 397 $ 1,026 $ 1,511
Furniture and fixtures........................................ 72 91 661
Leasehold improvements........................................ 22 177 482
--------- --------- ------
491 1,294 2,654
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization................ 161 354 551
--------- --------- ------
$ 330 $ 940 $ 2,103
--------- --------- ------
--------- --------- ------
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
2. BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS (CONTINUED)
Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF AUGUST 31,
--------------------
1995 1996
--------- --------- AS OF
FEB. 28, 1997
-------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Compensation and related benefits........................... $ 377 $ 825 $ 1,367
Warranty costs.............................................. -- 85 425
Modem swap program.......................................... -- -- 837
Modem license fees.......................................... -- -- 625
Income taxes................................................ 549 2 598
Other....................................................... 161 663 1,090
--------- --------- ------
$ 1,087 $ 1,575 $ 4,942
--------- --------- ------
--------- --------- ------
</TABLE>
3. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Directors of the Company periodically made cash advances to the Company
to fund operations. Outstanding amounts due to the Directors aggregated $238,005
as of August 31, 1995, which included interest of $34,000 at the rate of 9% per
annum. In October 1995, all outstanding principal balances and accrued interest
were repaid to the Directors.
4. INCOME TAXES
The components of income tax expense are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
-------------------------------
1994 1995 1996
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current:
Federal.......................................................... $ 593 $ 2,444 $ 5,873
State............................................................ 162 742 1,708
--------- --------- ---------
755 3,186 7,581
--------- --------- ---------
Deferred:
Federal.......................................................... (62) (68) (1,488)
State............................................................ 2 (23) (266)
--------- --------- ---------
(60) (91) (1,754)
--------- --------- ---------
$ 695 $ 3,095 $ 5,827
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
F-11
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
4. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented below (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF AUGUST 31,
--------------------
1995 1996
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Accruals and reserves...................................................... $ 92 $ 1,350
Deferred revenue........................................................... -- 650
Costs capitalized in inventory............................................. 39 27
Other...................................................................... 8 (134)
--------- ---------
$ 139 $ 1,893
Less valuation allowance..................................................... -- --
--------- ---------
Net deferred asset........................................................... $ 139 $ 1,893
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
The differences between the "expected" income tax expense computed at the
federal statutory rate of 35% and the Company's actual income tax expense are as
follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF AUGUST 31,
-------------------------------
1994 1995 1996
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income tax at statutory rate....................................... $ 603 $ 2,800 $ 5,135
State tax, net of federal benefit.................................. 108 474 951
Research and development tax credits............................... -- (30) --
Foreign Sales Corporation benefit.................................. -- -- (92)
Other.............................................................. (16) (149) (167)
--------- --------- ---------
$ 695 $ 3,095 $ 5,827
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
Management believes that it is more likely than not, based on historical
operating results, that the Company will generate sufficient future taxable
income to realize the net deferred tax assets.
5. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
In March 1996, the Company restated its Articles of Incorporation cancelling
its authorized Preferred Stock and the shareholders approved a three for one
stock split. Common Share and per share data in these consolidated financial
statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split. The
Company has reserved 3,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the
1994 Stock Option Plan (the 1994 Plan). The 1994 Plan provides for incentive and
non-statutory stock options to be granted to employees (including officers),
directors, consultants, and other independent contractors.
Stock options are granted at prices of not less than 85% of the fair market
value of the common stock at the time of grant, except that stock options
granted to any employee who owns stock representing more than 10% of total
combined voting power of all classes of the Company's capital stock must have an
exercise price of not less than 110% of fair market value. Shares available for
purchase on the exercise of options generally vest at a rate of 20% in the first
year and thereafter at a rate of 1/48 per each month the optionee is employed or
acts as a consultant of the Company. Options expire ten years from the date of
F-12
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
5. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
grant. At August 31, 1996, 219,010 options were vested and all options, whether
or not vested, are exercisable, subject to a right of repurchase, at the
original issuance price, which lapses according to the vesting schedule. A
summary of stock option activity under the 1994 Plan follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AVAILABLE NUMBER OF
FOR GRANT SHARES PRICE PER SHARE
------------ ---------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balances as of August 31, 1994........................................ 1,500,000
Options granted..................................................... (1,043,250) 1,043,250 $0.033-$0.05
Options canceled.................................................... 132,000 (132,000) $0.033-$0.04
------------ ----------
Balances as of August 31, 1995........................................ 588,750 911,250 $0.033-$0.05
Increase in option pool............................................. 1,500,000
Options granted..................................................... (1,668,250) 1,668,250 $0.25-$10.50
Options exercised................................................... 52,200 (52,200) $0.04-$0.25
Options canceled.................................................... 301,500 (301,500) $0.033-$10.50
------------ ----------
Balances as of August 31, 1996........................................ 774,200 2,225,800 $0.033-$10.50
Options granted (unaudited)......................................... (392,800) 392,800 $10.50
Options exercised (unaudited)....................................... 129,860 (129,860) $0.033-$10.50
Options canceled (unaudited)........................................ 44,465 (44,465) $0.04-$10.50
------------ ----------
Balances as of February 28, 1997 (unaudited).......................... 555,725 2,444,275 $0.033-$10.50
------------ ---------- ---------------
------------ ---------- ---------------
</TABLE>
In connection with options granted on February 21, 1997, the Company has
recorded deferred compensation expense of $568,000 for the difference between
the option grant price and the deemed fair value of the Company's common stock
at the date of grant. The amount is being amortized over the vesting period of
the individual options, generally a 60 month period. No deferred compensation
expense was recognized for the six months ended February 28, 1997.
6. REVENUE
The Company distributes its products primarily through value-added
resellers. Export sales, identified by region, are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, SIX MONTHS ENDED
------------------------------- --------------------------------
1994 1995 1996 FEB. 29, 1996 FEB. 28, 1997
--------- --------- --------- --------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(UNAUDITED)
Asia Pacific.................................................. 2% 5% 18% 13% 23%
Europe........................................................ 5% 6% 7% 6% 15%
Canada........................................................ 2% 3% 3% 5% 5%
Latin America................................................. 9% 2% 2% 2% 2%
--- --- --- --- ---
18% 17% 30% 26% 45%
--- --- --- --- ---
--- --- --- --- ---
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTE TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
6. REVENUE (CONTINUED)
Significant resellers are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, SIX MONTHS ENDED
------------------------------------- ------------------------------------
1994 1995 1996 FEB. 29, 1996
----- ----- ----- ----------------- FEB. 28, 1997
-----------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Customer A................................... 28% 29% 26% 27% 2%
Customer B................................... 17% 18% 6% 7% 4%
Customer C................................... 7% 11% 13% 15% 15%
<CAPTION>
RECEIVABLE BALANCE AT
FEB. 28, 1997
-----------------------
<S> <C>
Customer A................................... 0%
Customer B................................... 1%
Customer C................................... 18%
</TABLE>
7. COMMITMENTS
The Company leases its facilities under non-cancelable operating leases.
Future minimum lease payments under operating leases with initial remaining
non-cancelable terms of one or more years are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDING AUGUST 31,
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
1997................................................................................. $ 551
1998................................................................................. 606
1999................................................................................. 606
2000................................................................................. 606
2001................................................................................. 606
Thereafter........................................................................... 1,313
---------
Total minimum lease payments......................................................... $ 4,288
---------
---------
</TABLE>
Rent expense was $62,000, $156,000, and $566,000 for the years ended August
31, 1994, 1995, and 1996, respectively. Rent expense for the six month periods
ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1997 was $154,000 and $386,000,
respectively.
The Company and Jerrold Livingston entered into a Deferred Compensation Plan
dated May 2, 1996, as amended (the "Compensation Plan"). Under the terms of the
Compensation Plan, Mr. Livingston is entitled to receive an aggregate annual
amount of $110,000 in recognition of past services rendered to the Company. The
Compensation Plan will terminate upon the earlier of (i) January 1, 2005, (ii)
the termination of the lock-up period in connection with the closing of an
initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock or (iii) the closing of a
merger or sale of the Company.
8. BANK LINE OF CREDIT
In May 1996, the Company obtained an unsecured, $5 million bank line of
credit which bears interest at the bank's prime interest rate (8.25% as of
August 31, 1996). The line of credit expires March 1, 1998. Covenants under the
line of credit require the Company to maintain certain minimum levels of
profitability, net worth, and financial ratios, and restrict dividends and stock
repurchases. There have been no borrowings under the line of credit agreement.
F-14
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTE TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
9. RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution benefit plan that covers
all employees who have completed at least three months of service. This plan
allows for employees to defer up to 15% of their pretax salary in certain
investments at the discretion of the employees. The Company has the option to
make discretionary employer contributions, however, no such contributions have
been made since inception of the plan.
10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On May 9, 1997, the Board of Directors approved:
- the Company's 1997 Stock Plan (the 1997 Plan), subject to shareholder
approval. The Company reserved 1,500,000 shares of common stock for
issuance under the 1997 Plan which provides for grants of stock options
and stock purchase rights to employees, consultants, non-employee
directors, and any parent or subsidiary of the Company. Options and rights
are granted at prices equal to the fair market value of the common stock
at the time of grant. Other conditions of the 1997 Plan are substantially
the same as those of the 1994 Plan. No options or purchase rights have
been granted under the 1997 Plan to date.
- Board of Directors approved (effective upon the closing of the Company's
initial public offering) the 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
"Purchase Plan"), subject to shareholder approval. Under the Purchase
Plan, eligible employees may purchase common shares during six month
payment periods commencing November 1 and May 1 of each year at a price
per share of 85% of the lower of the average market price per share on the
first or last business day of the six-month period. Participating
employees may elect to have up to 10% of regular pay withheld and applied
toward the purchase of such share up to a maximum of 10,000 shares in any
six-month period. An employee's rights under the Purchase Plan terminate
upon voluntary withdrawal from the Purchase Plan at any time or upon
termination of employment. The Company has reserved 500,000 shares of
common stock for issuance under the Purchase Plan. No shares have been
issued to date.
- An amendment to the Articles of Incorporation to increase authorized
common stock to 100,000,000 shares and upon completion of the Company's
initial public offering to increase authorized preferred stock to
5,000,000 shares.
Also, on May 9, 1997, the Company's Board of Directors authorized management
of the Company to file a Registration Statement with the SEC permitting the
Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public.
F-15
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Company in connection
with the sale of Common Stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except
the SEC registration fee and NASD filing fee.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SEC registration fee.............................................. $ 12,122
NASD filing fee................................................... 4,500
Nasdaq National Market listing fee................................ 50,000
Printing and engraving costs...................................... 125,000
Legal fees and expenses........................................... 310,000
Accounting fees and expenses...................................... 250,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses........................................ 10,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar fees................................. 5,000
Miscellaneous expenses............................................ 35,000
---------
Total......................................................... 801,622
---------
---------
</TABLE>
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The Bylaws of the Company provide for the indemnification of the Company's
officers and directors against certain liabilities and expenses relating to
lawsuits and other proceedings in which they may become involved. Section 317 of
the California Corporations Code also provides for indemnification of a
corporation's directors and officers under certain circumstances.
Section 204(a)(10) and (11) and Section 317 of the California Corporations
Code and the Bylaws of the Company contain provisions covering indemnification
of corporate directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses
incurred as a result of proceedings involving such persons in their capacities
as directors and officers, including proceedings under the Securities Act or the
Exchange Act.
The Company provides indemnity insurance pursuant to which its directors and
officers are indemnified or insured under certain circumstances against certain
liabilities or losses, including liabilities under the Securities Act. The
Company has obtained shareholder approval to enter into indemnity agreements
with their respective directors and officers. Each agreement provides for
indemnification of the fines, settlements and other amounts incurred by such
person in connection with the good faith performance of his or her duties as a
director or officer. The indemnification agreements also provide for the advance
payment by the Company of expenses incurred in defending any proceeding to which
the director or officer may be a party, provided that the affected director or
officer executed an undertaking, acceptable to the disinterested members of the
board of directors, agreeing to repay all amounts advanced for defense of the
proceeding if it shall be ultimately determined that such director or officer
was not entitled to be indemnified in accordance with Sections 204(a)(10) and
(11) and Section 317 of the California Corporations Code.
The Company understands that the staff of the Commission is of the opinion
that statutory, charter and contractual provisions as are described above have
no effect on claims arising under the federal securities laws.
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
Since 1994 the registrant has issued and sold the following unregistered
securities: as of April 30, 1997, the Registrant has issued and sold 186,832
shares of Common Stock to employees and consultants at prices
II-1
<PAGE>
ranging from $.033 to $10.50 per share, upon exercise of stock options, pursuant
to the Registrant's 1994 Stock Option Plan; in December 1995, the Company issued
15,000 shares of Common Stock to Douglas Meltzer in consideration of past
services rendered to the Company and the signing of a confidentiality agreement;
and in connection with the Company's acquisition of certain assets, with a value
of $189,000 as determined by the Company's Board of Directors, of Lloyd
Internetworking, Inc. ("Lloyd") in June 1996, the Company issued 18,000 shares
of Common Stock to Lloyd shareholders.
The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration
under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or
Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as transactions
by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to
compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided
under such Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each such transaction
represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and
not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and
appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments
issued in such transaction. All recipients had adequate access, through their
relationships with the Company, to information about the Registrant.
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS
(a) Exhibits
<TABLE>
<C> <S>
1.1 Underwriting Agreement.
3.1 Restated Articles of Incorporation of Livingston Enterprises, Inc., a California
corporation, as currently in effect.
3.4 Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
3.5 Bylaws of the Registrant, as in effect immediately following the closing of the
offering made under this Registration Statement.
4.1* Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
5.1* Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1 Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each of its directors
and officers.
10.2 1994 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.3 1997 Stock Plan and form of agreement thereunder.
10.4 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.5 Lease dated January 24, 1996 between Registrant and Willow Road Associates, LLC
for the facility located at 4464 Willow Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588.
10.6 Deferred Compensation Plan dated May 2, 1996, as amended, between the Company and
Jerrold Livingston.
10.7 Master Revolving Note with Comerica Bank dated April 30, 1996.
11.1 Calculation of earnings per share.
23.1 Consent of KPMG Independent Auditors.
23.2* Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1 Power of Attorney (see page II-4).
</TABLE>
- ---------
* To be filed by amendment.
II-2
<PAGE>
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information
required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial
statements or notes thereto.
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for liabilities arising under
the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of
this Registration Statement or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this
Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration
Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall be deemed
to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein,
and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-3
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Pleasanton, State of
California, on the 16th day of May, 1997.
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
By: /s/ STEVEN M. WILLENS
----------------------------------
Steven M. Willens
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
OFFICER
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Steven M. Willens and Steven A. Hess and each of
them his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him and in
his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all
amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement,
and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this
Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule
462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and all post-effective
amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto in all
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary
to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that such
attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ ---------------
<C> <S> <C>
/s/ STEVEN M. WILLENS
---------------------------- President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman May 16, 1997
Steven M. Willens
/s/ STEVEN A. HESS
---------------------------- Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and May 16, 1997
Steven A. Hess Accounting Officer)
/s/ JERROLD LIVINGSTON
---------------------------- Director May 16, 1997
Jerrold Livingston
/s/ RONALD H. WILLENS
---------------------------- Director May 16, 1997
Ronald H. Willens
/s/ ALBERT A. PIMENTEL
---------------------------- Director May 16, 1997
Albert A. Pimentel
/s/ ROBERT C. HAWK
---------------------------- Director May 16, 1997
Robert C. Hawk
</TABLE>
II-4
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BALANCE AT DEDUCTIONS:
BEGINNING OF WRITE OFFS BALANCE AT
CLASSIFICATION PERIOD ADDITIONS OF ACCOUNTS END OF PERIOD
- ------------------------------------------------------------- --------------- ----------- ------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Allowance for returns and doubtful accounts
Year ended August 31, 1994............................... $ -- $ 13 $ -- $ 13
Year ended August 31, 1995............................... $ 13 $ 137 $ -- $ 150
Year ended August 31, 1996............................... $ 150 $ 563 $ 65 $ 648
Six months ended February 28, 1996 (unaudited)........... $ 150 $ 200 $ 1 $ 349
Six months ended February 29, 1997 (unaudited)........... $ 648 $ 330 $ 96 $ 882
Warranty accrual
Year ended August 31, 1994............................... $ -- $ -- $ -- $ --
Year ended August 31, 1995............................... $ -- $ -- $ -- $ --
Year ended August 31, 1996............................... $ -- $ 85 $ -- $ 85
Six months ended February 28, 1996 (unaudited)........... $ -- $ -- $ -- $ --
Six months ended February 29, 1997 (unaudited)........... $ 85 $ 340 $ -- $ 425
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
- -----------
<S> <C>
1.1 Underwriting Agreement.
3.1 Restated Articles of Incorporation of Livingston Enterprises, Inc., a California corporation, as
currently in effect.
3.4 Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
3.5 Bylaws of the Registrant, as in effect immediately following the closing of the offering made under this
Registration Statement.
4.1* Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
5.1* Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1 Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each of its directors and officers.
10.2 1994 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.3 1997 Stock Plan and form of agreement thereunder.
10.4 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.5 Lease dated January 24, 1996 between Registrant and Willow Road Associates, LLC for the facility located
at 4464 Willow Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588.
10.6 Deferred Compensation Plan dated May 2, 1996, as amended, between the Company and Jerrold Livingston.
10.7 Master Revolving Note with Comerica Bank dated April 30, 1996.
11.1 Calculation of earnings per share.
23.1 Consent of KPMG Independent Auditors.
23.2* Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1 Power of Attorney (see page II-4).
</TABLE>
- ---------
* To be filed by amendment.
<PAGE>
_______________ Shares
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
COMMON STOCK, no par value
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
__________, 1997
<PAGE>
_____________, 1997
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Hambrecht & Quist LLC
Robertson, Stephens & Company
c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036
Dear Sirs and Mesdames:
Livingston Enterprises, Inc., a California corporation (the
"Company"), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in
Schedule II hereto (the "Underwriters"), and certain shareholders of the
Company (the "Selling Shareholders") named in Schedule I hereto severally
propose to sell to the several Underwriters, an aggregate of _______________
shares of the Common Stock, no par value, of the Company (the "Firm Shares").
The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several
Underwriters not more than an additional ______________ shares of its Common
Stock, no par value, of which _____________ shares are to be issued and sold
by the Company and _____________ shares are to be sold by the Selling
Shareholders, each Selling Shareholder selling the amount set forth opposite
such Selling Shareholder's name in Schedule I hereto (the "Additional
Shares") if and to the extent that you, as Managers of the offering, shall
have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to
purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 3
hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Shares." The shares of Common Stock, no par
value, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales
contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the "Common
1
<PAGE>
Stock." The Company and the Selling Shareholders are hereinafter sometimes
collectively referred to as the "Sellers."
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating
to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes
effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the
registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), is
hereinafter referred to as the "Registration Statement"; the prospectus in
the form first used to confirm sales of Shares is hereinafter referred to as
the "Prospectus." If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration
statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule
462(b) under the Securities Act (the "Rule 462 Registration Statement"), then
any reference herein to the term "Registration Statement" shall be deemed to
include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.
As part of the offering contemplated by this Agreement, Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated ("Morgan Stanley") has agreed to reserve out of
the Shares set forth opposite its name on Schedule II to this Agreement, up
to _____________________ shares, for sale to the Company's employees,
officers, and directors, and other parties associated with the Company
(collectively, "Participants"), as set forth in the Prospectus under the
heading "Underwriting" (the "Directed Share Program"). The Shares to be sold
by Morgan Stanley pursuant to the Directed Share Program (the "Directed
Shares") will be sold by Morgan Stanley pursuant to this Agreement at the
public offering price. Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase
by any Participants by the end of the first business day after the date on
which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by Morgan
Stanley as set forth in the Prospectus.
1. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE CHIEF
EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Company and the Chief Executive Officer, Steven M.
Willens, represent and warrant to and agree with each of the Underwriters
that:
(a) The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the
2
<PAGE>
Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose
are pending before or threatened by the Commission.
(b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became
effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if
applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii)
the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as
amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material
respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder and (iii) the Prospectus
does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable,
will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading, except that the representations and warranties set
forth in this paragraph 1(b) do not apply to statements or
omissions in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus based
upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the
Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for
use therein.
(c) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly
existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and
authority to own its property and to conduct its business as
described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact
business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the
conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property
requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure
to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole.
(d) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly
incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing
under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the
corporate power and authority to own
3
<PAGE>
its property and to conduct its business as described in the
Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in
good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its
business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such
qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so
qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse
effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; all
of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the
Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully
paid and non-assessable and are owned directly by the Company, free
and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.
(e) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all
certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate
federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to
conduct their respective businesses, and neither the Company nor
any such subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating
to the revocation or modification of any such certificate,
authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the
subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result
in a material adverse change in the condition, financial or
otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the
Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described
in or contemplated by the Prospectus.
(f) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered
by the Company.
(g) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal
matters to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus.
(h) The shares of Common Stock (including the Shares to be sold by
the Selling Shareholders) outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares
to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued,
fully paid and non-assessable.
(i) The Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized
and, when issued and delivered in accordance
4
<PAGE>
with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any
preemptive or similar rights.
(j) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance
by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene
any provision of applicable law or the certificate of incorporation or
by-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument binding upon
the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and
its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or any judgment, order or decree of any
governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or
any subsidiary, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or
qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the
performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except
such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various
states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.
(k) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any
development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the
condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that
set forth in the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendments or supplements
thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement). Subsequent to the
respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus, (1) the Company and its subsidiaries have not
incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor
entered into any material transaction not in the ordinary course of
business; (2) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital
stock, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of
any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends
and shares of Common Stock repurchased from employees at the issuance
price pursuant to the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan; and (3) there
has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or
long-term debt of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, except
in each case as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus.
5
<PAGE>
(l) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or
threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to
which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
subject that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or
the Prospectus and are not so described or any statutes, regulations,
contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required.
(m) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration
statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed
pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in
all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(n) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and
sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described
in the Prospectus, will not be an "investment company" as such term is
defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
(o) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any
and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations
relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or
hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, (ii)
have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them
under applicable occupational safety and health and environmental laws to
conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all
terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where
such noncompliance with, failure to receive required permits, licenses or
other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such
permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, have
a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, except as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus.
6
<PAGE>
(p) There are no costs or liabilities associated with occupational
safety and health and environmental laws (including, without limitation,
any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of
properties or compliance with occupational safety and health and
environmental laws or any permit, license or approval, any related
constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third
parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse
effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(q) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the
Company and any person granting such person the right to require the
Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with
respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to
include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the
Registration Statement.
(r) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title
in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all
personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the
Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens,
encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Prospectus or
such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not
interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the
Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held
under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under
valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not
material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of
such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each
case except as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus.
(s) The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire
on reasonable terms, all material patents, patent rights, licenses,
inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other
unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information,
systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks with trade
7
<PAGE>
names currently employed by them in connection with the business
now operated by them, and neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict
with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing
which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable
decision, ruling or finding, would result in any material adverse
change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the
earnings, business or operations of the Company and its
subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(t) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in or contemplated by
the Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the
Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor
disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers,
manufacturers or contractors that could result in any material adverse
change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings,
business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole.
(u) The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers
of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in
such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they
are engaged; neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has been refused
any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor
any such subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to
renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or
to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to
continue its business at a cost that would not materially and adversely
affect the condition, financial or otherwise, or the earnings, business or
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as
described in or contemplated by the Prospectus.
(v) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of
internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance
that (1) transactions are
8
<PAGE>
executed in accordance with management's general or specific
authorizations; (2) transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset
accountability; (3) access to assets is permitted only in
accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and
(4) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the
existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is
taken with respect to any differences.
(w) The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer,
Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the
specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the
Company to alter the customer's or supplier's level or type of business
with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or
publish favorable information about the Company or its products.
(x) The Company has complied with all provisions of Section 517.075,
Florida Statutes relating to doing business with the Government of Cuba or
with any person or affiliate located in Cuba.
Furthermore, the Company represents and warrants to Morgan Stanley
that (i) the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any preliminary
prospectus comply, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will
comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in
which the Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program,
and that (ii) no authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration
or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or
court, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary under the securities
laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Directed Shares are
offered outside the United States.
2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLING SHAREHOLDERS. Each
of the Selling Shareholders represents and warrants to and agrees with each of
the Underwriters that:
9
<PAGE>
(a) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered
by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder.
(b) The execution and delivery by such Selling Shareholder of, and
the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under, this
Agreement, the Custody Agreement signed by such Selling Shareholder and
____________, as Custodian, relating to the deposit of the Shares to be
sold by such Selling Shareholder (the "Custody Agreement") and the Power of
Attorney appointing certain individuals as such Selling Shareholder's
attorneys-in-fact to the extent set forth therein, relating to the
transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement (the
"Power of Attorney") will not contravene any provision of applicable law,
or the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of such Selling Shareholder
(if such Selling Shareholder is a corporation), or any agreement or other
instrument binding upon such Selling Shareholder or any judgment, order or
decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over
such Selling Shareholder, and no consent, approval, authorization or order
of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for
the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations under this
Agreement or the Custody Agreement or Power of Attorney of such Selling
Shareholder, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky
laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the
Shares.
(c) Such Selling Shareholder has, and on the Closing Date will have,
valid title to the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder and the
legal right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law,
to enter into this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of
Attorney and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such
Selling Shareholder.
(d) The Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder pursuant to
this Agreement have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid
and non-assessable.
(e) The Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney
10
<PAGE>
have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling
Shareholder and are valid and binding agreements of such Selling
Shareholder.
(f) Delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder
pursuant to this Agreement will pass title to such Shares free and clear of
any security interests, claims, liens, equities and other encumbrances.
(g) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not
contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain
any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply
and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material
respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations
of the Commission thereunder and (iii) the Prospectus does not contain and,
as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and
warranties set forth in this paragraph 2(g) do not apply to statements or
omissions in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon
information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing
by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.
3. AGREEMENTS TO SELL AND PURCHASE. Each Seller, severally and not
jointly, hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each
Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein
contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally
and not jointly, to purchase from such Seller at $______ a share (the "Purchase
Price") the number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate
fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the
number of Firm Shares to be sold by such Seller as the number of Firm Shares set
forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the
total number of Firm Shares.
11
<PAGE>
On the basis of the representations and warranties
contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and
conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the
Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have a one-time right
to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to _______________
Additional Shares at the Purchase Price. If you, on behalf of the
Underwriters, elect to exercise such option, you shall so notify
the Company in writing not later than 30 days after the date of
this Agreement, which notice shall specify the number of Additional
Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which
such shares are to be purchased. Such date may be the same as the
Closing Date (as defined below) but not earlier than the Closing
Date nor later than ten business days after the date of such
notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section
5 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in
connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. If any Additional
Shares are to be purchased, each Underwriter agrees, severally and
not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject
to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may
determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of
Additional Shares to be purchased as the number of Firm Shares set
forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter
bears to the total number of Firm Shares.
Each Seller hereby agrees that, without the prior written
consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the
Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after
the date of the Prospectus, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to
sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option
or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase
or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (ii) enter into any
swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in
part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common
Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii)
above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other
securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not
apply to (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder or (B) the issuance by
the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an
option
12
<PAGE>
or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date
hereof of which the Underwriters have been advised in writing. In
addition, each Selling Shareholder, agrees that, without the prior
written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of
the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days
after the date of the Prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise
any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common
Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for Common Stock.
4. TERMS OF PUBLIC OFFERING. The Sellers are advised by
you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of
their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the
Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as
in your judgment is advisable. The Sellers are further advised by
you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at
$_____________ a share (the "Public Offering Price") and to certain
dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not
in excess of $______ a share under the Public Offering Price, and
that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a
concession, not in excess of $_____ a share, to any Underwriter or
to certain other dealers.
5. PAYMENT AND DELIVERY. Payment for the Firm Shares to
be sold by each Seller shall be made to such Seller in Federal or
other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery
of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several
Underwriters at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on ____________,
1997, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not
later than _________, 1997,(1) as shall be designated in writing by
you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to
as the "Closing Date."
Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the
Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York
City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective
accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 A.M., New York City
time, on the date specified in the notice described in Section 3 or
at such other time on the same or on such other
- -------------------------
(1) Insert date 5 business days after the date inserted in the immediately
preceding blank.
13
<PAGE>
date, in any event not later than _______, 1997,(2) as shall be
designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment
are hereinafter referred to as the "Option Closing Date."
Certificates for the Firm Shares and Additional Shares
shall be in definitive form and registered in such names and in
such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than
one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the Option
Closing Date, as the case may be. The certificates evidencing the
Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the
Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for
the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, with any
transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the
Shares to the Underwriters duly paid, against payment of the
Purchase Price therefor.
6. CONDITIONS TO THE UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS. The
obligations of the Sellers to sell the Shares to the Underwriters
and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay
for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition
that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not
later than 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date hereof.
The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject
to the following further conditions:
(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:
(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading,
nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential
downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not
indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating
accorded any of the Company's securities by any "nationally
recognized statistical rating organization," as such term is
defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act; and
- ---------------------
(2) Insert date 10 business days after the expiration of the green shoe
option.
14
<PAGE>
(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any
development involving a prospective change, in the condition,
financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations
of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that
set forth in the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendments or
supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement) that,
in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in
your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and
in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.
(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a
certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of
the Company, to the effect set forth in clause (a)(i) above and to the
effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in
this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the
Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the
conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before
the Closing Date.
The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the
best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.
(c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an
opinion of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, outside counsel for the
Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:
(i) the Company has been duly incorporated, is validly
existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and
authority to own its property and to conduct its business as
described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact
business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the
conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property
requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure
to
15
<PAGE>
be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(ii) each subsidiary of the Company has been duly
incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing
under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the
corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct
its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified
to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction
in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of
property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the
failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a
material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken
as a whole;
(iii) the authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to
legal matters to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus;
(iv) the shares of Common Stock (including the Shares to be sold
by the Selling Shareholders) outstanding prior to the issuance of the
Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are
validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable;
(v) all of the issued shares of capital stock of each
subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and
issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly by
the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or
claims;
(vi) the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly
authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject
to any preemptive or similar rights;
16
<PAGE>
(vii) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Company;
(viii) the execution and delivery by the Company of, and the
performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement
will not contravene any provision of applicable law or the
certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or, to the
best of such counsel's knowledge, any agreement or other instrument
binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is
material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or,
to the best of such counsel's knowledge, any judgment, order or
decree of any governmental body, agency or court having
jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, and no consent,
approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any
governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the
Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as may
be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various
states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares;
(ix) the statements (A) in the Prospectus under the captions
"Business--Legal Proceedings" (and to the discussions of the
"Settlement" in other portions of the Prospectus incorporated
therein), "Description of Capital Stock" and "Underwriters" and
(B) in the Registration Statement in Items 14 and 15, in each case
insofar as such statements constitute summaries of the legal
matters, documents or proceedings referred to therein, fairly
present the information called for with respect to such legal
matters, documents and proceedings and fairly summarize the matters
referred to therein;
(x) after due inquiry, such counsel does not know of any legal
or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the
Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of
the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject
that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or
the Prospectus and are not so described or of any statutes,
regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be
described in the
17
<PAGE>
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits
to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as
required;
(xi) the Company is not and, after giving effect to the
offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds
thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be an "investment
company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended;
(xii) such counsel (A) is of the opinion that the Registration
Statement and Prospectus (except for financial statements and
schedules and other financial and statistical data included therein
as to which such counsel need not express any opinion) comply as to
form in all material respects with the Securities Act and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (B)
has no reason to believe that (except for financial statements and
schedules and other financial and statistical data as to which such
counsel need not express any belief) the Registration Statement and
the prospectus included therein at the time the Registration
Statement became effective contained any
18
<PAGE>
untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading and (C) has no reason to believe
that (except for financial statements and schedules and other
financial and statistical data as to which such counsel need not
express any belief) the Prospectus contains any untrue statement of
a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an
opinion of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, counsel for the Selling
Shareholders, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:
(i) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by or on behalf of each of the Selling Shareholders;
(ii) the execution and delivery by each Selling Shareholder
of, and the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its
obligations under, this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and
Powers of Attorney of such Selling Shareholder will not contravene
any provision of applicable law, or the certificate of
incorporation or by-laws of such Selling Shareholder (if such
Selling Shareholder is a corporation), or, to the best of such
counsel's knowledge, any agreement or other instrument binding upon
such Selling Shareholder or, to the best of such counsel's
knowledge, any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body,
agency or court having jurisdiction over such Selling Shareholder,
and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or
qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for
the performance by such Selling Shareholder of its obligations
under this Agreement or the Custody Agreement or Power of Attorney
of such Selling Shareholder, except such as may be required by the
securities or Blue Sky laws of the
19
<PAGE>
various states in connection with offer and sale of the Shares;
(iii) each of the Selling Shareholders has valid title to the
Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder and the legal right
and power, and all authorization and approval required by law, to
enter into this Agreement and the Custody Agreement and Power of
Attorney of such Selling Shareholder and to sell, transfer and
deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder;
(iv) the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney of each
Selling Shareholder have been duly authorized, executed and delivered
by such Selling Shareholder and are valid and binding agreements of
such Selling Shareholder;
(v) delivery of the Shares to be sold by each Selling
Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement will pass title to such Shares
free and clear of any security interests, claims, liens, equities and
other encumbrances; and
(vi) such counsel (A) is of the opinion that the Registration
Statement and Prospectus (except for financial statements and
schedules and other financial and statistical data included therein
as to which such counsel need not express any opinion) comply as to
form in all material respects with the Securities Act and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (B)
has no reason to believe that (except for financial statements and
schedules and other financial and statistical data as to which such
counsel need not express any belief) the Registration Statement and
the prospectus included therein at the time the Registration
Statement became effective contained any untrue statement of a
material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading and (C) has no reason to believe that (except for
financial statements and schedules and other financial
20
<PAGE>
and statistical data as to which such counsel need not express any
belief) the Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material
fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make
the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading.
(e) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an
opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, counsel for the Underwriters,
dated the Closing Date, covering the matters referred to in subparagraphs
(vi), (vii), (ix) (but only as to the statements in the Prospectus under
"Description of Capital Stock" and "Underwriters") and (xiii) of paragraph
(c) above.
With respect to subparagraph (xiii) of paragraph (c) above,
Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati and Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison
LLP and with respect to subparagraph (vi) of paragraph (d) above,
Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, may state that their opinion
and belief are based upon their participation in the preparation of
the Registration Statement and Prospectus and any amendments or
supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents
thereof, but are without independent check or verification, except
as specified. With respect to paragraph (d) above, Wilson,
Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati may rely upon an opinion or opinions of
counsel for any Selling Shareholders and, with respect to factual
matters and to the extent such counsel deems appropriate, upon the
representations of each Selling Shareholder contained herein and in
the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney of such Selling
Shareholder and in other documents and instruments; PROVIDED that
(A) each such counsel for the Selling Shareholders is satisfactory
to your counsel, (B) a copy of each opinion so relied upon is
delivered to you and is in form and substance satisfactory to your
counsel, (C) copies of such Custody Agreements and Powers of
Attorney and of any such other documents and instruments shall be
delivered to you and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to
your counsel and (D) Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati shall state
in their opinion that they are justified in relying on each such
other opinion.
21
<PAGE>
The opinions of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati described in
paragraphs (c) and (d) above (and any opinions of counsel for any Selling
Shareholder referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph) shall be
rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company or one or more
of the Selling Shareholders, as the case may be, and shall so state
therein.
(f) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date
hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the
Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Underwriters, from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
independent public accountants, containing statements and
information of the type ordinarily included in accountants'
"comfort letters" to underwriters with respect to the financial
statements and certain financial information contained in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus; PROVIDED that the letter
delivered on the Closing Date shall use a "cut-off date" not
earlier than the date hereof.
(g) The "lock-up" agreements, each substantially in the form
of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain shareholders, officers
and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other
dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities,
delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full
force and effect on the Closing Date.
The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase
Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on
the Option Closing Date of such documents as you may reasonably
request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due
authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares and other
matters related to the issuance of the Additional Shares.
7. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY. In further consideration
of the agreements of the Underwriters herein contained, the Company
covenants with each Underwriter as follows:
(a) To furnish to you, without charge, four
22
<PAGE>
signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits
thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed
copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and
to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00
A.M. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the
date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in paragraph
(c) below, as many copies of the Prospectus and any supplements and
amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may
reasonably request.
(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such
proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed
amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file
with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule
424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed
pursuant to such Rule.
(c) If, during such period after the first date of the public
offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the
Underwriters the Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in
connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall
occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to
amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is
delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of
counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or
supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith
to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own
expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and
addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have
been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other
dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the
Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended
or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when
the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so
that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with
law.
23
<PAGE>
(d) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the
securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably
request.
(e) To make generally available to the Company's security
holders and to you as soon as practicable an earning statement
covering the twelve-month period ending ________, 1998(3) that
satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and
the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(f) That in connection with the Directed Share Program, the
Company will ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted to
the extent required by the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") or the NASD rules from sale, transfer,
assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months
following the date of the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement. You will notify the Company as to which Participants
will need to be so restricted. The Company will direct the
transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon such
securities for such period of time.
(g) To pay all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by
the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and
stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any,
incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share
Program.
Furthermore, the Company covenants with you that the
Company will comply with all applicable securities and other
applicable laws, rules and regulations in each foreign jurisdiction
in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the
Directed Share Program.
8. EXPENSES. Whether or not the transactions
contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is
terminated, the Sellers agree to pay or cause to be paid all
expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under
this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and
- -----------------------
(3) Insert date one year after the end of the Company's fiscal quarter in
which the closing will occur.
24
<PAGE>
expenses of the Company's counsel, the Company's accountants and counsel for
the Selling Shareholders in connection with the registration and delivery of
the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in
connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any
preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and amendments and supplements to any
of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the
mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in
the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to
the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any
transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or
producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the
offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in
connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under
state securities laws as provided in Section 7(d) hereof, including filing
fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the
Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and
disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the
review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (v) all fees and expenses in
connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on
Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to
listing the Shares on the Nasdaq National Market, (vi) the cost of printing
certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any
transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the
Company relating to investor presentations on any "road show" undertaken in
connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including,
without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show
slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in
connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the
Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of
the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft chartered
in connection with the road show, and (ix) all other costs and expenses
incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for
which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood,
however, that except as provided in
25
<PAGE>
this Section, Section 9 entitled "Indemnity and Contribution", and the last
paragraph of Section 11 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs
and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock
transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any
advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.
The provisions of this Section shall not supersede or otherwise
affect any agreement that the Sellers may otherwise have for the allocation
of such expenses among themselves.
9. INDEMNITY AND CONTRIBUTION. (a) The Company and, with
respect to Sections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph 9(a), Steve
Willens, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each
Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the
meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), from and
against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including,
without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in
connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i)
caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any
preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the
Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto); (ii)
caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are
caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement
or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to
the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use
therein; (iii) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact contained in the prospectus wrapper material prepared by or
with the consent of the Company for distribution in foreign jurisdictions in
connection with the Directed Share Program attached to the Prospectus or any
preliminary prospectus, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statement therein, when considered in conjunction with the
Prospectus or any applicable preliminary prospectus, not misleading; (iv)
caused by the
26
<PAGE>
failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of the shares in
the Directed Share Program which, immediately following the effectiveness of
the Registration Statement, were subject to a properly confirmed agreement to
purchase; or (v) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the
Directed Share Program, provided that, the Company shall not be responsible
under this subparagraph (v) for any losses, claim, damages or liabilities (or
expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have
resulted from your bad faith or gross negligence.
(b) Each Selling Shareholder agrees, severally and not jointly, to
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign
the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company
within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20
of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and
liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such
action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment
thereof, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (as amended or
supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or
supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information
relating to such Selling Shareholder furnished in writing by or on behalf of
such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any
preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements
thereto.
(c) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Selling Shareholders, the
directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the
Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company or
any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all
losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any
legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection
27
<PAGE>
with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary
prospectus or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall
have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished
to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use
in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or
any amendments or supplements thereto.
(d) In case any proceeding (including any governmental
investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which
indemnity may be sought pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section
9, such person (the "indemnified party") shall promptly notify the person
against whom such indemnity may be sought (the "indemnifying party") in
writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party,
shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to
represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may
designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such
counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified
party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and
expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party
unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have
mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to
any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the
indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both
parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential
differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying
party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in
connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same
jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one
separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all
persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20
28
<PAGE>
of the Exchange Act, (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate
firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its
officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who
controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section and (iii) the
fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local
counsel) for all Selling Shareholders and all persons, if any, who control
any Selling Shareholder within the meaning of either such Section, and that
all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the
case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons
of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated. In the case of any such separate firm for the
Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company,
such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. In the case of any
such separate firm for the Selling Shareholders and such control persons of
any Selling Shareholders, such firm shall be designated in writing by the
persons named as attorneys-in-fact for the Selling Shareholders under the
Powers of Attorney. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any
settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if
settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff,
the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and
against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party
shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party
for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third
sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be
liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written
consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after
receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such
indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in
accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No
indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the
indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened
proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a
party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified
party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such
indemnified party from all liability on claims that are
29
<PAGE>
the subject matter of such proceeding. Notwithstanding anything contained
herein to the contrary, if indemnity may be sought pursuant to paragraph (a)
of this Section 9 with regard to the Directed Share Program, then in addition
to such separate firm for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party
shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one
separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated for the defense of any losses, claims, damages and liabilities
arising out of the Directed Share Program, and all persons, if any, who
control Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated within the meaning of either
Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act.
(e) To the extent the indemnification provided for in paragraph
(a), (b) or (c) of this Section 9 is unavailable to an indemnified party or
insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities
referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in
lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to
the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying
party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the
other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided
by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as
is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in
clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or
parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other
hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Sellers on
the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the
offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective
proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before
deducting expenses) received by each Seller and the total underwriting
discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set
forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate
Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Sellers on
the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be
30
<PAGE>
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to
state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Sellers or by
the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
The Underwriters' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this
Section 9 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they
have purchased hereunder, and not joint.
(f) The Sellers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be
just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined
by PRO RATA allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity
for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take
account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (e) of this
Section 9. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of
the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately
preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations
set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such
indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such
action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, no
Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the
amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and
distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of
any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by
reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not
exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be
available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.
(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this
Section 9 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the
Company and the Selling Shareholders contained in this Agreement shall remain
operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of
this
31
<PAGE>
Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or
any person controlling any Underwriter, any Selling Shareholder or any person
controlling any Selling Shareholder, or the Company, its officers or
directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and
payment for any of the Shares.
(h) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the
liability of each Selling Shareholder under the representations, warranties
and agrements contained in this Agrement and under the indemnity and other
agrements contained in the provisions of this Section 9 shall be limited to
an amount equal to the initial public offering price of the Selling
Shareholder Shares sold by such Selling Shareholder to the Underwriters minus
the amount of the underwriting discount paid thereon to the Underwriters by
such Selling Shareholder. The Company and such Selling Shareholders may
agree, as among themselves and without limiting the rights of the
Underwriters under this Agrement, as to the respective amounts of such
liability for which they each shall be responsible.
10. TERMINATION. This Agreement shall be subject to termination
by notice given by you to the Company, if (a) after the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading
generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by, as the
case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange,
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the Chicago Board of
Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of
Trade, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been
suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a general
moratorium on commercial banking activities in New York shall have been
declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or (iv) there shall
have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in
financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is
material and adverse and (b) in the case of any of the events specified in
clauses (a)(i) through (iv), such event, singly or together with any other
such event, makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on
the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.
11. EFFECTIVENESS; DEFAULTING UNDERWRITERS. This Agreement shall
become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.
If, on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may
be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase
Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date,
and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than
one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date,
the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that
the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in
Schedule II bears to the aggregate
32
<PAGE>
number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting
Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase
the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but
failed or refused to purchase on such date; PROVIDED that in no event shall
the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to
this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 11 by an amount in
excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of
such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters
shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm
Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of
the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased, and arrangements
satisfactory to you, the Company and the Selling Shareholders for the
purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default,
this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any
non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Shareholders. In any
such case either you or the relevant Sellers shall have the right to postpone
the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that
the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement and in the
Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on
the Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse
to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares
with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the
aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased, the non-defaulting
Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation
hereunder to purchase Additional Shares or (ii) purchase not less than the
number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have
been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken
under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from
liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.
If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any
of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of any Seller to
comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement,
or if for any reason any Seller shall be unable to perform its obligations
under this Agreement, the Sellers will reimburse the Underwriters or such
33
<PAGE>
Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves,
severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and
disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in
connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.
12. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be signed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if
the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
13. APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.
14. HEADINGS. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have
been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a
part of this Agreement.
34
<PAGE>
Very truly yours,
Livingston Enterprises, Inc.
By_____________________________
Name:
Title:
The Selling Shareholders
named in Schedule I hereto,
acting severally
By_____________________________
Attorney-in-Fact
Accepted as of the date hereof
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Hambrecht & Quist LLC
Robertson, Stephens & Company
Acting severally on behalf
of themselves and the
several Underwriters named
herein.
By Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated
35
<PAGE>
By___________________________
Name:
Title:
36
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE I
Number of Number of
Firm Shares Additional Shares
Selling Shareholder To Be Sold To Be Sold
------------------- ----------- -----------------
[NAMES OF SELLING SHAREHOLDERS]
_______________ _______________
Total........
=============== ===============
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE II
Number of
Firm Shares
Underwriter To Be Purchased
----------- ---------------
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Hambrecht & Quist LLC
Robertson, Stephens & Company
_______________
Total ........
===============
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
LOCK-UP AGREEMENT
May 2, 1997
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Hambrecht & Quist LLC
Robertson, Stephens & Company
c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
1585 Broadway
New York, NY 10036
Dear Sirs:
The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
("Morgan Stanley"), as Representative of the several Underwriters, proposes
to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") with
Livingston Enterprises, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company")
providing for the public offering (the "Public Offering") by the several
Underwriters, including Morgan Stanley (the "Underwriters"), of
______________ shares (the "Shares") of the Common Stock, no par value, of
the Company (the "Common Stock").
To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering
to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the
undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan
Stanley on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period
commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final
prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the "Prospectus"), (1) offer,
pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant
to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for Common Stock (provided that such shares or securities are
either now owned by the undersigned or are hereafter acquired prior to or in
connection with the Public Offering), or (2) enter into any swap or other
arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the
economic consequences of ownership of such shares of Common Stock, whether
any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by
delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The
foregoing sentence shall not apply to the sale of any Shares to the
Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement. In addition, the
undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley
on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on
the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, make
any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any
shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for Common Stock.
Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number
of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be
made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to
agreement between the Company and the Underwriters.
Very truly yours,
---------------------------------
(Name)
---------------------------------
(Address)
<PAGE>
RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
Jerrold Livingston and Steven M. Willens certify that:
1. They are the duly elected and acting President and Chief Financial Officer,
respectively of Livingston Enterprises, Inc., a California corporation.
2. The Articles of Incorporation of this corporation are amended and restated
to read in full as follows:
ARTICLE I
The name of this corporation is:
Livingston Enterprises, Inc.
ARTICLE II
The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity
for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law
of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or
the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California
Corporations Code.
ARTICLE III
(a) The corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares designated
"Preferred Stock" and "Common Stock," respectively. The number of shares of
Preferred Stock authorized to be issued is five million (5,000,000) and the
number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is ten million
(10,000,000).
(b) The Preferred Stock may be divided into such number of series as the
Board of Directors may determine. The Board of Directors is authorized to
determine and alter the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions
granted to and imposed upon any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock,
and to fix the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock and the
designation of any such series of Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors,
within the limits and restrictions stated in any resolution or resolutions
of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares
constituting any series, may increase or decrease (but not below the number
of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any
series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series.
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IV
(a) The liability of directors of the corporation for monetary damages
shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.
(b) The corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as
defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) through
bylaw provisions, agreements with agents, vote of shareholders or
disinterested directors, or otherwise, to the fullest extent permissible
under California law.
(c) Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this
Article IV shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an agent
of this corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or
modification.
3. The foregoing Amendment and Restatement of Article of Incorporation has
been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the corporation.
4. The foregoing Amendment and Restatement of Articles of Incorporation has
been duly approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with
Section 902 of the California Corporations Code. The total number of
outstanding shares of the corporation is 675,000 (Common Stock). The number
of shares voting in favor of the Amendment and Restatement exceeded the
vote required, such vote being unanimous.
We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of
California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and
correct of our own knowledge.
Dated: 6/8/94
-----------------
/s/ Jerrold Livingston
--------------------------------
Jerrold Livingston
/s/ Steven M. Willens
--------------------------------
Steven M. Willens
2
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION
OF THE
RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
Steven M. Willens and Richard J. Godfrey certify that:
1. They are the President and the Assistant Secretary, respectively, of
Livingston Enterprises, Inc., a California corporation.
2. Article III, Section (a) of said Restated Articles of Incorporation
of LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC., as corrected, should read as follows:
(a) The corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares
designated "Preferred Stock" and "Common Stock," respectively. The number of
shares of Preferred Stock authorized to be issued is five million (5,000,000)
and the number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is ten
million (10,000,000). UPON THE FILING OF THIS AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION, EACH OUTSTANDING SHARE OF COMMON STOCK SHALL BE
SPLIT AND CONVERTED INTO SIX (6) SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.
3. This Certificate of Correction does not in any way alter the wording
or intent of any resolution or written consent which was in fact adopted
by the Board of Directors or Shareholders of this corporation.
We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State
of California that the matters set forth in this Certificate of Correction
are true and correct of our own knowledge.
Dated: March 25, 1996
---------------
/s/ Steven M. Willens
--------------------------------------
Steven M. Willens, President
/s/ Richard J. Godfrey
---------------------------------------
Richard J. Godfrey, Assistant Secretary
<PAGE>
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
Steven M. Willens and Dr. Ronald H. Willens certify that:
1. They are the President and the Secretary, respectively, of Livingston
Enterprises, Inc., a California corporation.
2. Article III is deleted in its entirety and hereby amended to read as
follows:
ARTICLE III
This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of
capital stock (Common Stock); and the total number of shares which this
corporation is authorized to issue is thirty million (30,000,000). Upon
amendment of this Article III to read as herein set forth, each outstanding
share of Common Stock is split and converted into three (3) shares of
Common Stock.
3. The foregoing amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been duly
approved by the Board of Directors.
4. The foregoing amendment has been duly approved by the required vote
of Shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of the California Corporations
Code. The corporation has only one class of shares outstanding and the number
of outstanding shares is 4,057,100. The number of shares voting in favor of
the amendment exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was
fifty percent (50%).
We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State
of California that the matters set forth in this Certificate of Amendment are
true and correct of our own knowledge.
Dated: 3/5/96
--------------
/s/ Steven M. Willens
--------------------------------
Steven M. Willens, President
/s/ Ronald H. Willens
--------------------------------
Dr. Ronald H. Willens, Secretary
<PAGE>
BYLAWS
OF
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
History of Actions Taken
Related to Bylaws Date
- ----------------------- ----
<PAGE>
BYLAWS OF
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
----
ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 PRINCIPAL OFFICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 OTHER OFFICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2.2 ANNUAL MEETING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2.3 SPECIAL MEETINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2.4 NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE. . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.6 QUORUM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.8 VOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.9 VALIDATION OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT . . . . . . . . . 4
2.10 SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A
MEETING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.11 RECORD DATE FOR SHAREHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING
CONSENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.12 PROXIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.13 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.1 POWERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.3 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.4 REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.5 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.6 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.7 REGULAR MEETINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.9 QUORUM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.10 WAIVER OF NOTICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.11 ADJOURNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.12 NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.13 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING . . . . . . . . . 9
3.14 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.15 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
i
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.2 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ARTICLE V - OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5.1 OFFICERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.7 PRESIDENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.8 VICE PRESIDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.9 SECRETARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
ARTICLE VI - INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,
AND OTHER AGENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
6.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
6.3 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES IN ADVANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
6.4 INDEMNITY NOT EXCLUSIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
6.5 INSURANCE INDEMNIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6.6 CONFLICTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6.7 RIGHT TO BRING SUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6.8 INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6.9 AMENDMENT, REPEAL OR MODIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
ARTICLE VII - RECORDS AND REPORTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF SHARE REGISTER. . . . . . . . . . . . 15
7.2 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
7.3 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE
RECORDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
7.4 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
7.5 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS; WAIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
7.6 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
7.7 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . 17
ARTICLE VIII - GENERAL MATTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
8.1 RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND
VOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
8.2 CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
8.3 CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS: HOW EXECUTED . . . . . . . . . 17
8.4 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
ii
<PAGE>
8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
9.1 AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
9.2 AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
9.3 RECORD OF AMENDMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
ARTICLE X - INTERPRETATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
iii
<PAGE>
BYLAWS
OF
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
I
CORPORATE OFFICES
1.1 PRINCIPAL OFFICE
The Board of Directors shall fix the location of the principal executive
office of the corporation at any place within or outside the State of
California. If the principal executive office is located outside California and
the corporation has one or more business offices in California, then the Board
of Directors shall fix and designate a principal business office in California.
1.2 OTHER OFFICES
The Board of Directors may at any time establish branch or subordinate
offices at any place or places.
II
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS
Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any place within or outside the
State of California designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any
such designation, shareholders' meetings shall be held at the principal
executive office of the corporation or at any place consented to in writing by
all persons entitled to vote at such meeting, given before or after the meeting
and filed with the Secretary of the corporation.
2.2 ANNUAL MEETING
An annual meeting of shareholders shall be held each year on a date and at
a time designated by the Board of Directors. At that meeting, directors shall
be elected. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting
of shareholders.
2.3 SPECIAL MEETINGS
Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time, subject to
the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these Bylaws, by the Board of
Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the holders of shares
entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at that meeting.
If a special meeting is called by anyone other than the Board of Directors
or the President or the Chairman of the Board, then the request shall be in
writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the
business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by
registered mail or by other written communication to the Chairman of the Board,
the President, any Vice President or the Secretary of the corporation. The
officer receiving the request forthwith shall cause notice to be given to the
shareholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4
and 2.5 of these Bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by
the person or persons calling the meeting, so long as that time is not less than
<PAGE>
thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request.
If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request,
then the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the notice. Nothing
contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting,
fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of shareholders called by action of
the Board of Directors may be held.
2.4 NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS
All notices of meetings of shareholders shall be sent or otherwise given in
accordance with Section 2.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10)(or, if sent
by third-class mail pursuant to Section 2.5 of these Bylaws, not less than
thirty (30)) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to
each shareholder entitled to vote thereat. Such notice shall state the place,
date, and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a special meeting, the
general nature of the business to be transacted, and not business other than
that specified in the notice may be transacted, or (ii) in the case of the
annual meeting, those matters which the Board of Directors, at the time of the
mailing of the notice, intends to present for action by the shareholders, but,
subject to the provisions of the next paragraph of this Section 2.4, any proper
matter may be presented at the meeting for such action. The notice of any
meeting at which Directors are to be elected shall include the names of nominees
intended at the time of the notice to be presented by the Board for election.
If action is proposed to be taken at any meeting for approval of (i) a
contract or transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial
interest, pursuant to Section 310 of the California Corporations Code (the
"Code"), (ii) an amendment of the Articles of Incorporation, pursuant to Section
902 of the Code, (iii) a reorganization of the corporation, pursuant to Section
1201 of the Code, (iv) a voluntary dissolution of the corporation, pursuant to
Section 1900 of the Code, or (v) a distribution in dissolution other than in
accordance with the rights of any outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to
Section 2007 of the Code, then the notice shall also state the general nature
of that proposal.
2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE
Notice of a shareholders' meeting shall be given either personally or by
first-class mail, or, if the corporation has outstanding shares held of record
by five hundred (500) or more persons (determined as provided in Section 605 of
the Code) on the record date for the shareholders' meeting, notice may be sent
by third-class mail, or other means of written communication, addressed to the
shareholder at the address of the shareholder appearing on the books of the
corporation or given by the shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of
notice; or if no such address appears or is given, at the place where the
principal executive office of the corporation is located or by publication at
least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county in which the
principal executive office is located. The notice shall be deemed to have been
given at the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by
other means of written communication.
If any notice (or any report referenced in Article VII of these Bylaws)
addressed to a shareholder at the address of such shareholder appearing on the
books of the corporation is returned to the corporation by the United States
Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is
unable to deliver the notice to the shareholder at that address, all future
notices or reports shall be deemed to have been duly given without further
mailing is the same shall be available to the shareholder upon written demand of
the shareholder at the principal executive office of the corporation for a
period of one (1) year from the date of the giving of the notice.
An affidavit of mailing of any notice or report in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 2.5, executed by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary
or any transfer agent, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of the notice
or report.
2
<PAGE>
2.6 QUORUM
Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the
corporation, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or
by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of the shareholders. The
shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is
present may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the
withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action
taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares
required to constitute a quorum.
In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of shareholders may be adjourned
from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares represented either in
person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided
in the last sentence of the preceding paragraph.
2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE
Any shareholders' meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is
present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of the majority of the
shares represented at that meeting, either in person or by proxy.
When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to
another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if its
time and place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.
However, if the adjournment is for more than forty-five (45) days from the date
set for the original meeting or if a new record date for the adjourned meeting
is fixed, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder
of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with the
provisions of Section 2.4 and 2.5 of these Bylaws. At any adjourned meeting the
corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the
original meeting.
2.8 VOTING
The shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these Bylaws,
subject to the provisions of Sections 702 through 704 of the Code (relating to
voting shares held by a fiduciary, in the name of a corporation, or in joint
ownership).
Elections for directors and voting on any other matter at a shareholders'
meeting need not be by ballot unless a shareholder demands election by ballot at
the meeting and before the voting begins.
Except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.8, or as may be
otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, each outstanding share,
regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a
vote of the shareholders. Any holder of shares entitled to vote on any matter
may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain from voting the
remaining shares or may vote them against the proposal other than elections to
office, but, if the shareholder fails to specify the number of shares such
shareholder is voting affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the
shareholder's approving vote is with respect to all shares which the shareholder
is entitled to vote.
The affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented and voting
at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting
affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) shall
be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by
classes is required by the Code or by the Articles of Incorporation.
3
<PAGE>
At a shareholders' meeting at which directors are to be elected, a
shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes either (i) by giving one
candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected
multiplied by the number of votes to which that shareholder's shares are
normally entitled or (ii) by distributing the shareholder's votes on the same
principle among as many candidates as the shareholder thinks fit, if the
candidate or candidates' names have been placed in nomination prior to the
voting and the shareholder has given notice prior to the voting of the
shareholder's intention to cumulate the shareholder's votes. If any one
shareholder has given such a notice, then every shareholder entitled to vote
may cumulate votes for candidates in nomination. The candidates receiving
the highest number of affirmative votes, up to the number of directors to be
elected, shall be elected; votes against any candidate and votes withheld
shall have no legal effect.
2.9 VALIDATION OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT
The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, either annual or
special, however called and noticed, and wherever held, are as valid as
though they had been taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and
notice, if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if, either
before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote, not
present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent
to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. Neither
the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any annual or special
meeting of shareholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or
consent to the holding of the meeting or approval of the minutes thereof,
except that if action is taken or proposed to be taken for approval of any of
those matters specified in the second paragraph of Section 2.4 of these
Bylaws, the waiver of notice or consent or approval shall state the general
nature of the proposal. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be
filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice
of and presence at that meeting, except when the person objects, at the
beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened and except that attendance at a
meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of
matters required by the Code to be included in the notice of such meeting but
not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the meeting.
2.10 SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of
shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the
holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of
votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting
at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
Directors may not be elected by written consent except by unanimous
written consent of all shares entitled to vote for the election of directors.
However, a director may be elected at any time to fill any vacancy on the
Board of Directors, provided that it was not created by removal of a
directors and that it has not been filled by the directors, by the written
consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to
vote for the election of directors.
All such consents shall be maintained in the corporate records. Any
shareholder giving a written consent, or the shareholder's proxy holders, or
a transferee of the shares, or a personal representative of the shareholder,
or their respective proxy holders, may revoke the consent by a writing
received by the Secretary of the corporation before written consents of the
number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed
with the Secretary.
If the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been
solicited in writing, the Secretary shall give prompt notice of any corporate
action approved by the shareholders without a meeting by less than
4
<PAGE>
unanimous written consent to those shareholders entitled to vote who have not
consented in writing. Such notice shall be given in the manner specified in
Section 2.5 of these Bylaws. In the case of approval of (i) a contract or
transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest,
pursuant to Section 310 of the Code, (ii) indemnification of a corporate
"agent," pursuant to Section 317 of the Code, (iii) a reorganization of the
corporation, pursuant to Section 1201 of the Code, and (iv) a distribution in
dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred
shares, pursuant to Section 2007 of the Code, the notice shall be given at
least ten (10) days before the consummation of any action authorized by that
approval, unless the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have been
solicited in writing.
2.11 RECORD DATE FOR SHAREHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS
In order that the corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to
notice of any meeting or to vote, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance,
a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten
(10) days prior to the date of such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days
before any other action. Shareholders at the close of business on the record
date are entitled to notice and to vote, as the case may be, notwithstanding
any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record
date, except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or the
Code.
A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the
meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the
adjourned meeting, but the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date if
the meeting is adjourned for more than forty-five (45) days from the date set
for the original meeting.
If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date:
(a) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business
on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if
notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding
the day on which the meeting is held.
(b) The record date for determining shareholders entitled to give
consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, (i) when no prior
action by the Board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first
written consent is given, or (ii) when prior action by the Board has been
taken, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts
the resolution relating thereto, or the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date
of such other action, whichever is later.
The record date for any other purpose shall be as provided in Section 8.1
of these Bylaws.
5
<PAGE>
2.12 PROXIES
Every person entitled to vote for directors, or on any other matter,
shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents
authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the
Secretary of the corporation. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the
shareholder's name or other authorization is placed on the proxy (whether by
manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic or electronic transmission or
otherwise) by the shareholder or the shareholder's attorney-in-fact. A
validly executed proxy which does not state that it is irrevocable shall
continue in full force and effect unless (i) the person who executed the
proxy revokes it prior to the time of voting by delivering a writing to the
corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by executing a subsequent
proxy and presenting it to the meeting or by attendance at such meeting and
voting in person, or (ii) written notice of death or incapacity of the maker
of that proxy is received by the corporation before the vote pursuant to that
proxy is counted; provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the
expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof, unless otherwise
provided in the proxy. The dates contained on the forms of proxy
presumptively determine the order of execution, regardless of the postmark
dates on the envelopes in which they are mailed. The revocability of a proxy
that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the
provisions of Sections 705(e) and 705(f) of the Code.
2.13 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION
In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may
appoint inspectors of election to act at the meeting and any adjournment
thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed or designated or if
any persons so appointed fail to appear or refuse to act, then the Chairman
of the meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder's
proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election (or persons to replace those who
so fail to appear) at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either
one (1) or three (3). If appointed at a meeting on the request of one (1) or
more shareholders or proxies, the majority of shares represented in person or
by proxy shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be
appointed.
The inspectors of election shall determine the number of shares
outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the
meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and
effect of proxies, receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all
challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to
vote, count and tabulate all votes or consents, determine when the polls
shall close, determine the result and do any other acts that may be proper to
conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.
III
DIRECTORS
3.1 POWERS
Subject to the provisions of the Code and any limitations in the Articles
of Incorporation and these Bylaws relating to action required to be approved
by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of
the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised
by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board may delegate
the management of the day-to-day operation of the business of the corporation
to a management company or other person provided that the business and
affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be
exercised under the ultimate direction of the Board.
6
<PAGE>
3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be not less
than three (3) nor more than five (5) (which in no case shall be greater than
two times the stated minimum minus one), and the exact number of directors shall
be four (4) until changed, within the limits specified above, by a resolution
amending such exact number, duly adopted by the Board of Directors or by the
shareholders. The minimum and maximum number of directors may be changed, or a
definite number may be fixed without provision for an indefinite number, by a
duly adopted amendment to the Articles of Incorporation or by an amendment to
this Bylaw duly adopted by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority
of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that an amendment
reducing the fixed number or the minimum number of directors to a number less
than five (5) cannot be adopted if the votes cast against its adoption at a
meeting, or the shares not consenting in the case of an action by written
consent, are equal to more than sixteen and two-thirds percent (16-2/3%) of the
outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.
No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect
of removing any director before that director's term of office expires.
3.3 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS
At each annual meeting of shareholders, directors shall be elected to
hold office until the next annual meeting. Each director, including a
director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of
the term for which elected and until a successor has been elected and
qualified, except in the case of the death, resignation, or removal of such a
director.
3.4 REMOVAL
The entire Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed
from office without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that
unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed
when the votes cast against such director's removal, or not consenting in
writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted
cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes cast were
cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to
vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of
such director's most recent election were then being elected.
3.5 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES
Any director may resign effective upon giving oral or written notice to
the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board of
Directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of
such resignation. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future
time, the Board of Directors may elect a successor to take office when the
resignation becomes effective.
Vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the
remaining directors, or if the number of directors then in office is less
than a quorum by (i) unanimous written consent of the directors then in
office, (ii) the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in
office at a meeting held pursuant to notice or waivers of notice, or (iii) a
sole remaining director; however, a vacancy created by the removal of a
director by the vote or written consent of the shareholders or by court order
may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares
represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present
(which shares voting affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the
required quorum), or by the unanimous written
7
<PAGE>
consent of all shares entitled to vote thereon. Each director so elected shall
hold office until the next annual meeting of the shareholders and until a
successor has been elected and qualified, or until his or her death, resignation
or removal.
A vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist
(i) in the event of the death, resignation or removal of any director, (ii)
if the Board of Directors by resolution declares vacant the office of a
director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or
convicted of a felony, (iii) if the authorized number of directors is
increased, or (iv) if the shareholders fail, at any meeting of shareholders
at which any director or directors are elected, to elect the full authorized
number of directors to be elected at that meeting.
The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill any
vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors, but any such election by
written consent, other than to fill a vacancy created by removal, shall require
the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to
vote thereon. A director may not be elected by written consent to fill a
vacancy created by removal except by unanimous consent of all shares entitled to
vote for the election of directors.
3.6 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE
Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place within
or outside the State of California that has been designated from time to time by
resolution of the Board. In the absence of such a designation, regular meetings
shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation. Special
meetings of the Board may be held at any place within or outside the State of
California that has been designated in the notice of the meeting or, if not
stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the principal executive office
of the corporation.
Members of the Board may participate in a meeting through the use of
conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all
directors participating in such meeting can hear one another. Participation in
a meeting pursuant to this paragraph constitutes presence in person at such
meeting.
3.7 REGULAR MEETINGS
Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice if
the time and place of such meetings are fixed by the Board of Directors.
3.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE
Subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, special meetings of
the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by
the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or
any two (2) directors.
Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered
personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail,
telegram, charges prepaid, or by telecopier, addressed to each director at that
director's address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the
notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four
(4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is
delivered personally or by telephone or by telecopier or telegram, it shall be
delivered personally or by telephone or by telecopier or to the telegraph
company at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the
meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated
either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the
person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to
the director. The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting.
8
<PAGE>
3.9 QUORUM
A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in
Section 3.11 of these Bylaws. Every act or decision done or made by a
majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is
present is the act of the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of
Section 310 of the Code (as to approval of contracts or transactions in which
a director has a direct or indirect material financial interest), Section 311
of the Code (as to appointment of committees), Section 317(e) of the Code (as
to indemnification of directors), the Articles of Incorporation, and other
applicable law.
A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact
business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is
approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting.
3.10 WAIVER OF NOTICE
Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of
notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes
thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without
protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such
director. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the
corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. A waiver of
notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the
Board of Directors.
3.11 ADJOURNMENT
A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present,
may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.
3.12 NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT
If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, notice of
any adjournment to another time and place shall be given prior to the time of
the adjourned meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of
the adjournment.
3.13 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may
be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board individually or
collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or
consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board. Such
action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous
vote of the Board of Directors.
3.14 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any,
for their services and such reimbursement of expenses as may be fixed or
determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. This Section 3.14 shall not
be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other
capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise and receiving compensation
for those services.
9
<PAGE>
3.15 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS
If these Bylaws have been approved by the corporation's shareholders in
accordance with the Code, the corporation may, upon the approval of the Board
of Directors alone, make loans of money or property to, or guarantee the
obligations of, any officer of the corporation or of its parent, if any,
whether or not a director, or adopt an employee benefit plan or plans
authorizing such loans or guaranties provided that (i) the Board of Directors
determines that such a loan or guaranty or plan may reasonably be expected to
benefit the corporation, (ii) the corporation has outstanding shares held of
record by 100 or more persons (determined as provided in Section 605 of the
Code) on the date of approval by the Board of Directors, and (iii) the
approval of the Board of Directors is by a vote sufficient without counting
the vote of any interested director or directors. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the corporation shall have the power to make loans permitted by
the Code.
IV
COMMITTEES
4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the
authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees, each
consisting of two (2) or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board.
The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any
committee, who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee.
The appointment of members or alternate members of a committee requires the vote
of a majority of the authorized number of directors. Any such committee shall
have authority to act in the manner and to the extent provided in the resolution
of the Board and may have all the authority of the Board, except with respect
to:
(a) The approval of any action which, under the Code, requires
shareholders' approval or approval of the outstanding shares.
(b) The filing of vacancies on the Board of Directors or in any
committee.
(c) The fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the
Board or on any committee.
(d) The amendment or repeal of these Bylaws or the adoption of new
Bylaws.
(e) The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board of
Directors which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable.
(f) A distribution to the shareholders of the corporation, except at
a rate, in a periodic amount or within a price range set forth in the Articles
of Incorporation or determined by the Board of Directors.
(g) The appointment of any other committees of the Board of Directors
or the members thereof.
4.2 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES
10
<PAGE>
Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken
in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these Bylaws, Section 3.6
(place of meetings), Section 3.7 (regular meetings), Section 3.8 (special
meetings and notice), Section 3.9 (quorum), Section 3.10 (waiver of notice),
Section 3.11 (adjournment), Section 3.12 (notice of adjournment), and Section
3.13 (action without meeting), with such changes in the context of those Bylaws
as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of
Directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings
of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of
Directors or by resolution of the committee, that special meetings of
committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors,
and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all
alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the
committee. The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any
committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.
V
OFFICERS
5.1 OFFICERS
The officers of the corporation shall be a President, a Secretary, and a
Chief Financial Officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of
the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents,
one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such
other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section
5.3 of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS
The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in
accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 or Section 5.5 of these Bylaws,
shall be chosen by the Board and serve at the pleasure of the Board, subject to
the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.
5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS
The Board of Directors may appoint, or may empower the Chairman of the
Board or the President to appoint, such other officers as the business of the
corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have
such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as
the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.
5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS
Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of
employment, all officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and any
officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors
at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in case of an officer
chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal
may be conferred by the Board of Directors.
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of
that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise
specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be
necessary to make it effective.
11
<PAGE>
Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation
under any contract to which the officer is a party.
5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES
A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal,
disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in
these Bylaws for regular appointments to that office.
5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if
present, preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform
such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board
of Directors or as may be prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no President,
then the Chairman of the Board shall also be the chief executive officer of the
corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of
these Bylaws.
5.7 PRESIDENT
Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board
of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the
President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall,
subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision,
direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation.
The President shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in the
absence or nonexistence of a Chairman of the Board, at all meetings of the
Board of Directors. The President shall have the general powers and duties
of management usually vested in the office of President of a corporation, and
shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of
Directors or these Bylaws.
5.8 VICE PRESIDENTS
In the absence or disability of the President, Vice Presidents, if any, in
order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a Vice
President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of
the President and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to
all the restrictions upon, the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such
other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be
prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the
President or the Chairman of the Board.
5.9 SECRETARY
The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive
office of the corporation or such other place as the Board of Directors may
direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of Directors, committees
of directors and shareholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of
each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and
the notice given), the names of those present at directors' meetings or
committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders'
meetings, and the proceedings thereof.
The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive
office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation's transfer agent
or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share
register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all shareholders
and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number
and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of
cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.
12
<PAGE>
The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings
of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law
or by these Bylaws. The Secretary shall keep the seal of the corporation, if
one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform
such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these
Bylaws.
5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
The Chief Financial Officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept
and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the
properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts
of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital,
retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable
times be open to inspection by any director.
The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all money and other valuables
in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as
may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer
shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of
Directors, shall render to the President and directors, whenever they request
it, an account of all of his or her transactions as Chief Financial Officer
and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other
powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of
Directors or these Bylaws.
VI
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,
AND OTHER AGENTS
6.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS
The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted
by the Code, indemnify each of its directors against expenses (as defined in
Section 317(a) of the Code), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts
actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding (as
defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), arising by reason of the fact that
such person is or was a director of the corporation. For purposes of this
Article VI, a "director" of the corporation includes any person (i) who is or
was a director of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request
of the corporation as a director of another foreign or domestic corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a
director of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the
corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor
corporation.
6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS
The corporation shall have the power, to the extent and in the manner
permitted by the Code, to indemnify each of its employees, officers, and
agents (other than directors) against expenses (as defined in Section 317(a)
of the Code), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and
reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding (as defined in
Section 317(a) of the Code), arising by reason of the fact that such person is
or was an employee, officer, or agent of the corporation. For purposes of this
Article VI, an "employee" or "officer" or "agent" of the corporation (other
than a director) includes any person (i) who is or was an employee, officer,
or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as an employee, officer, or agent of another foreign or domestic
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or
(iii) who was an employee, officer, or agent of a corporation which was a
predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the
request of such predecessor corporation.
13
<PAGE>
6.3 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES IN ADVANCE
Expenses and attorneys' fees incurred in defending any civil or criminal
action or proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to
Section 6.1, or if otherwise authorized by the Board of Directors, shall be
paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action or
proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified
party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the
indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this
Article VI.
6.4 INDEMNITY NOT EXCLUSIVE
The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be
entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or directors or
otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in
another capacity while holding such office. The rights to indemnity hereunder
shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer,
employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors,
and administrators of the person.
6.5 INSURANCE INDEMNIFICATION
The corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance
on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
of the corporation against any liability asserted against or incurred by such
person in such capacity or arising out of that person's status as such,
whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify that person
against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI.
6.6 CONFLICTS
No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Article VI,
except where such indemnification or advance is mandated by law or the
order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, in any
circumstance where it appears:
(1) That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the Articles
of Incorporation, these Bylaws, a resolution of the shareholders or an
agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of the
action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or
other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification;
or
(2) That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly
imposed by a court in approving a settlement.
6.7 RIGHT TO BRING SUIT
If a claim under this Article is not paid in full by the corporation
within 90 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation
(either because the claim is denied or because no determination is made), the
claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to
recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in
part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of
prosecuting such claim. The corporation shall be entitled to raise as a
defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of
conduct that make it permissible under the Code for the corporation to
indemnify the claimant for the claim. Neither the failure of the corporation
(including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its
shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such
action that indemnification of the claimant is permissible in the
circumstances because he or she has met the
14
<PAGE>
applicable standard of conduct, if any, nor an actual determination by the
corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or
its shareholders) that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of
conduct, shall be a defense to such action or create a presumption for the
purposes of such action that the claimant has not met the applicable standard
of conduct.
6.8 INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS
The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person who is
or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust
or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, or any person who was
a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation which was a
predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the
request of such predecessor corporation, providing for indemnification rights
equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines and to the extent
permitted by applicable law, greater than, those provided for in this Article
VI.
6.9 AMENDMENT, REPEAL OR MODIFICATION
Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article
VI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or agent
of the corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or
modification.
VII
RECORDS AND REPORTS
7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF SHARE REGISTER
The corporation shall keep either at its principal executive office or
at the office of its transfer agent or registrar (if either be appointed), as
determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a record of its
shareholders listing the names and addresses of all shareholders and the
number and class of shares held by each shareholder.
A shareholder or shareholders of the corporation holding at least five
percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the
corporation or who hold at least one percent (1%) of such voting shares and
have filed a Schedule 14B with the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission relating to the election of directors, shall have an absolute
right to do either or both of the following (i) inspect and copy the record
of shareholders' names, addresses, and shareholdings during usual business
hours upon five (5) days' prior written demand upon the corporation, or (ii)
obtain from the transfer agent for the corporation, upon written demand and
upon the tender of such transfer agent's usual charges for such list (the
amount of which charges shall be stated to the shareholder by the transfer
agent upon request), a list of the shareholders' names and addresses who are
entitled to vote for the election of directors, and their shareholdings, as
of the most recent record date for which it has been compiled or as of a date
specified by the shareholder subsequent to the date of demand. The list shall
be made available on or before the later of five (5) business days after the
demand is received or the date specified therein as the date as of which the
list is to be compiled.
15
<PAGE>
The record of shareholders shall also be open to inspection and copying
by any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any time during
usual business hours upon written demand on the corporation, for a purpose
reasonably related to the holder's interest as a shareholder or holder of a
voting trust certificate.
Any inspection and copying under this Section 7.1 may be made in person
or by an agent or attorney of the shareholder or holder of a voting trust
certificate making the demand.
7.2 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS
The corporation shall keep at its principal executive office or, if its
principal executive office is not in the State of California, at its
principal business office in California, the original or a copy of these
Bylaws as amended to date, which shall be open to inspection by the
shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours. If the principal
executive office of the corporation is outside the State of California and
the corporation has no principal business office in such state, then it
shall, upon the written request of any shareholder, furnish to such
shareholder a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date.
7.3 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE RECORDS
The accounting books and records and the minutes of proceedings of the
shareholders and the Board of Directors, and committees of the Board of
Directors shall be kept at such place or places as are designated by the
Board of Directors or, in absence of such designation, at the principal
executive office of the corporation. The minutes shall be kept in written
form, and the accounting books and records shall be kept either in written
form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form.
The minutes and accounting books and records shall be open to inspection
upon the written demand on the corporation of any shareholder or holder of a
voting trust certificate at any reasonable time during usual business hours,
for a purpose reasonably related to such holder' interests as a shareholder
or as the holder of a voting trust certificate. Such inspection by a
shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate may be made in person or
by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to
copy and make extracts. Such rights of inspection shall extend to the records
of each subsidiary corporation of the corporation.
7.4 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS
Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to
inspect and copy all books, records, and documents of every kind and to
inspect the physical properties of the corporation and each of its subsidiary
corporations, domestic or foreign. Such inspection by a director may be made
in person or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the
right to copy and make extracts.
7.5 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS; WAIVER
The Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to the
shareholders not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of
the fiscal year adopted by the corporation. Such report shall be sent to the
shareholders at least fifteen (15) (or, if sent by third-class mail,
thirty-five (35)) days prior to the annual meeting of shareholders to be held
during the next fiscal year and in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of
these Bylaws for giving notice to shareholders of the corporation.
The annual report shall contain a balance sheet as of the end of the
fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial
position for the fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of
independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an
authorized officer of the corporation that the statements were prepared
without audit from the books and records of the corporation.
16
<PAGE>
The foregoing requirement of an annual report shall be waived so long as
the shares of the corporation are held by fewer than one hundred (100)
holders of record.
7.6 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
If no annual report for the fiscal year has been sent to shareholders,
then the corporation shall, upon the written request of any shareholder made
more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of such fiscal year,
deliver or mail to the person making the request, within thirty (30) days
thereafter, a copy of a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and
an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such
fiscal year.
A shareholder or shareholders holding at least five percent (5%) of the
outstanding shares of any class of the corporation may make a written request
to the corporation for an income statement of the corporation for the
three-month, six-month or nine-month period of the current fiscal year ended
more than thirty (30) days prior to the date of the request and a balance
sheet of the corporation as of the end of that period. The statements shall
be delivered or mailed to the person making the request within thirty (30)
days thereafter. A copy of the statements shall be kept on file in the
principal office of the corporation for twelve (12) months and it shall be
exhibited at all reasonable times to any shareholder demanding an examination
of the statements or a copy shall be mailed to the shareholder. If the
corporation has not sent to the shareholders its annual report for the last
fiscal year, the statements referred to in the first paragraph of this
Section 7.6 shall likewise be delivered or mailed to the shareholder or
shareholders within thirty (30) days after the request.
The quarterly income statements and balance sheets referred to in this
section shall be accompanied by the report thereon, if any, of any
independent accounts engaged by the corporation or the certificate of an
authorized officer of the corporation that the financial statements were
prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation.
7.7 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS
The Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Chief
Financial Officer, the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of this corporation,
or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the President or
a Vice President, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of
this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other
corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The
authority herein granted may be exercised either by such person directly or
by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly
executed by such person having the authority.
VII
GENERAL MATTERS
8.1 RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING
For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to receive payment
of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled
to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action (other than with
respect to notice or voting at a shareholders meeting or action by
shareholders by written consent without a meeting), the Board of Directors
may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60)
days prior to any such action. Only shareholders of record at the close of
business on the record date are entitled to receive the dividend,
distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights, as the case
17
<PAGE>
may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the
corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the Articles
of Incorporation or the Code.
If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date, then the record
date for determining shareholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of
business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto or
the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date of that action, whichever is later.
8.2 CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS
From time to time, the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution
which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for
payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtness that are issued in the
name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall
sign or endorse those instruments.
8.3 CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS: HOW EXECUTED
The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws,
may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any
contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the
corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the
agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any
power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or
to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
8.4 CERTIFICATE FOR SHARES
A certificate or certificates for shares of the corporation shall be issued
to each shareholder when any of such shares are fully paid. The Board of
Directors may authorize the issuance of certificates for shares partly paid
provided that these certificates shall state the total amount of the
consideration to be paid for them and the amount actually paid. All
certificates shall be signed in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of
the Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice
President and by the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer or the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares and the
class or series of shares owned by the shareholder. Any or all of the
signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.
In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose
facsimile signature has been placed on a certificate has ceased to be such
officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may
be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if that person were an
officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES
18
<PAGE>
Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares
shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is
surrendered to the corporation or its transfer agent or registrar and cancelled
at the same time. The Board of Directors may, in case any share certificate or
certificate for any other security is lost, stolen or destroyed (as evidenced by
a written affidavit or affirmation of such fact), authorize the issuance of
replacement certificates on such terms and conditions as the Board may require;
the Board may require indemnification of the corporation secured by a bond or
other adequate security sufficient to protect the corporation against any claim
that may be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account of
the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the
replacement certificate.
8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS
Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of
construction, and definitions in the Code shall govern the construction of these
Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number
includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term
"person" includes both a corporation and a natural person.
IX
AMENDMENTS
9.1 AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS
New Bylaws may be adopted or these Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the
vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote; provided, however, that if the Articles of Incorporation of
the corporation set forth the number of authorized Directors of the corporation,
then the authorized number of Directors may be changed only by an amendment of
the Articles of Incorporation.
9.2 AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS
Subject to the rights of the shareholders as provided in Section 9.1 of
these Bylaws, Bylaws, other than a Bylaw or an amendment of a Bylaw changing the
authorized number of directors (except to fix the authorized number of directors
pursuant to a Bylaw providing for a variable number of directors), may be
adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.
9.3 RECORD OF AMENDMENTS
Whenever an amendment or new Bylaw is adopted, it shall be copied in the
book of minutes with the original Bylaws. If any Bylaw is repealed, the fact of
repeal, with the date of the meeting at which the repeal was enacted or written
consent was filed, shall be stated in said book.
ARTICLE X
INTERPRETATION
Reference in these Bylaws to any provision of the California Corporations
Code shall be deemed to include all amendments thereof.
19
<PAGE>
SECRETARY'S CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS
OF
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
Steven M. Willens, the duly elected and acting Secretary of Livingston
Enterprises, Inc., a California corporation, hereby certifies the following:
1. That the foregoing Bylaws to which this Certificate is attached
constitute the Bylaws of this corporation as adopted by its Board of Directors
and Shareholders at a duly called and held meeting which took place on June 8,
1994.
By: /s/ Steven M. Willens
------------------------------------
Steven M. Willens
20
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
----
ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 PRINCIPAL OFFICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 OTHER OFFICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2.2 ANNUAL MEETING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2.3 SPECIAL MEETING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.4 NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2.5 ADVANCE NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDER NOMINEES AND
SHAREHOLDER BUSINESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.6 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE . . . . . . 4
2.7 QUORUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.8 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.9 VOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.10 VALIDATION OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT. . . . 6
2.11 SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT
A MEETING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.12 RECORD DATE FOR SHAREHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING
CONSENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.13 PROXIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ARTICLE III DIRECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.1 POWERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.3 ELECTION QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTOR. . 9
3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE . . . . . . . .11
3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
3.8 QUORUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
3.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
-i-
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
Page
----
3.10 ADJOURNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.11 NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.12 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. . . .12
3.13 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.14 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
4.2 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES. . . . . . . . . . . .14
ARTICLE V OFFICERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
5.1 OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS. . . . . . . . . . .15
5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
5.7 PRESIDENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
5.8 VICE PRESIDENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
5.9 SECRETARY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER
AGENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
6.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS . . . . . . .17
6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
6.3 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES IN ADVANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
6.4 INDEMNITY NOT EXCLUSIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
6.5 INSURANCE INDEMNIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
6.6 CONFLICTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF SHARE REGISTER . . . . . .18
7.2 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS . . . . . . . . . .19
-ii-
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
Page
----
7.3 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE RECORDS. .19
7.4 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
7.5 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS; WAIVER. . . . . . . . . .20
7.6 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
7.7 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS . . . . .21
ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
8.1 RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING. .21
8.2 CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . .21
8.3 CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS: HOW EXECUTED. . . .22
8.4 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
9.1 AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
9.2 AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
-iii-
<PAGE>
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
ARTICLE I
CORPORATE OFFICES
1.1 PRINCIPAL OFFICE
The board of directors shall fix the location of the principal executive
office of the corporation at any place within or outside the State of
California. If the principal executive office is located outside such state
and the corporation has one or more business offices in such state, then the
board of directors shall fix and designate a principal business office in the
State of California.
1.2 OTHER OFFICES
The board of directors may at any time establish branch or subordinate
offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do
business.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS
Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any place within or outside the
State of California designated by the board of directors. In the absence of
any such designation, shareholders' meetings shall be held at the principal
executive office of the corporation.
2.2 ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held each year within 180
days from the end of the corporation's fiscal year as determined by the Board
of Directors or such other time as the Board of Directors may designate.
However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held
at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day. At the
meeting, directors shall be elected, and any other proper business may be
transacted.
<PAGE>
2.3 SPECIAL MEETING
A special meeting of the shareholders may be called at any time by the
board of directors, or by the chairman of the board, or by the president, or
by one or more shareholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast
not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at that meeting.
If a special meeting is called by any person or persons other than the
board of directors or the president or the chairman of the board, then the
request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the
general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be
delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by telegraphic or other
facsimile transmission to the chairman of the board, the president, any vice
president or the secretary of the corporation. The officer receiving the
request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the shareholders entitled
to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.5 of these
bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or
persons calling the meeting, so long as that time is not less than
thirty-five (35) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the
request. If the notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of
the request, then the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the
notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be
construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of
shareholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.
2.4 NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS
All notices of meetings of shareholders shall be sent or otherwise given
in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) (or, if
sent by third-class mail pursuant to Section 2.5 of these bylaws, thirty
(30)) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. The
notice shall specify the place, date, and hour of the meeting and (i) in the
case of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be
transacted (no business other than that specified in the notice may be
transacted) or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which
the board of directors, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present
for action by the shareholders (but subject to the provisions of the next
paragraph of this Section 2.4 any proper matter may be presented at the
meeting for such action). The notice of any meeting at which directors are
to be elected shall include the name of any nominee or nominees who, at the
time of the notice, the board intends to present for election.
If action is proposed to be taken at any meeting for approval of (i) a
contract or transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect
financial interest, pursuant to Section 310 of the Corporations Code of
California (the "Code"), (ii) an amendment of the articles of incorporation,
pursuant to Section 902 of the Code, (iii) a reorganization of the
corporation, pursuant to Section 1201 of the Code, (iv) a voluntary
dissolution of the corporation, pursuant to Section 1900 of the Code, or (v)
a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of
outstanding preferred shares, pursuant to Section 2007 of the Code, then the
notice shall also state the general nature of that proposal.
-2-
<PAGE>
2.5 ADVANCE NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDER NOMINEES AND SHAREHOLDER BUSINESS
To be properly brought before an annual meeting or special meeting,
nominations for the election of director or other business must be (a)
specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at
the direction of the board of directors, (b) otherwise properly brought
before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (c)
otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a shareholder. For such
nominations or other business to be considered properly brought before the
meeting by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice and
in proper form of his intent to bring such business before such meeting. To
be timely, such shareholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and
received by the secretary of the corporation not less than ninety (90) days
prior to the meeting; provided, however, that in the event that less than one
hundred (100) days notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the
meeting is given or made to shareholders, notice by the shareholder to be
timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth
day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was
mailed or such public disclosure was made. To be in proper form, a
shareholder's notice to the secretary shall set forth:
(a) the name and address of the shareholder who intends to make the
nominations or propose the business and, as the case may be, the name
and address of the person or persons to be nominated or the nature of
the business to be proposed;
(b) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of
stock of the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and,
if applicable, intends to appear in person or by proxy at the
meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice
or to introduce the business specified in the notice;
(c) if applicable, a description of all arrangements or
understandings between the shareholder and each nominee and any other
person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which
the nomination or nominations are to be made by the shareholder;
(d) such other information regarding each nominee or each matter of
business to be proposed by such shareholder as would be required to be
included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission had the nominee been nominated, or
intended to be nominated, or the matter been proposed, or intended to
be proposed by the board of directors; and
(e) if applicable, the consent of each nominee to serve as director
of the corporation if so elected.
The chairman of the meeting any refuse to acknowledge the nomination of
any person or the proposal of any business not made in compliance with the
foregoing procedure.
-3-
<PAGE>
2.6 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE
Written notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be given either (i)
personally or (ii) by first-class mail or (iii) by third-class mail but only
if the corporation has outstanding shares held of record by five hundred
(500) or more persons (determined as provided in Section 605 of the Code) on
the record date for the shareholders' meeting, or (iv) by telegraphic or
other written communication. Notices not personally delivered shall be sent
charges prepaid and shall be addressed to the shareholder at the address of
that shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the
shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice. If no such address
appears on the corporation's books or is given, notice shall be deemed to
have been given if sent to that shareholder by mail or telegraphic or other
written communication to the corporation's principal executive office, or if
published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county
where that office is located. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at
the time when delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by
telegram or other means of written communication.
If any notice addressed to a shareholder at the address of that
shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation is returned to the
corporation by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the
United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice to the
shareholder at that address, then all future notices or reports shall be
deemed to have been duly given without further mailing if the same shall be
available to the shareholder on written demand of the shareholder at the
principal executive office of the corporation for a period of one (1) year
from the date of the giving of the notice.
An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any
shareholders' meeting, executed by the secretary, assistant secretary or any
transfer agent of the corporation giving the notice, shall be prima facie
evidence of the giving of such notice.
2.7 QUORUM
The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the
shares entitled to vote thereat constitutes a quorum for the transaction of
business at all meetings of shareholders. The shareholders present at a duly
called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do
business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough
shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than
adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to
constitute a quorum.
2.8 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE
Any shareholders' meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is
present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of the majority of
the shares represented at that meeting, either in person or by proxy. In the
absence of a quorum, no other business may be transacted at that meeting
except as provided in Section 2.6 of these bylaws.
-4-
<PAGE>
When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned
to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting
if the time and place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment
is taken. However, if a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed or
if the adjournment is for more than forty-five (45) days from the date set
for the original meeting, then notice of the adjourned meeting shall be
given. Notice of any such adjourned meeting shall be given to each
shareholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance
with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.6 of these bylaws. At any
adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have
been transacted at the original meeting.
2.9 VOTING
The shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws,
subject to the provisions of Sections 702 through 704 of the Code (relating
to voting shares held by a fiduciary, in the name of a corporation or in
joint ownership).
The shareholders' vote may be by voice vote or by ballot; provided,
however, that any election for directors must be by ballot if demanded by any
shareholder at the meeting and before the voting has begun.
Except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.9, or as may
be otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, each outstanding
share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter
submitted to a vote of the shareholders. Any shareholder entitled to vote on
any matter may vote part of the shares in favor of the proposal and refrain
from voting the remaining shares or, except when the matter is the election
of directors, may vote them against the proposal; but, if the shareholder
fails to specify the number of shares which the shareholder is voting
affirmatively, it will be conclusively presumed that the shareholder's
approving vote is with respect to all shares which the shareholder is
entitled to vote.
If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the
shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting (which shares voting
affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum)
shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or
a vote by classes is required by the Code or by the articles of incorporation.
At a shareholders' meeting at which directors are to be elected, a
shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes (i.e., cast for any candidate
a number of votes greater than the number of votes which such shareholder
normally is entitled to cast) if the candidates' names have been placed in
nomination prior to commencement of the voting and the shareholder has given
notice prior to commencement of the voting of the shareholder's intention to
cumulate votes. If any shareholder has given such a notice, then every
shareholder entitled to vote may cumulate votes for candidates in nomination
either (i) by giving one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of
directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which that
shareholder's shares are normally entitled or (ii) by distributing the
shareholder's votes on the same principle among any or all of the candidates,
as the shareholder thinks fit. The candidates receiving the highest number of
affirmative votes, up to the
-5-
<PAGE>
number of directors to be elected, shall be elected; votes against any
candidate and votes withheld shall have no legal effect. Effective upon such
time as (i) shares of the capital stock of the corporation are designated as
qualified for trading as National Market System securities on the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System (or any
successor national system) ("Qualified Public Offering") and (ii) the
corporation has at least 800 holders of shares of its capital stock,
shareholders shall no longer be entitled to cumulate votes.
2.10 VALIDATION OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE; CONSENT
The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, either annual or
special, however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be as valid as
though they had been taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and
notice, if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if, either
before or after the meeting, each person entitled to vote, who was not
present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent
to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. The
waiver of notice or consent or approval need not specify either the business
to be transacted or the purpose of any annual or special meeting of
shareholders, except that if action is taken or proposed to be taken for
approval of any of those matters specified in the second paragraph of Section
2.4 of these bylaws, the waiver of notice or consent or approval shall state
the general nature of the proposal. All such waivers, consents, and
approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the
minutes of the meeting.
Attendance by a person at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of
notice of and presence at that meeting, except when the person objects at the
beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Attendance at a meeting is not a
waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by the
Code to be included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, if that
objection is expressly made at the meeting.
2.11 SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of
shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the
holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of
votes that would be necessary to authorize or take that action at a meeting
at which all shares entitled to vote on that action were present and voted.
In the case of election of directors, such a consent shall be effective
only if signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote for
the election of directors. However, a director may be elected at any time to
fill any vacancy on the board of directors, provided that it was not created
by removal of a director and that it has not been filled by the directors, by
the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote for the election of directors.
All such consents shall be maintained in the corporate records. Any
shareholder giving a written consent, or the shareholder's proxy holders, or
a transferee of the shares, or a personal representative of the shareholder,
or their respective proxy holders, may revoke the consent by a
-6-
<PAGE>
writing received by the secretary of the corporation before written consents
of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been
filed with the secretary.
If the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been
solicited in writing and if the unanimous written consent of all such
shareholders has not been received, then the secretary shall give prompt
notice of the corporate action approved by the shareholders without a
meeting. Such notice shall be given to those shareholders entitled to vote
who have not consented in writing and shall be given in the manner specified
in Section 2.6 of these bylaws. In the case of approval of (i) a contract or
transaction in which a director has a direct or indirect financial interest,
pursuant to Section 310 of the Code, (ii) indemnification of a corporate
"agent," pursuant to Section 317 of the Code, (iii) a reorganization of the
corporation, pursuant to Section 1201 of the Code, and (iv) a distribution in
dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred
shares, pursuant to Section 2007 of the Code, the notice shall be given at
least ten (10) days before the consummation of any action authorized by that
approval.
2.12 RECORD DATE FOR SHAREHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING
CONSENTS
For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of any
meeting or to vote thereat or entitled to give consent to corporate action
without a meeting, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days
before the date of any such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any
such action without a meeting, and in such event only shareholders of record
on the date so fixed are entitled to notice and to vote or to give consents,
as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books
of the corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the
Code.
If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:
(a) the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business
on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if
notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding
the day on which the meeting is held; and
(b) the record date for determining shareholders entitled to give
consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, (i) when no prior
action by the board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first
written consent is given, or (ii) when prior action by the board has been
taken, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board adopts
the resolution relating to that action, or the sixtieth (60th) day before the
date of such other action, whichever is later.
The record date for any other purpose shall be as provided in Article
VIII of these bylaws.
-7-
<PAGE>
2.13 PROXIES
Every person entitled to vote for directors, or on any other matter,
shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents
authorized by a written proxy signed by the person and filed with the
secretary of the corporation. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the
shareholder's name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature,
typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the shareholder or the
shareholder's attorney-in-fact. A validly executed proxy which does not
state that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless
(i) the person who executed the proxy revokes it prior to the time of voting
by delivering a writing to the corporation stating that the proxy is revoked
or by executing a subsequent proxy and presenting it to the meeting or by
voting in person at the meeting, or (ii) written notice of the death or
incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the corporation before
the vote pursuant to that proxy is counted; provided, however, that no proxy
shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of
the proxy, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. The dates contained on the
forms of proxy presumptively determine the order of execution, regardless of
the postmark dates on the envelopes in which they are mailed. The
revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall
be governed by the provisions of Sections 705(e) and 705(f) of the Code.
2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION
Before any meeting of shareholders, the board of directors may appoint an
inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment.
If no inspector of election is so appointed, then the chairman of the meeting
may, and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder's proxy shall,
appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting. The
number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If inspectors are
appointed at a meeting pursuant to the request of one (1) or more
shareholders or proxies, then the holders of a majority of shares or their
proxies present at the meeting shall determine whether one (1) or three (3)
inspectors are to be appointed. If any person appointed as inspector fails
to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairman of the meeting may,
and upon the request of any shareholder or a shareholder's proxy shall,
appoint a person to fill that vacancy.
Such inspectors shall:
(a) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power
of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a
quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;
(b) receive votes, ballots or consents;
(c) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way
arising in connection with the right to vote;
(d) count and tabulate all votes or consents;
-8-
<PAGE>
(e) determine when the polls shall close;
(f) determine the result; and
(g) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or
vote with fairness to all shareholders.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
3.1 POWERS
Subject to the provisions of the Code and any limitations in the articles
of incorporation and these bylaws relating to action required to be approved
by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of
the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised
by or under the direction of the board of directors.
3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS
The number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than six (6)
nor more than nine (9). The exact number of directors shall be six (6)
until changed, within the limits specified above, by a bylaw amending this
Section 3.2, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the shareholders.
The indefinite number of directors may be changed, or a definite number may
be fixed without provision for an indefinite number, by a duly adopted
amendment to the articles of incorporation or by an amendment to this bylaw
duly adopted by the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that an amendment
reducing the fixed number or the minimum number of directors to a number less
than five (5) cannot be adopted if the votes cast against its adoption at a
meeting, or the shares not consenting in the case of an action by written
consent, are equal to more than sixteen and two-thirds percent (16-2/3%) of
the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon. No amendment may change the
stated maximum number of authorized directors to a number greater than two
(2) times the stated minimum number of directors minus one (1).
3.3 ELECTION QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS
Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, at each annual meeting
of shareholders, directors of the corporation shall be elected to hold office
until the expiration of the term for which they are elected, and until their
successors have been duly elected and qualified; except that if any such
election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a
shareholders' meeting called and held in accordance with the Code. Effective
upon such time as (i) shares of the capital stock of the corporation are
designated as qualified for trading as National Market System securities on
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation
System (or any successor
-9-
<PAGE>
national system) ("Qualified Public Offering") and (ii) the corporation has
at least 800 holders of shares of its capital stock, the directors of the
corporation shall be divided into two classes as nearly equal in size as is
practicable, hereby designated Class I and Class II. The term of office of
the initial Class I directors shall expire at the next succeeding annual
meeting of shareholders and the term of office of the initial Class II
directors shall expire at the second succeeding annual meeting of
shareholders. For the purposes hereof, the initial Class I and Class II
directors shall be those directors so designated and elected at the first
annual meeting of shareholders scheduled to be held after the consummation of
such a Qualified Public Offering. At each annual meeting after the annual
meeting of shareholders scheduled to be held thereafter, directors to replace
those of a Class office whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be
elected to hold office until the second succeeding annual meeting and until
their respective successors shall have been duly elected and qualified. If
the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships
or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to
make both classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable.
Directors need not be shareholders unless so required by the articles of
incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may
be prescribed. Election of directors need not be by written ballot.
3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES
Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the
chairman of the board, the president, the secretary or the board of
directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for that resignation to
become effective. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future
time, the board of directors may elect a successor to take office when the
resignation becomes effective.
Vacancies in the board of directors may be filled by a majority of the
remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining
director; however, a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the vote
or written consent of the shareholders or by court order may be filled only
by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at
a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting
affirmatively also constitute a majority of the required quorum), or by the
unanimous written consent of all shares entitled to vote thereon. Each
director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the
shareholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified.
A vacancy or vacancies in the board of directors shall be deemed to exist
(i) in the event of the death, resignation or removal of any director, (ii)
if the board of directors by resolution declares vacant the office of a
director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or
convicted of a felony, (iii) if the authorized number of directors is
increased, or (iv) if the shareholders fail, at any meeting of shareholders
at which any director or directors are elected, to elect the number of
directors to be elected at that meeting.
The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to fill
any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors, but any such election
other than to fill a vacancy created by removal, if by
-10-
<PAGE>
written consent, shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of
the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.
3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE
Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held at any place
within or outside the State of California that has been designated from time
to time by resolution of the board. In the absence of such a designation,
regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the
corporation. Special meetings of the board may be held at any place within
or outside the State of California that has been designated in the notice of
the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the
principal executive office of the corporation.
Any meeting, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or
similar communication equipment, so long as all directors participating in
the meeting can hear one another; and all such directors shall be deemed to
be present in person at the meeting.
3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS
Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice if
the times of such meetings are fixed by the board of directors.
3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE
Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes
may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, any
vice president, the secretary or any two directors.
Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered
personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail or
telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director's
address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is
mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4)
days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is
delivered personally or by telephone or telegram, it shall be delivered
personally or by telephone or to the telegraph company at least forty-eight
(48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice
given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director
or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice
has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The
notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the
meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.
3.8 QUORUM
A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in
Section 3.10 of these bylaws. Every act or decision done or made by a
majority of the directors present at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is
-11-
<PAGE>
present shall be regarded as the act of the board of directors, subject to
the provisions of Section 310 of the Code (as to approval of contracts or
transactions in which a director has a direct or indirect material financial
interest), Section 311 of the Code (as to appointment of committees), Section
317(e) of the Code (as to indemnification of directors), the articles of
incorporation, and other applicable law.
A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact
business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is
approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.
3.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE
Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director (i) who signs a
waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the
minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or (ii) who attends the
meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of
notice to such directors. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be
filed with the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the meeting.
A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special
meeting of the board of directors.
3.10 ADJOURNMENT
A majority of the directors present, whether or not constituting a
quorum, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place.
3.11 NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT
Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be
given unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours.
If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, then notice
of the time and place of the adjourned meeting shall be given before the
adjourned meeting takes place, in the manner specified in Section 3.7 of
these bylaws, to the directors who were not present at the time of the
adjournment.
3.12 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING
Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors
may be taken without a meeting, provided that all members of the board
individually or collectively consent in writing to that action. Such action
by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote
of the board of directors. Such written consent and any counterparts thereof
shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board.
3.13 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if
any, for their services and such reimbursement of expenses as may be fixed or
determined by resolution of the
-12-
<PAGE>
board of directors. This Section 3.13 shall not be construed to preclude any
director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer,
agent, employee or otherwise and receiving compensation for those services.
3.14 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS*
The corporation may, upon the approval of the board of directors alone,
make loans of money or property to, or guarantee the obligations of, any
officer of the corporation or its parent or subsidiary, whether or not a
director, or adopt an employee benefit plan or plans authorizing such loans
or guaranties provided that (i) the board of directors determines that such a
loan or guaranty or plan may reasonably be expected to benefit the
corporation, (ii) the corporation has outstanding shares held of record by
100 or more persons (determined as provided in Section 605 of the Code) on
the date of approval by the board of directors, and (iii) the approval of the
board of directors is by a vote sufficient without counting the vote of any
interested director or directors.
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the
authorized number of directors, designate one (1) or more committees, each
consisting of two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the board.
The board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any
committee, who may replace any absent member at any meeting of the committee.
The appointment of members or alternate members of a committee requires the
vote of a majority of the authorized number of directors. Any committee, to
the extent provided in the resolution of the board, shall have all the
authority of the board, except with respect to:
(a) the approval of any action which, under the Code, also
requires shareholders' approval or approval of the outstanding shares;
(b) the filling of vacancies on the board of directors or in any
committee;
(c) the fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the
board or any committee;
(d) the amendment or repeal of these bylaws or the adoption of new
bylaws;
- ----------------------
* This section is effective only if it has been approved by the
shareholders in accordance with Sections 315(b) and 152 of the Code.
-13-
<PAGE>
(e) the amendment or repeal of any resolution of the board of
directors which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable;
(f) a distribution to the shareholders of the corporation, except
at a rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by the
board of directors; or
(g) the appointment of any other committees of the board of
directors or the members of such committees.
4.2 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES
Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and
taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws,
Section 3.5 (place of meetings), Section 3.6 (regular meetings), Section 3.7
(special meetings and notice), Section 3.8 (quorum), Section 3.9 (waiver of
notice), Section 3.10 (adjournment), Section 3.11 (notice of adjournment),
and Section 3.12 (action without meeting), with such changes in the context
of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members
for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time
of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of
the board of directors or by resolution of the committee, that special
meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of
directors, and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be
given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all
meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the
government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these
bylaws.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
5.1 OFFICERS
The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary, and a
chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of
the board of directors, a chairman of the board, one or more vice presidents,
one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such
other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same
person.
5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS
The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be
appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 or Section 5.5 of
these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board, subject to the rights, if any, of
an officer under any contract of employment.
-14-
<PAGE>
5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS
The board of directors may appoint, or may empower the president to
appoint, such other officers as the business of the corporation may require,
each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and
perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of
directors may from time to time determine.
5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS
Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of
employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the
board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except
in case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon
whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of
that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless
otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall
not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice
to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the
officer is a party.
5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES
A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal,
disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed
in these bylaws for regular appointments to that office.
5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if
present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and exercise and
perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to
him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If
there is no president, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief
executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties
prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws.
5.7 PRESIDENT
Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board
of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the
president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall,
subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision,
direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation.
He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence or
nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the board of
directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually
vested in the office of president of a corporation, and shall have such other
powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these
bylaws.
-15-
<PAGE>
5.8 VICE PRESIDENTS
In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if
any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not
ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform
all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers
of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice
presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from
time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of
directors, these bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.
5.9 SECRETARY
The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive
office of the corporation or such other place as the board of directors may
direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors,
committees of directors and shareholders. The minutes shall show the time
and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how
authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors'
meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented
at shareholders' meetings, and the proceedings thereof.
The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal
executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation's
transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of
directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names
of all shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares
held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and
the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for
cancellation.
The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings
of the shareholders and of the board of directors required to be given by law
or by these bylaws. He shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be
adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such
other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these
bylaws.
5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept
and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the
properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts
of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital,
retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable
times be open to inspection by any director.
The chief financial officer shall deposit all money and other valuables
in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as
may be designated by the board of directors. He shall disburse the funds of
the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to
the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of
his transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of
the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other
duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.
-16-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,
AND OTHER AGENTS
6.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner
permitted by the Code, indemnify each of its directors and officers against
expenses (as defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), judgments, fines,
settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection
with any proceeding (as defined in Section 317(a) of the Code), arising by
reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation.
For purposes of this Section 6, a "director" or "officer" of the corporation
includes any person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the
corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as
a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director or officer of a
corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of
another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.
6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS
The corporation shall have the power, to the extent and in the manner
permitted by the Code, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other
than directors and officers) against expenses (as defined in Section 317(a)
of the Code), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and
reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding (as defined in Section
317(a) of the Code), arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was
an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6, an "employee"
or "agent" of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any
person (i) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is
or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a
predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the
request of such predecessor corporation.
6.3 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES IN ADVANCE
Expenses incurred in defending any civil or criminal action or
proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to Section 6.1 or
for which indemnification is permitted pursuant to Section 6.2 following
authorization thereof by the Board of Directors shall be paid by the
corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding
upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to
repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the indemnified
party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 6.
-17-
<PAGE>
6.4 INDEMNITY NOT EXCLUSIVE
The indemnification provided by this Section 6 shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be
entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to
action in another capacity while holding such office, to the extent that such
additional rights to indemnification are authorized in the Articles of
Incorporation.
6.5 INSURANCE INDEMNIFICATION
The corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance
on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
of the corporation against any liability asserted against or incurred by such
person in such capacity or arising out of such person's status as such,
whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against
such liability under the provisions of this Section 6.
6.6 CONFLICTS
No indemnification or advance shall be made under this Section 6, except
where such indemnification or advance is mandated by law or the order,
judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, in any
circumstance where it appears:
(a) That it would be inconsistent with a provision of the
Articles of Incorporation, these bylaws, a resolution of the shareholders or
an agreement in effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of the
action asserted in the proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or
other amounts were paid, which prohibits or otherwise limits indemnification;
or
(b) That it would be inconsistent with any condition expressly
imposed by a court in approving a settlement.
ARTICLE VII
RECORDS AND REPORTS
7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF SHARE REGISTER
The corporation shall keep either at its principal executive office or
at the office of its transfer agent or registrar (if either be appointed), as
determined by resolution of the board of directors, a record of its
shareholders listing the names and addresses of all shareholders and the
number and class of shares held by each shareholder.
A shareholder or shareholders of the corporation who holds at least five
percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the
corporation or who holds at least one percent (1%) of such voting shares and
has filed a Schedule 14B with the Securities and Exchange Commission
-18-
<PAGE>
relating to the election of directors, may (i) inspect and copy the records
of shareholders' names, addresses, and shareholdings during usual business
hours on five (5) days' prior written demand on the corporation, (ii) obtain
from the transfer agent of the corporation, on written demand and on the
tender of such transfer agent's usual charges for such list, a list of the
names and addresses of the shareholders who are entitled to vote for the
election of directors, and their shareholdings, as of the most recent record
date for which that list has been compiled or as of a date specified by the
shareholder after the date of demand. Such list shall be made available to
any such shareholder by the transfer agent on or before the later of five (5)
days after the demand is received or five (5) days after the date specified
in the demand as the date as of which the list is to be compiled.
The record of shareholders shall also be open to inspection on the
written demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate, at
any time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to the
holder's interests as a shareholder or as the holder of a voting trust
certificate.
Any inspection and copying under this Section 7.1 may be made in person
or by an agent or attorney of the shareholder or holder of a voting trust
certificate making the demand.
7.2 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS
The corporation shall keep at its principal executive office or, if its
principal executive office is not in the State of California, at its
principal business office in California the original or a copy of these
bylaws as amended to date, which bylaws shall be open to inspection by the
shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours. If the principal
executive office of the corporation is outside the State of California and
the corporation has no principal business office in such state, then the
secretary shall, upon the written request of any shareholder, furnish to that
shareholder a copy of these bylaws as amended to date.
7.3 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE RECORDS
The accounting books and records and the minutes of proceedings of the
shareholders, of the board of directors, and of any committee or committees
of the board of directors shall be kept at such place or places as are
designated by the board of directors or, in absence of such designation, at
the principal executive office of the corporation. The minutes shall be kept
in written form, and the accounting books and records shall be kept either in
written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written
form.
The minutes and accounting books and records shall be open to inspection
upon the written demand of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust
certificate, at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a
purpose reasonably related to the holder's interests as a shareholder or as
the holder of a voting trust certificate. The inspection may be made in
person or by an agent or attorney and shall include the right to copy and
make extracts. Such rights of inspection shall extend to the records of each
subsidiary corporation of the corporation.
-19-
<PAGE>
7.4 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS
Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to
inspect all books, records, and documents of every kind as well as the
physical properties of the corporation and each of its subsidiary
corporations. Such inspection by a director may be made in person or by an
agent or attorney. The right of inspection includes the right to copy and
make extracts of documents.
7.5 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS; WAIVER
The board of directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to the
shareholders not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of
the fiscal year adopted by the corporation. Such report shall be sent at
least fifteen (15) days (or, if sent by third-class mail, thirty-five (35)
days) before the annual meeting of shareholders to be held during the next
fiscal year and in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of these bylaws for
giving notice to shareholders of the corporation.
The annual report shall contain (i) a balance sheet as of the end of the
fiscal year, (ii) an income statement, (iii) a statement of changes in
financial position for the fiscal year, and (iv) any report of independent
accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized
officer of the corporation that the statements were prepared without audit
from the books and records of the corporation.
The foregoing requirement of an annual report shall be waived so long as
the shares of the corporation are held by fewer than one hundred (100)
holders of record.
7.6 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
If no annual report for the fiscal year has been sent to shareholders,
then the corporation shall, upon the written request of any shareholder made
more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of such fiscal year,
deliver or mail to the person making the request, within thirty (30) days
thereafter, a copy of a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and
an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such
fiscal year.
If a shareholder or shareholders holding at least five percent (5%) of
the outstanding shares of any class of stock of the corporation makes a
written request to the corporation for an income statement of the corporation
for the three-month, six-month or nine-month period of the then current
fiscal year ended more than thirty (30) days before the date of the request,
and for a balance sheet of the corporation as of the end of that period, then
the chief financial officer shall cause that statement to be prepared, if not
already prepared, and shall deliver personally or mail that statement or
statements to the person making the request within thirty (30) days after the
receipt of the request. If the corporation has not sent to the shareholders
its annual report for the last fiscal year, the statements referred to in the
first paragraph of this Section 7.6 shall likewise be delivered or mailed to
the shareholder or shareholders within thirty (30) days after the request.
-20-
<PAGE>
The quarterly income statements and balance sheets referred to in this
section shall be accompanied by the report, if any, of any independent
accountants engaged by the corporation or by the certificate of an authorized
officer of the corporation that the financial statements were prepared
without audit from the books and records of the corporation.
7.7 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS
The chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the chief
financial officer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation,
or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or
a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of
this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other
corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The
authority herein granted may be exercised either by such person directly or
by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly
executed by such person having the authority.
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL MATTERS
8.1 RECORD DATE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN NOTICE AND VOTING
For purposes of determining the shareholders entitled to receive payment
of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the
shareholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful
action (other than action by shareholders by written consent without a
meeting), the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which
shall not be more than sixty (60) days before any such action. In that case,
only shareholders of record at the close of business on the date so fixed are
entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or to
exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any
shares on the books of the corporation after the record date so fixed, except
as otherwise provided in the Code.
If the board of directors does not so fix a record date, then the record
date for determining shareholders for any such purpose shall be at the close
of business on the day on which the board adopts the applicable resolution or
the sixtieth (60th) day before the date of that action, whichever is later.
8.2 CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS
From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution
which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders
for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are
issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so
authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.
-21-
<PAGE>
8.3 CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS: HOW EXECUTED
The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws,
may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any
contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the
corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the
agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any
power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or
to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.
8.4 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES
A certificate or certificates for shares of the corporation shall be
issued to each shareholder when any of such shares are fully paid. The board
of directors may authorize the issuance of certificates for shares partly
paid provided that these certificates shall state the total amount of the
consideration to be paid for them and the amount actually paid. All
certificates shall be signed in the name of the corporation by the chairman
of the board or the vice chairman of the board or the president or a vice
president and by the chief financial officer or an assistant treasurer or the
secretary or an assistant secretary, certifying the number of shares and the
class or series of shares owned by the shareholder. Any or all of the
signatures on the certificate may be facsimile.
In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose
facsimile signature has been placed on a certificate ceases to be that
officer, transfer agent or registrar before that certificate is issued, it
may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if that person were
an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES
Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares
shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter
is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The board
of directors may, in case any share certificate or certificate for any other
security is lost, stolen or destroyed, authorize the issuance of replacement
certificates on such terms and conditions as the board may require; the board
may require indemnification of the corporation secured by a bond or other
adequate security sufficient to protect the corporation against any claim
that may be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account
of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate or the issuance
of the replacement certificate.
8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS
Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of
construction, and definitions in the Code shall govern the construction of
these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the
singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular,
and the term "person" includes both a corporation and a natural person.
-22-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
9.1 AMENDMENT BY SHAREHOLDERS
New bylaws may be adopted or these bylaws may be amended or repealed by
the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding
shares entitled to vote; provided, however, that if the articles of
incorporation of the corporation set forth the number of authorized directors
of the corporation, then the authorized number of directors may be changed
only by an amendment of the articles of incorporation.
9.2 AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS
Subject to the rights of the shareholders as provided in Section 9.1 of
these bylaws, bylaws, other than a bylaw or an amendment of a bylaw changing
the authorized number of directors (except to fix the authorized number of
directors pursuant to a bylaw providing for a variable number of directors),
may be adopted, amended or repealed by the board of directors.
-23-
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This Indemnification Agreement ("Agreement") is effective as of May 9,
1997 by and between Livingston Enterprises, Inc., a California corporation
(the "Company"), and (name) ("Indemnitee").
WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly
qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company and its
related entities;
WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to
the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and
the advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by
California law;
WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee recognize the continued difficulty in
obtaining liability insurance for the Company's directors, officers,
employees, agents and fiduciaries, the significant increases in the cost of
such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance;
WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial
increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers,
employees, agents and fiduciaries to expensive litigation risks at the same
time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been
severely limited;
WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee desire to continue to have in place
the additional protection provided by an indemnification agreement and to
provide indemnification and advancement of expenses to the Indemnitee to the
maximum extent permitted by California law; and
WHEREAS, in view of the considerations set forth above, the Company
desires that Indemnitee shall be indemnified and advanced expenses by the
Company as set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Indemnitee hereby agree as set forth
below.
1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.
(a) "Change in Control" shall mean, and shall be deemed to have
occurred if, on or after the date of this Agreement, (i) any "person" (as
such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding
securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company acting in such
capacity or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of
the Company in substantially the same proportions
<PAGE>
as their ownership of stock of the Company, becomes the "beneficial owner"
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of
securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the total voting
power represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii)
during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning
of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new
director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election
by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two thirds
(2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the
beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was
previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority
thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or
consolidation of the Company with any other corporation other than a merger
or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company
outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the
surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the
Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding
immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the
Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement
for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series
of related transactions) all or substantially all of the Company's assets.
(b) "Claim" shall mean with respect to a Covered Event: any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or alternative
dispute resolution mechanism, or any hearing, inquiry or investigation that
Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such
action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, whether
civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other.
(c) References to the "Company" shall include, in addition to
Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a
constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which Corporation (or
any of its wholly owned subsidiaries) is a party which, if its separate
existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its
directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries, so that if Indemnitee
is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of such
constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such
constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary
of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan,
trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under
the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving
corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent
corporation if its separate existence had continued.
(d) "Covered Event" shall mean any event or occurrence related to
the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or
fiduciary of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, or is or was
serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent
or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, or by reason of any action or inaction on the part of
Indemnitee while serving in such capacity.
-2-
<PAGE>
(e) "Expenses" shall mean any and all expenses (including
attorneys' fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations incurred in
connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating
in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, to be a witness in or to
participate in, any action, suit, proceeding, alternative dispute resolution
mechanism, hearing, inquiry or investigation), judgments, fines, penalties
and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by
the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), actually and
reasonably incurred, of any Claim and any federal, state, local or foreign
taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt
of any payments under this Agreement.
(f) "Expense Advance" shall mean a payment to Indemnitee pursuant
to Section 3 of Expenses in advance of the settlement of or final judgement
in any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism,
hearing, inquiry or investigation which constitutes a Claim.
(g) "Independent Legal Counsel" shall mean an attorney or firm of
attorneys, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(d) hereof,
who shall not have otherwise performed services for the Company or Indemnitee
within the last three years (other than with respect to matters concerning
the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under
similar indemnity agreements).
(h) References to "other enterprises" shall include employee
benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed
on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to
"serving at the request of the Company" shall include any service as a
director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company which imposes
duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, agent
or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or
its beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner
Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and
beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have
acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the Company" as
referred to in this Agreement.
(i) "Reviewing Party" shall mean, subject to the provisions of
Section 2(d), any person or body appointed by the Board of Directors in
accordance with California law to review the Company's obligations hereunder
and under California law, which may include a member or members of the
Company's Board of Directors, Independent Legal Counsel or any other person
or body not a party to the particular Claim for which Indemnitee is seeking
indemnification.
(j) "Section" refers to a section of this Agreement unless
otherwise indicated.
(k) "Voting Securities" shall mean any securities of the Company
that vote generally in the election of directors.
2. INDEMNIFICATION.
-3-
<PAGE>
(a) INDEMNIFICATION OF EXPENSES. Subject to the provisions of
Section 2(b) below, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses to
the fullest extent permitted by California law if Indemnitee was or is or
becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be
made a party to or witness or other participant in, any Claim (whether by
reason of or arising in part out of a Covered Event), including all interest,
assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in
respect of such Expenses.
(b) REVIEW OF INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the event any Reviewing Party shall have determined (in a
written opinion, in any case in which Independent Legal Counsel is the
Reviewing Party) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder
under California law, (i) the Company shall have no further obligation under
Section 2(a) to make any payments to Indemnitee not made prior to such
determination by such Reviewing Party, and (ii) the Company shall be entitled
to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company)
for all Expenses theretofore paid in indemnifying Indemnitee; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal
proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination
that Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder under California law,
any determination made by any Reviewing Party that Indemnitee is not entitled
to be indemnified hereunder under California law shall not be binding and
Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expenses
theretofore paid in indemnifying Indemnitee until a final judicial
determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal
therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). Indemnitee's obligation to
reimburse the Company for any Expenses shall be unsecured and no interest
shall be charged thereon.
(c) INDEMNITEE RIGHTS ON UNFAVORABLE DETERMINATION; BINDING EFFECT.
If any Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee substantively is not
entitled to be indemnified hereunder in whole or in part under California
law, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation seeking an
initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by
such Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual
bases therefor, and, subject to the provisions of Section 15, the Company
hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding.
Absent such litigation, any determination by any Reviewing Party shall be
conclusive and binding on the Company and Indemnitee.
(d) SELECTION OF REVIEWING PARTY; CHANGE IN CONTROL. If there has
not been a Change in Control, any Reviewing Party shall be selected by the
Board of Directors, and if there has been such a Change in Control (other
than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the
Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such
Change in Control), any Reviewing Party with respect to all matters
thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnification of
Expenses under this Agreement or any other agreement or under the Company's
Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws as now or hereafter in effect, or under
any other California law, if desired by Indemnitee, shall be Independent
Legal Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such counsel, among other
things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to
whether and to what extent Indemnitee would be entitled to be indemnified
hereunder under California law
-4-
<PAGE>
and the Company agrees to abide by such opinion. The Company agrees to pay
the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and to
indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including
attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating
to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to pay
Expenses of more than one Independent Legal Counsel in connection with all
matters concerning a single Indemnitee, and such Independent Legal Counsel
shall be the Independent Legal Counsel for any or all other Indemnitees
unless (i) the Company otherwise determines or (ii) any Indemnitee shall
provide a written statement setting forth in detail a reasonable objection to
such Independent Legal Counsel representing other Indemnitees.
(e) MANDATORY PAYMENT OF EXPENSES. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Agreement other than Section 10 hereof, to the extent that
Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without
limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any
Claim, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by
Indemnitee in connection therewith.
3. EXPENSE ADVANCES.
(a) OBLIGATION TO MAKE EXPENSE ADVANCES. Upon receipt of a written
undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amounts if it
shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be
indemnified therefor by the Company, the Company shall make Expense Advances
to Indemnitee.
(b) FORM OF UNDERTAKING. Any written undertaking by the Indemnitee
to repay any Expense Advances hereunder shall be unsecured and no interest
shall be charged thereon.
(c) DETERMINATION OF REASONABLE EXPENSE ADVANCES. The parties
agree that for the purposes of any Expense Advance for which Indemnitee has
made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all
Expenses included in such Expense Advance that are certified by affidavit of
Indemnitee's counsel as being reasonable shall be presumed conclusively to be
reasonable.
4. PROCEDURES FOR INDEMNIFICATION AND EXPENSE ADVANCES.
(a) TIMING OF PAYMENTS. All payments of Expenses (including
without limitation Expense Advances) by the Company to the Indemnitee
pursuant to this Agreement shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by
California law as soon as practicable after written demand by Indemnitee
therefor is presented to the Company, but in no event later than forty-five
(45) business days after such written demand by Indemnitee is presented to
the Company, except in the case of Expense Advances, which shall be made no
later than twenty (20) business days after such written demand by Indemnitee
is presented to the Company.
-5-
<PAGE>
(b) NOTICE/COOPERATION BY INDEMNITEE. Indemnitee shall, as a
condition precedent to Indemnitee's right to be indemnified or Indemnitee's
right to receive Expense Advances under this Agreement, give the Company
notice in writing as soon as practicable of any Claim made against Indemnitee
for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement.
Notice to the Company shall be directed to the Chief Executive Officer of the
Company at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement (or such
other address as the Company shall designate in writing to Indemnitee). In
addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation
as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee's power.
(c) NO PRESUMPTIONS; BURDEN OF PROOF. For purposes of this
Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement
(whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of
NOLO CONTENDERE, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that
Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any
particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not
permitted by this Agreement or California law. In addition, neither the
failure of any Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether
Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular
belief, nor an actual determination by any Reviewing Party that Indemnitee
has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to
the commencement of legal proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial
determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under this Agreement or
California law, shall be a defense to Indemnitee's claim or create a
presumption that Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or
did not have any particular belief. In connection with any determination by
any Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to
be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to
establish that Indemnitee is not so entitled.
(d) NOTICE TO INSURERS. If, at the time of the receipt by the
Company of a notice of a Claim pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof, the Company
has liability insurance in effect which may cover such Claim, the Company
shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Claim to the insurers in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The
Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such
insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result
of such Claim in accordance with the terms of such policies.
(e) SELECTION OF COUNSEL. In the event the Company shall be
obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any Expense
Advances with respect to the Expenses of any Claim, the Company, if
appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Claim with
counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company's
election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel
by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company
will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or
expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of
Indemnitee with respect to the same Claim; provided that, (i) Indemnitee
shall have the right to employ Indemnitee's separate counsel in any such
Claim at Indemnitee's expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate
counsel by Indemnitee has
-6-
<PAGE>
been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have
reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the
Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Company
shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Claim, then the fees
and expenses of Indemnitee's separate counsel shall be Expenses for which
Indemnitee may receive indemnification or Expense Advances hereunder.
5. ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION RIGHTS; NONEXCLUSIVITY.
(a) SCOPE. The Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee
to the fullest extent permitted by California law, notwithstanding that such
indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of
this Agreement, the Company's Articles of Incorporation, the Company's Bylaws
or by statute. In the event of any change after the date of this Agreement
in any California law, statute or rule which expands the right of a
California corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an
officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, it is the intent of the parties hereto
that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits afforded
by such change. In the event of any change in any California law, statute or
rule which narrows the right of a California corporation to indemnify a
member of its board of directors or an officer, employee, agent or fiduciary,
such change, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or
rule to be applied to this Agreement, shall have no effect on this Agreement
or the parties' rights and obligations hereunder except as set forth in
Section 10(a) hereof.
(b) NONEXCLUSIVITY. The indemnification and the payment of Expense
Advances provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to any rights to
which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company's Articles of
Incorporation, its Bylaws, any other agreement, any vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors, the General Corporation Law of the State of
California, or otherwise. The indemnification and the payment of Expense
Advances provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for
any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even
though subsequent thereto Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such
capacity.
6. NO DUPLICATION OF PAYMENTS. The Company shall not be liable under
this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim made against
Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment
(under any insurance policy, provision of the Company's Articles of
Incorporation, Bylaws or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable
hereunder.
7. PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION. If Indemnitee is entitled under any
provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a
portion of Expenses incurred in connection with any Claim, but not, however,
for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify
Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.
8. MUTUAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT. Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge
that in certain instances, federal law or applicable public policy may
prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors, officers, employees,
agents or fiduciaries under this Agreement or otherwise.
-7-
<PAGE>
Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or
may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange
Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain
circumstances for a determination of the Company's right under public policy
to indemnify Indemnitee.
9. LIABILITY INSURANCE. To the extent the Company maintains liability
insurance applicable to directors, officers, employees, agents or
fiduciaries, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policies in such a manner as
to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are provided to the
most favorably insured of the Company's directors, if Indemnitee is a
director; or of the Company's officers, if Indemnitee is not a director of
the Company but is an officer; or of the Company's key employees, agents or
fiduciaries, if Indemnitee is not an officer or director but is a key
employee, agent or fiduciary.
10. EXCEPTIONS. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:
(a) EXCLUDED ACTION OR OMISSIONS. To indemnify Indemnitee for
Expenses resulting from acts, omissions or transactions for which Indemnitee
is prohibited from receiving indemnification under this Agreement or
California law; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that notwithstanding any limitation set
forth in this Section 10(a) regarding the Company's obligation to provide
indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive
Expense Advances hereunder with respect to any such Claim unless and until a
court having jurisdiction over the Claim shall have made a final judicial
determination (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted
or lapsed) that Indemnitee has engaged in acts, omissions or transactions for
which Indemnitee is prohibited from receiving indemnification under this
Agreement or California law.
(b) CLAIMS INITIATED BY INDEMNITEE. To indemnify or make Expense
Advances to Indemnitee with respect to Claims initiated or brought
voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, counterclaim or
crossclaim, except (i) with respect to actions or proceedings brought to
establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any
other agreement or insurance policy or under the Company's Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for
Covered Events, (ii) in specific cases if the Board of Directors has approved
the initiation or bringing of such Claim, or (iii) as otherwise required
under Section 317 of the California General Corporation Law, regardless of
whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such
indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be.
(c) LACK OF GOOD FAITH. To indemnify Indemnitee for any Expenses
incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to any action instituted (i) by
Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court having
jurisdiction over such action determines as provided in Section 13 that each
of the material assertions made by the Indemnitee as a basis for such action
was not made in good faith or was frivolous, or (ii) by or in the name of the
Company to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court having
jurisdiction over such action determines as provided in Section 13 that
-8-
<PAGE>
each of the material defenses asserted by Indemnitee in such action was made
in bad faith or was frivolous.
(d) CLAIMS UNDER SECTION 16(B). To indemnify Indemnitee for
expenses and the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by
Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that notwithstanding any limitation set forth in this Section 10(d)
regarding the Company's obligation to provide indemnification, Indemnitee
shall be entitled under Section 3 to receive Expense Advances hereunder with
respect to any such Claim unless and until a court having jurisdiction over
the Claim shall have made a final judicial determination (as to which all
rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee has
violated said statute.
11. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.
12. BINDING EFFECT; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties
hereto and their respective successors, assigns (including any direct or
indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), spouses, heirs
and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause
any successor (whether direct or indirect, and whether by purchase, merger,
consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part,
of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and
substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to
perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the
Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee
continues to serve as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary (as
applicable) of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company's
request.
13. EXPENSES INCURRED IN ACTION RELATING TO ENFORCEMENT OR
INTERPRETATION. In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee
under this Agreement or under any liability insurance policies maintained by
the Company to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof or thereof,
Indemnitee shall be entitled to be indemnified for all Expenses incurred by
Indemnitee with respect to such action (including without limitation
attorneys' fees), regardless of whether Indemnitee is ultimately successful
in such action, unless as a part of such action a court having jurisdiction
over such action makes a final judicial determination (as to which all rights
of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that each of the material
assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action was not made in good
faith or was frivolous; provided, however, that until such final judicial
determination is made, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to
receive payment of Expense Advances hereunder with respect to such action.
In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Company under
this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement,
Indemnitee shall be entitled to be indemnified for all Expenses incurred by
Indemnitee in defense of such action (including without limitation costs and
expenses incurred with respect to Indemnitee's counterclaims and cross-claims
made in such action), unless as a part of such action a court having
-9-
<PAGE>
jurisdiction over such action makes a final judicial determination (as to
which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that each
of the material defenses asserted by Indemnitee in such action was made in
bad faith or was frivolous; provided, however, that until such final judicial
determination is made, Indemnitee shall be entitled under Section 3 to
receive payment of Expense Advances hereunder with respect to such action.
14. NOTICE. All notices, requests, demands and other communications
under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i)
if delivered by hand and signed for by the party addressed, on the date of
such delivery, or (ii) if mailed by domestic certified or registered mail
with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date postmarked.
Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of
this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by written notice.
15. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. The Company and Indemnitee each hereby
irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of
California for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which
arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action
instituted under this Agreement shall be commenced, prosecuted and continued
only in the State of California in and for Santa Clara County, which shall be
the exclusive and only proper forum for adjudicating such a claim.
16. SEVERABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable
in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision
within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, and
the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent
permitted by California law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible,
the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation each portion
of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void or
otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void or unenforceable)
shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the
provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
17. CHOICE OF LAW. This Agreement, and all rights, remedies,
liabilities, powers and duties of the parties to this Agreement, shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
California without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.
18. SUBROGATION. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the
Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the
rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required
and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to
enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
19. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. No amendment, modification, termination
or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing
signed by both the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of
this Agreement shall be deemed to be or shall constitute a waiver of any
other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver
constitute a continuing waiver.
-10-
<PAGE>
20. INTEGRATION AND ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement sets forth the
entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes and merges all
previous written and oral negotiations, commitments, understandings and
agreements relating to the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto.
21. NO CONSTRUCTION AS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT. Nothing contained in this
Agreement shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained in
the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated entities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification
Agreement as of the date first above written.
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
By: _____________________________
Name: Steven M. Willens
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Address: 4464 Willow Road
Pleasanton, CA 94588
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED
By: _____________________________
Name:
-11-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.2
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN
I. PURPOSES OF THE PLAN
This 1994 Stock Option Plan is intended to promote the interests and
success of Livingston Enterprises, Inc., a California corporation, by
providing a method whereby eligible individuals who provide valuable services
to the Company are offered incentives which will enable and encourage them to
acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary
interest, in the Company.
II. DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Plan, the following definitions shall apply:
A. BOARD shall mean the Company's board of directors.
B. CODE shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
C. COMMITTEE shall mean a committee of two (2) or more Board
members appointed by the Board to exercise one or more administrative
functions under the Plan.
D. COMMON STOCK shall mean shares of the Company's common stock.
E. COMPANY shall mean Livingston Enterprises, Inc., a California
corporation, or any "Parent" or "Subsidiary" as defined in this Article II.
F. CORPORATE TRANSACTION shall mean either of the following
Shareholder-approved transactions to which the Company is a party:
(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing
more than eighty percent (80%) of the total combined voting power of
the Company's outstanding securities are transferred to a person or
persons different from those who held those securities immediately
prior to such transaction, or
(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the Company's assets in complete liquidation or
dissolution of the Company.
G. EMPLOYEE shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the
Company, subject to the control and direction of the Company as to both the
work to be performed and the manner and method of performance. The payment of
a director's fee by the Company shall not be sufficient to classify a
Director as an "Employee."
H. EXERCISE DATE shall mean the date on which the Company shall
have received written notice of the Option exercise.
I. FAIR MARKET VALUE per share of Common Stock on any relevant date
under the Plan shall be the value determined in accordance with the following
provisions:
<PAGE>
(i) If the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading on
any Stock Exchange, or on the NASDAQ National Market System, then
the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share
of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange
determined by the Board to be the primary market for the Common
Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of
transactions on such exchange, or as reported by the National
Association of Securities Dealers through the NASDAQ National Market
System. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on
the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the
closing selling price on the preceding date for which such quotation
exists.
(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed nor
admitted to trading on any Stock Exchange nor traded on the NASDAQ
National Market System, then such Fair Market Value shall be
determined in good faith by the Board after taking into account such
factors as it deems appropriate.
J. INCENTIVE OPTION shall mean an Option which satisfies the
requirements of Code Section 422.
K. NON-STATUTORY OPTION shall mean an Option not intended to meet
the requirements of Code Section 422.
L. OPTION shall mean a Common Stock Option granted under this Plan.
M. OPTIONEE shall mean an individual who receives a grant of an
Option under this Plan.
N. PARENT shall mean a "parent corporation," whether now or
hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
O. PLAN shall mean this Livingston Enterprises, Inc., 1994 Stock
Option Plan.
P. SERVICE shall mean the provision of services to the Company by
an individual in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the
Board or a consultant or independent contractor.
Q. STOCK EXCHANGE shall mean either the American Stock Exchange or
the New York Stock Exchange.
R. SUBSIDIARY shall mean a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or
hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
S. 10% SHAREHOLDER shall mean the owner of stock (as determined
under Code Section 424(d)) possessing ten percent (10%) or more of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the company.
III. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
A. The Plan is administered by the Board. Any or all administrative
functions otherwise exercisable by the Board may, however, be delegated to a
Committee. Members of such Committee shall serve for such period of time as
the Board may determine and shall be subject to removal by the Board at any
time. The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of the Committee
and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated.
2
<PAGE>
B. The Board shall have full power and authority (subject to the
limitations herein) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem
appropriate for proper administration of the Plan, and to make such
determinations and interpretations in connection with the Plan and any
outstanding Options, as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the
Board are final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan
or any outstanding Option.
IV. ELIGIBILITY FOR OPTION GRANTS
A. The persons eligible to receive Option grants under the Plan are
as follows:
(i) Employees;
(ii) non-employee members of the Board;
(iii) consultants and other independent contractors.
B. The Board shall have full authority to determine which eligible
individuals are to receive Option grants under the Plan, the number of shares
to be covered by each grant, the status of the granted Option as either an
Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times at which each
Option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to
the Option shares, the form of stock option agreement utilized under the Plan
and the maximum term for which the Option is to remain outstanding.
V. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
A. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of the
Company's authorized but unissued or re-acquired Common Stock. The maximum
number of shares which may be issued over the term of the Plan shall not
exceed 1,000,000 shares, subject to adjustment from time to time in
accordance with the provisions of this Article V.
B. Shares subject to outstanding Options shall be available for
subsequent Option grants under the Plan to the extent (i) the Options expire
or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full or (ii) the Options
are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of
Article IX of this Plan. All shares issued under this Plan shall reduce on a
share-for-share basis the number of shares of Common Stock available for
subsequent Option grants.
C. In the event any change is made to the Common Stock issuable
under the Plan by reason of any stock split, stock dividend,
recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change
affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class, without the Company's
receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the
maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan and
(ii) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share
in effect under each outstanding Option, in order to prevent the dilution or
enlargement of benefits hereunder. Any such adjustments determined by the
Board will be final, binding and conclusive.
VI. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS
Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall be authorized by action
of the Board and may, at the Board's discretion, be either Incentive Options
or Non-Statutory Options. Each granted Option shall be evidenced by a stock
option agreement in the form approved by the Board, provided however, that
each such stock option agreement shall comply with the terms and conditions
specified below. Each stock option agreement evidencing an Incentive Option
shall, in addition, be subject to the applicable provisions of Article VII.
3
<PAGE>
A. EXERCISE PRICE
1. The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Board. In
no event, however, shall the exercise price per share be less than
eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock
on the date of the Option grant.
2. If the individual to whom the Option is granted is a 10%
Shareholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than one
hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock
on the grant date.
3. The exercise price shall become immediately due upon
exercise of the Option and shall, subject to the provisions of Article X and
the agreement evidencing the grant, be payable in cash or check made payable
to the Company.
B. TERM AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS Each Option granted under the Plan
shall be exercisable, upon written notice, at such time or times, during such
period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Board and
set forth in the stock option agreement. However, no Option shall have a term
in excess of ten (10) years measured from the grant date. The Option shall be
exercisable during the Optionee's lifetime only by the Optionee and shall not
be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent
and distribution following Optionee's death.
C. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE
1. Except to the extent otherwise provided pursuant to
subsection C.2 below, the following provisions shall govern the exercise
period applicable to any Options held by the Optionee at the time of
cessation of Service, disability or death:
(a) Should the Optionee cease to remain in Service for any
reason other than death or disability, then the period during which
each outstanding Option held by such Optionee is to remain
exercisable shall be limited to the thirty (30) day period following
the date of cessation of Service.
(b) Should such Service terminate by reason of disability,
then the period during which each outstanding Option held by the
Optionee is to remain exercisable shall be limited to the six (6)
month period following the date of such cessation of Service.
(c) Should the Optionee die while holding on or more
outstanding Options, then the period during which each such Option
is to remain exercisable shall be limited to the twelve (12) month
period following the date of the Optionee's death. During such
period, the Option may be exercised by the personal representative
of the Optionee's estate or by the person or persons to whom the
option is transferred pursuant to Optionee's will or in accordance
with the laws of descent and distribution.
(d) Under no circumstances, however, shall any such Option be
exercisable after the specified expiration date of the Option term.
(e) During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the
Option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the
number of vested shares for which the Option is exercisable on the
date of the Optionee's cessation of Service. Upon the expiration of
the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration
of the Option term, the Option shall
4
<PAGE>
terminate and cease to be exercisable for any vested shares for
which the Option has not been exercised. The Option shall, however,
immediately upon the Optionee's cessation of Service, terminate and
cease to be outstanding with respect to any Option shares for which
the Option is not at that time exercisable or in which the Optionee
is not otherwise at that time vested.
2. The Board shall have full power and authority to extend the
period of time for which the Option is to remain exercisable following the
Optionee's cessation of Service, disability or death from the limited period
in effect under subsection C.1 of this Article VI to such greater period of
time as the Board shall deem appropriate; provided, that in no event shall
such Option be exercisable after the specified expiration date of the Option
term.
D. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS Shareholder rights are only acquired only by
an Optionee upon Optionee's exercise of the Option.
E. RULE 16b-3 Options granted to persons subject to Section 16(b)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, must comply with
Rule 16b-3 and shall contain such additional conditions or restrictions as
may be required thereunder to qualify for the maximum exemption from
Section 16 with respect to Plan transactions.
VII. INCENTIVE OPTIONS
The terms and conditions specified below are applicable to all
Incentive Options granted under the Plan. Except as modified by the
provisions of this Article VII, all other provisions of the Plan are also
applicable to Incentive Options. Incentive Options may only be granted to
individuals who are Employees. Options which are specifically designated as
Non-Statutory shall not be subject to these terms and conditions.
A. EXERCISE PRICE The exercise price per share of the Common Stock
subject to an Incentive Option shall in no event be less than one hundred
percent (100%) of Fair Market Value on the date of grant.
B. DOLLAR LIMITATION The aggregate Fair Market Value of the Common
Stock (determined as of the respective date of grant) for which one (1) or
more Options granted to any Employee under this Plan may for the first time
become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one (1) calendar year
shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). To the
extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such Options which become
exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing
limitation on the exercisability of such Options as Incentive Options shall
be applied on the basis of the order in which such Options are granted.
Should the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation in
fact be exceeded in any calendar year, then the Option shall nevertheless
become exercisable for the excess number of shares in such calendar year as a
Non-Statutory Option.
C. 10% SHAREHOLDER. If any individual to whom an Incentive Option
is granted is a 10% Shareholder, then the Option term shall not exceed five
(5) years measured from the grant date.
VIII. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS
A. Upon the completion of a Corporate Transaction, each outstanding
Option granted under this Plan shall immediately terminate and cease to be
exercisable; except in the event, and to the extent, assumed by a successor
corporation (or other entity).
5
<PAGE>
B. If the Plan (and all unexercised Options) terminates as a result
of a Corporate Transaction, all Optionees entitled to exercise any vested but
unexercised portions of Options then outstanding shall have the right, at
such time prior to the consummation or closing of the Corporate Transaction,
to exercise the vested but unexercised portions of their Options.
C. The Board and the board of directors of an assuming corporation
(or other entity) may decide it to be in the best interests of the parties
to have the Plan and all outstanding Options either: (1) continue, and
assume Options heretofore granted in accordance with the terms herein or,
(2) substitute the outstanding Options, with appropriate adjustments as to
the number and type of shares and exercise prices, with Options for the stock
of the successor.
IX. CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS
The Board shall have the authority to effect, at any time, with the
consent of the affected Optionees, the cancellation of any or all outstanding
Options under the Plan and to grant in substitution therefore new Options
under the Plan, covering the same or different numbers of shares of Common
Stock, but with an exercise price per share not less than (i) one hundred
percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the new
grant date in the case of a grant of an Incentive Option; (ii) one hundred
ten percent (110%) of such Fair Market Value in the case of an Option grant
to a 10% Shareholder; or (iii) eighty-five percent (85%) of such Fair Market
Value in the case of all other grants.
X. LOANS
A. The Board may assist any Optionee in the exercise of one or more
Options granted to the Optionee by:
(i) authorizing the extension of a loan from the Company to
the Optionee, or
(ii) permitting the Optionee to pay the exercise price in
installments over a period of time.
B. The terms of any loan or installment payment (including the
interest rate and terms of repayment) shall be established by the Board in
its sole discretion. Loans or installment payments may be authorized with or
without security or collateral. Any loan made to a consultant or other
non-employee advisor, however, must be secured by property other than the
purchased shares of Common Stock. In all events, the maximum credit available
to each Optionee may not exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate exercise price
payable for the purchased shares plus (ii) any Federal, state and local
income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee in connection
with such exercise.
XI. NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS
Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to
continue in Service or remain an Employee for any period of specific
duration, or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of
the Company or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by
each, to terminate the Optionee's Service at any time for any reason, with or
without cause.
XII. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
A. The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority
to terminate, suspend, amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects
whatsoever. No such termination, amendment or modification shall, however,
without the consent of the Optionee's,
6
<PAGE>
adversely affect their rights and obligations under their outstanding
Options. In addition, the Board shall not, without the approval of the
Company's shareholders, (i) increase the maximum number of shares issuable
under the Plan, except for permissible adjustments under Article V; (ii)
materially modify the eligibility requirements for Option grants; or (iii)
otherwise materially increase the benefits accruing to Option holders.
B. Options may be granted under this Plan to purchase shares of Common
Stock in excess of the number of shares then available for issuance under the
Plan, provided an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of
Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan is approved by the
Company's shareholders within twelve (12) months after the date the excess
grants are first made.
XIII. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN
A. The Plan shall become effective when adopted by the Board, but no
Option granted under the Plan shall become exercisable unless and until the
Plan shall have been approved by the Company's shareholders. If such
shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date
of the Board's adoption of the Plan, then all Options previously granted
under the Plan shall terminate and no further Options shall be granted.
Subject to this limitation, the Board may grant Options under the Plan at any
time after the effective date and before the date fixed herein for
termination of the Plan.
B. Unless sooner terminated in accordance with Articles VIII and/or
XII, the Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the
ten (10) year period measured from the date the Plan is adopted by the
Board; or (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the
Plan shall have been issued pursuant to the exercise of Options granted under
the Plan.
XIV. USE OF PROCEEDS
Any cash proceeds received by the Company from the sale of shares
pursuant to Options granted under the Plan will be used for general corporate
purposes.
XV. TAX ISSUES
The Company makes no representations or warranties to Optionee
concerning the Federal and/or state tax consequences of the exercise of an
Option granted to Optionee, or the ultimate disposition of the Common Stock
issued thereunder. Optionee understands that the applicable tax laws and
regulations are subject to change, and it is Optionee's sole responsibility
to consult a tax adviser before exercising an Option or disposing any Common
Stock issued thereunder.
XVI. REGULATORY APPROVALS
The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any Option hereunder and
the issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise of any Option shall be subject
to the Company's procurement of all approvals and permits required by
regulatory authorities having applicable jurisdiction.
XVII. FINANCIAL REPORTS
The Company shall deliver a balance sheet and an income statement at
least annually to each individual holding an outstanding Option under the
Plan, unless the Optionee is a key employee whose duties in connection with
the Company assure such individual access to equivalent information.
7
<PAGE>
XVIII. CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES
A. Shares of Common Stock will not be issued pursuant to the exercise
of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery
of such shares pursuant thereto comply with all relevant provisions of law,
including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any Stock Exchange, upon
which the shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the
approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
B. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require
the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any
such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and
without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the
opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any
of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.
C. If the Employment of an Optionee is terminated for any reason (other
than death, Permanent Disability or retirement in accordance with Company
policy), the Company shall have the option, for a term of sixty (60) days
after the expiration of the thirty (30) day exercise term following cessation
of Optionee's Service (set forth in Article VI C.1(a) herein), to purchase
for cash, or cancellation of indebtedness, all or any part of the Optionee's
Common Stock issued pursuant to this Plan. The repurchase price to the
Company shall be the higher of the exercise price or the Fair Market Value of
the Common Stock as of the date of termination of employment. The Company
repurchase rights set forth herein will not apply, and this paragraph will
become void, upon the Company's securities becoming publicly traded.
8
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
This Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement") is made by and between
Livingston Enterprises, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"), and
the individual whose name is set forth below ("Optionee").
WHEREAS, in recognition of the valuable services that Optionee provides to
the Company, the Company desires to provide, and Optionee agrees to accept,
the opportunity to purchase certain share amounts of the Company's Common
Stock, as more fully set forth below; and
WHEREAS, the parties agree that this Option to purchase such shares shall be
made in strict accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the
"Livingston Enterprises, Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan" (the "Plan"), the terms
of which are fully incorporated by reference:
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the
parties agree as follows:
I. DEFINITIONS
All capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall be as defined in Article
II of the Plan, or as otherwise additionally defined herein.
II. IDENTIFYING INFORMATION
The following information describes the fundamental characteristics of this
Option grant:
1. Optionee:
2. Type of Option (Incentive or Non-Statutory):
3. Date of Option Grant:
4. Number of Shares Optioned:
5. Exercise Price Per Share:
6. Vesting Commencement Date:
7. Option Expiration Date: August 31, 2004
<PAGE>
III. METHOD OF VESTING
This Option is not exercisable in any part until the one (1) year anniversary
from the Vesting Commencement Date. At the time of the one (1) year
anniversary from the Vesting Commencement Date, this Option may be exercised
in the maximum amount of twenty percent (20%) of the total number of shares
optioned. Thereafter, vesting will continue on a monthly basis, for the next
forty-eight (48) months, at a rate of 1/48 per month, for the remaining
eighty percent (80%) of the total number of shares optioned. In each case,
the vesting will be rounded to the nearest whole share. Upon the expiration
of five (5) years after the Vesting Commencement Date, this Option may be
exercised as to all optioned shares for which it has not previously been
exercised, until the expiration date of this Option Plan, whereupon the
Option shall expire and may no longer be exercised.
IV. OPTION EXERCISE PROCEDURE
To exercise this Option, Optionee must take the following actions:
1. Sign and deliver to the Secretary of the Company copies of the (i)
"Exercise Notice" and (ii) "Investment Representation Statement," the forms
of which are attached hereto;
2. Pay to the Company the aggregate Option exercise price for the number of
shares of Common Stock purchased, in cash, or by check payable to "Livingston
Enterprises, Inc."
The date of issuance of the Common Stock purchased under this Option will be
effective as of the date of delivery of all of the foregoing items to the
Company by Optionee. The Company will then promptly deliver to Optionee a
stock certificate representing the fully paid and non-assessable shares
purchased.
V. OPTION TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Optionee agrees to comply with the following:
1. This Agreement and the issuance of the Common Stock contemplated
hereunder, is made and granted pursuant to the Plan and is in all respects
limited by and subject to the express terms and conditions of the Plan. All
decisions made by the Company's board of directors with respect to any
question or issue arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be
conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this Option.
2. The exercise of this Option, and the issuance of the Common Stock thereby,
shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Optionee with all
applicable requirements of law, including but not limited to regulations of
any stock exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed, and the
applicable requirements of Federal and State securities laws.
3. This Option is non-transferable and non-assignable (other than by the laws
of descent and distribution), and may be exercised only by Optionee during
Optionee's lifetime.
2
<PAGE>
4. Optionee will have no shareholder rights with respect to shares of Common
Stock optioned until such shares are exercised as provided for herein.
5. THE COMPANY MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES TO OPTIONEE CONCERNING
THE FEDERAL AND/OR STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION OR
THE ULTIMATE DISPOSITION OF THE COMMON STOCK ISSUED HEREUNDER BY OPTIONEE.
OPTIONEE UNDERSTANDS THAT THE APPLICABLE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT
TO CHANGE, AND IT IS OPTIONEE'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE RESPONSIBILITY TO CONSULT
AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING THE
COMMON STOCK TO BE ISSUED HEREUNDER.
6. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right
with respect to continuation of Employment or of a consultancy relationship
with the Company, nor shall it be deemed to interfere in any way with the
Company's right to terminate Optionee's employment or consultancy
relationship at any time, for whatever reason.
7. The minimum lot of shares of Common Stock exercisable pursuant to this
Option grant shall be one hundred (100) shares. In no event may this Option be
exercised for any fractional shares.
VI. COMPANY REPURCHASE RIGHTS
IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE XVIIIC OF THE PLAN, OPTIONEE AGREES THAT ALL
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION ARE SUBJECT
TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS EXERCISABLE BY THE COMPANY UPON OPTIONEE'S
CESSATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY.
VII. GENERAL
This Agreement shall be construed and enforced by the laws of the State of
California. If any provision is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to
be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain
in full force and effect. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this
Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent
breach of the same or any other provision contained herein. The Plan and this
Agreement constitute the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company
with respect to the subject matter herein, and supersedes all prior and
contemporaneous statements, writings or other communications. This Agreement
shall not be modified except by way of a writing signed by both parties.
3
<PAGE>
Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that
he/she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and has had the
opportunity to obtain the advice of independent legal and tax counsel prior
to executing this Option.
OPTIONEE
Signature:
----------------------------------
Date:
---------------------------------------
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
By:
----------------------------------------
Name/Title:
--------------------------------
Date:
--------------------------------------
4
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
This Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement") is made by and between Livingston
Enterprises, Inc., a California corporation (the "Company"), and the individual
whose name is set forth below ("Optionee").
WHEREAS, in recognition of the valuable services that Optionee provides to the
Company, the Company desires to provide, and Optionee agrees to accept, the
opportunity to purchase certain share amounts of the Company's Common Stock, as
more fully set forth below; and
WHEREAS, the parties agree that this Option to purchase such shares shall be
made in strict accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the
"Livingston Enterprises, Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan" (the "Plan"), the terms of
which are fully incorporated by reference;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the
parties agree as follows:
I. DEFINITIONS
All capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall be as defined in Article II
of the Plan, or as otherwise additionally defined herein.
II. IDENTIFYING INFORMATION
The following information describes the fundamental characteristics of this
Option grant:
1. Optionee:
2. Type of Option (Incentive or Non-Statutory):
3. Date of Option Grant:
4. Number of Shares Optioned:
5. Exercise Price Per Share:
6. Vesting Commencement Date:
7. Option Expiration Date August 31, 2004
<PAGE>
III. METHOD OF VESTING
This Option is not exercisable in any part until the one (1) year anniversary
from the Vesting Commencement Date. At the time of the one (1) year anniversary
from the Vesting Commencement Date, this Option may be exercised in the maximum
amount of twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of shares optioned.
Thereafter, vesting will continue on a monthly basis, for the next thirty-six
(36) months, at a rate of 1/36 per month, for the remaining seventy-five percent
(75%) of the total number of shares optioned. In each case, the vesting will be
rounded to the nearest whole share. Upon the expiration of four (4) years after
the Vesting Commencement Date, this Option may be exercised as to all optioned
shares for which it has not previously been exercised, until the expiration date
of this Option Plan, whereupon the Option shall expire and may no longer be
exercised.
IV. OPTION EXERCISE PROCEDURE
To exercise this Option, Optionee must take the following actions:
1. Sign and deliver to the Secretary of the Company copies of the (i)
"Exercise Notice" and (ii) "Investment Representation Statement," the forms of
which are attached hereto;
2. Pay to the Company the aggregate Option exercise price for the number of
shares of Common Stock purchased, in cash, or by check payable to "Livingston
Enterprises, Inc."
The date of issuance of the Common Stock purchased under this Option will be
effective as of the date of delivery of all of the foregoing items to the
Company by Optionee. The Company will then promptly deliver to Optionee a stock
certificate representing the fully paid and non-assessable shares purchased.
V. OPTION TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Optionee agrees to comply with the following:
1. This Agreement and the issuance of the Common Stock contemplated hereunder,
is made and granted pursuant to the Plan and is in all respects limited by and
subject to the express terms and conditions of the Plan. All decisions made by
the Company's board of directors with respect to any question or issue arising
under the Plan or this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on all persons
having an interest in this Option.
2. The exercise of this Option, and the issuance of the Common Stock thereby,
shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Optionee with all applicable
requirements of law, including but not limited to regulations of any stock
exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed, and the applicable
requirements of Federal and State securities laws.
2
<PAGE>
3. This Option is non-transferable and non-assignable (other than by the laws
of descent and distribution), and may be exercised only by Optionee during
Optionee's lifetime.
4. Optionee will have no shareholder rights with respect to shares of Common
Stock optioned until such shares are exercised as provided for herein.
5. THE COMPANY MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES TO OPTIONEE CONCERNING
THE FEDERAL AND/OR STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION OR THE
ULTIMATE DISPOSITION OF THE COMMON STOCK ISSUED HEREUNDER BY OPTIONEE. OPTIONEE
UNDERSTANDS THAT THE APPLICABLE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE,
AND IT IS OPTIONEE'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE RESPONSIBILITY TO CONSULT AN INDEPENDENT
TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING THE COMMON STOCK TO BE
ISSUED HEREUNDER.
6. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right
with respect to continuation of Employment or of a consultancy relationship with
the Company, nor shall it be deemed to interfere in any way with the Company's
right to terminate Optionee's employment or consultancy relationship at any
time, for whatever reason.
7. The minimum lot of shares of Common Stock exercisable pursuant to this
Option grant shall be one hundred (100) shares. In no event may this Option be
exercised for any fractional shares.
VI. COMPANY REPURCHASE RIGHTS
IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE XVIIIC OF THE PLAN, OPTIONEE AGREES THAT ALL SHARES
OF COMMON STOCK ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN
REPURCHASE RIGHTS EXERCISABLE BY THE COMPANY UPON OPTIONEE'S CESSATION OF
SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY.
VII. GENERAL
This Agreement shall be construed and enforced by the laws of the State of
California. If any provision is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be
illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full
force and effect. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement
shall constitute a waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent breach of the
same or any other provision contained herein. The Plan and this Agreement
constitute the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company with respect to
the subject matter herein, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous
statements, writings or other communications. This Agreement shall not be
modified except by way of a writing signed by both parties.
3
<PAGE>
Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he/she
is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and has had the opportunity
to obtain the advice of independent legal and tax counsel prior to executing
this Option.
OPTIONEE
Signature: _____________________________
Date: __________________________________
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
By: ____________________________________
Name/Title: ____________________________
Date: __________________________________
4
<PAGE>
EXERCISE NOTICE
TO: Corporate Secretary
Livingston Enterprises, Inc.
FROM: _______________________________(Optionee Name)
DATE: _______________________________
Effective as of the date set forth above, I hereby elect to exercise an Option
granted to me by the Company to purchase _____________ shares of the Company's
Common Stock, in accordance with the terms contained in the Company's 1994 Stock
Option Plan and my Stock Option Agreement.
Further, I hereby deliver to the Company the full option exercise price, in the
amount of $ _______________.
Optionee Signature
By: _________________________
<PAGE>
INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
OPTIONEE :
COMPANY : LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
SECURITY : COMMON STOCK (the "Shares")
NO. OF SHARES :
In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Common Stock, the
undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:
(a) Optionee is aware of the Company's business affairs and financial
condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an
informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Optionee is acquiring
the Shares for investment for Optionee's own account only and not with the view
to, or for resale in connection with, any "distribution" thereof within the
meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").
(b) Optionee understands that the Shares have not been registered
under the Securities Act, that no market presently exists for the Shares, and
that the Shares may not be sold or transferred unless and until registered
under the Securities Act or unless, in the opinion of counsel, such transfer is
exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Optionee
further understands that it is unlawful to consummate a sale or transfer of this
security, or any interest therein, or to receive any consideration therefor,
without the prior written consent of the Commissioner of Corporations of the
State of California, except as permitted in the Commissioner's Rules (Section
260.141.11, Title 10, California Administrative Code), a copy of which will be
provided to Optionee together with Optionee's stock certificate representing the
Shares purchased.
(c) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Shares constitute
"restricted securities" under the Securities Act and have been issued in
reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon,
among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee's investment intent as
expressed herein. Optionee further understands that the Shares must be held
indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or
an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges
and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares.
(d) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule
144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit
limited public resale of "restricted securities" acquired, directly or
indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the
satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer
qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of exercise of the Option by the
Optionee, such exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities
Act. In the event the Company later becomes subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the "Exchange Act"), ninety (90) days thereafter securities
exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain
of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including among other things: (1)
the sale being made through a broker in an unsolicited "broker's transaction"
or in transactions directly with a "market maker" (as these terms are defined
under the Exchange Act) and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the
availability of certain public information about the Company, and the amount
of securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the
limitations specified in Rule 144(e), if applicable.
<PAGE>
In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the
time of exercise of the Option, then the Shares may be resold in certain limited
circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires among other
things: (1) the resale occurring not less than two years after the party has
purchased, and made full payment for, within the meaning of Rule 144, the
securities to be sold; and, in the case of an affiliate, or of a non-affiliate
who has held the securities less than three years, (2) the availability of
certain public information about the Company, (3) the sale being made through a
broker in an unsolicited "broker's transaction" or in transactions directly
with a "market maker," and (4) the amount of securities being sold during any
three month period not exceeding the specified limitations stated limitations
stated therein, if applicable.
(e) Optionee agrees, in connection with the Company's initial
underwritten public offering of the Company's securities, (1) not to sell, make
short sale of, loan, grant any options for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose
of any Shares of capital stock of the Company held by Optionee (other than those
Shares included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the
Company and the underwriters managing such initial underwritten public offering,
for one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of such registration,
and (2) further agrees to execute any agreement reflecting (1) above as may be
requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering; provided,
however, that Optionee shall be relieved of the foregoing obligation in the
event the officers and directors of the Company also agree to similar
restrictions. Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the
restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate "stop
transfer" instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company
transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same
effect in its own records.
(f) Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the
legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be
placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares, together with
any other legends that may be required by state or Federal securities laws:
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933 (THE "ACT"). THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR
HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO
THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE
COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.
IT IS UNLAWFUL TO CONSUMMATE A SALE OR TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, OR
ANY INTEREST THEREIN, OR TO RECEIVE ANY CONSIDERATION THEREFOR, WITHOUT THE
PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF
CALIFORNIA, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED IN THE COMMISSIONER'S RULES.
(g) REFUSAL TO TRANSFER. The Company shall not be required to: (i)
transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in
violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) treat as owner of
such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or
other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been transferred.
OPTIONEE
Signature: __________________________
Date: _______________________________
2
<PAGE>
SECTION 260.141.11
TITLE 10, CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE
260.141.11 Restriction on Transfer. (a) The issuer of any security
upon which a restriction on transfer has been imposed pursuant to Sections
260.102.6, 260.141.10 or 260.534 shall cause a copy of this section to be
delivered to each issuee or transferee of such security at the time the
certificate evidencing the security is delivered to the issuee or transferee.
(b) It is unlawful for the holder of any such security to consummate a
sale or transfer of such security, or any interest therein, without the prior
written consent of the Commissioner (until this condition is removed pursuant to
Section 260.141.12 of these rules), except:
(1) to the issuer;
(2) pursuant to the order or process of any court;
(3) to any person described in Subdivision (i) of Section 25102 of
the Code or Section 260.105.14 of these rules;
(4) to the transferor's ancestors, descendants or spouse, or any
custodian or trustee for the account of the transferor or the transferor's
ancestors, descendants, or spouse; or to a transferee by a trustee or custodian
for the account of the transferee or the transferee's ancestors, descendants or
spouse;
(5) to holders of securities of the same class of the same issuer;
(6) by way of gift or donation inter vivos or on death;
(7) by or through a broker-dealer licensed under the Code (either
acting as such or as a finder) to a resident of a foreign state, territory or
country who is neither domiciled in this state to the knowledge of the
broker-dealer, nor actually present in this state if the sale of such securities
is not in violation of any securities law of the foreign state, territory or
country concerned;
(8) to a broker-dealer licensed under the Code in a principal
transaction, or as an underwriter or member of an underwriting syndicate or
selling group;
(9) if the interest sold or transferred is a pledge or other lien
given by the purchaser to the seller upon a sale of the security for which the
commissioner's written consent is obtained or under this rule not required;
(10) by way of a sale qualified under Section 25111, 25112, 25113 or
25121 of the Code, of the securities to be transferred, provided that no order
under Section 25140 or Subdivision (a) of Section 25143 is in effect with
respect to such qualification;
(11) by a corporation to a wholly owned subsidiary of such
corporation, or by a wholly owned subsidiary of a corporation to such
corporation;
<PAGE>
(12) by way of an exchange qualified under Section 25111, 25112 or
25113 of the Code, provided that no order under Section 25140 or Subdivision (a)
of Section 25143 is in effect with respect to such qualification;
(13) between residents of foreign states, territories or countries who
are neither domiciled nor actually present in this state;
(14) to the State Controller pursuant to the Unclaimed Property Law or
to the administrator of the unclaimed property law of another state; or
(15) by the State Controller pursuant to the Unclaimed Property Law
or by the administrator of the unclaimed property law of another state if, in
either such case, such person (i) discloses to potential purchasers at the
sale that transfer of the securities is restricted under this rule, (ii)
delivers to each purchaser a copy of this rule, and (iii) advises the
Commissioner of the name of each purchaser;
(16) by a trustee to a successor trustee when such transfer does not
involve a change in the beneficial ownership of the securities;
(17) by the way of an offer and sale of outstanding securities in an
issuer transaction that is subject to the qualification requirement of Section
25110 of the Code but exempt from that qualification requirement by subdivision
(f) of Section 25102;
providing that any such transfer is on the condition that certificate evidencing
the security issued to such transferee shall contain the legend required by this
section.
(c) The certificates representing all such securities subject to such
a restriction on transfer, whether upon initial issuance or upon any transfer
thereof, shall bear on their face a legend, prominently stamped or printed
thereon in capital letters of not less than 10-point size, reading as follows:
"IT IS UNLAWFUL TO CONSUMMATE A SALE OR TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY
INTEREST THEREIN, OR TO RECEIVE ANY CONSIDERATION THEREFOR, WITHOUT THE PRIOR
WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA,
EXCEPT AS PERMITTED IN THE COMMISSIONER'S RULES."
2
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
1997 STOCK PLAN
1. PURPOSES OF THE PLAN. The purposes of this Stock Plan are:
- to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions
of substantial responsibility,
- to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and
Consultants, and
- to promote the success of the Company's business.
Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or
Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of
grant. Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.
2. DEFINITIONS. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
(a) "ADMINISTRATOR" means the Board or any of its Committees as
shall be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.
(b) "APPLICABLE LAWS" means the requirements relating to the
administration of stock option plans under U. S. state corporate laws, U.S.
federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation
system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws
of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights
are, or will be, granted under the Plan.
(c) "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(d) "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(e) "COMMITTEE" means a committee of Directors appointed by the
Board in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.
(f) "COMMON STOCK" means the common stock of the Company.
(g) "COMPANY" means Livingston Enterprises, Inc., a California
corporation.
<PAGE>
(h) "CONSULTANT" means any person, including an advisor, engaged by
the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.
(i) "DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board.
(j) "DISABILITY" means total and permanent disability as defined in
Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
(k) "EMPLOYEE" means any person, including Officers and Directors,
employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A
Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any
leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations
of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any
successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed
ninety days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed
by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of
absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 181st day of
such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be
treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as
a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a
director's fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute "employment"
by the Company.
(l) "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
(m) "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any date, the value of Common
Stock determined as follows:
(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock
exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq
National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its
Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the
closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system
for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as
reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or such other source as the Administrator
deems reliable;
(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized
securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value
of a Share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high bid and low
asked prices for the Common Stock on the last market trading day prior to the
day of determination, as reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or such other
source as the Administrator deems reliable; or
(iii) In the absence of an established market for the
Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the
Administrator.
(n) "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" means an Option intended to qualify as
an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and
the regulations promulgated thereunder.
-2-
<PAGE>
(o) "INSIDE DIRECTOR" means a Director who is an Employee.
(p) "NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION" means an Option not intended to
qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
(q) "NOTICE OF GRANT" means a written or electronic notice
evidencing certain terms and conditions of an individual Option or Stock
Purchase Right grant. The Notice of Grant is part of the Option Agreement.
(r) "OFFICER" means a person who is an officer of the Company
within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.
(s) "OPTION" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
(t) "OPTION AGREEMENT" means an agreement between the Company and
an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option
grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the
Plan.
(u) "OPTION EXCHANGE PROGRAM" means a program whereby outstanding
Options are surrendered in exchange for Options with a lower exercise price.
(v) "OPTIONED STOCK" means the Common Stock subject to an Option or
Stock Purchase Right.
(w) "OPTIONEE" means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock
Purchase Right granted under the Plan.
(x) "PARENT" means a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter
existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
(y) "PLAN" means this 1997 Stock Plan.
(z) "RESTRICTED STOCK" means shares of Common Stock acquired
pursuant to a grant of Stock Purchase Rights under Section 11 of the Plan.
(aa) "RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means a written agreement
between the Company and the Optionee evidencing the terms and restrictions
applying to stock purchased under a Stock Purchase Right. The Restricted
Stock Purchase Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan
and the Notice of Grant.
(bb) "RULE 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any
successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with
respect to the Plan.
-3-
<PAGE>
(cc) "SECTION 16(b)" means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
(dd) "SERVICE PROVIDER" means an Employee, Director or Consultant.
(ee) "SHARE" means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in
accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.
(ff) "STOCK PURCHASE RIGHT" means the right to purchase Common Stock
pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan, as evidenced by a Notice of Grant.
(gg) "SUBSIDIARY" means a "subsidiary corporation", whether now or
hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
3. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN. Subject to the provisions of Section 14
of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and
sold under the Plan is (i) 1,500,000 Shares, (ii) any Shares which have
been reserved but unissued under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan (the
"1994 Plan") as of the date of shareholder approval of this Plan and (iii)
any Shares returned to the 1994 Plan as a result of termination of options
under the 1994 Plan, plus an annual increase to be added on each anniversary
date of the adoption of the Plan equal to the lesser of (i) 600,000 Shares,
(ii) 4% of the outstanding Shares on such date or (iii) a lesser amount
determined by the Board. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or
reacquired Common Stock.
If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes
unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered
pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares which were
subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the
Plan (unless the Plan has terminated); PROVIDED, however, that Shares that
have actually been issued under the Plan, whether upon exercise of an Option
or Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available
for future distribution under the Plan, except that if Shares of Restricted
Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such
Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.
4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.
(a) PROCEDURE.
(i) MULTIPLE ADMINISTRATIVE BODIES. The Plan may be
administered by different Committees with respect to different groups of
Service Providers.
(ii) SECTION 162(m). To the extent that the Administrator
determines it to be desirable to qualify Options granted hereunder as
"performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the
Code, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee of two or more "outside
directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
-4-
<PAGE>
(iii) RULE 16b-3. To the extent desirable to qualify
transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions
contemplated hereunder shall be structured to satisfy the requirements for
exemption under Rule 16b-3.
(iv) OTHER ADMINISTRATION. Other than as provided above, the
Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which
committee shall be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.
(b) POWERS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR. Subject to the provisions of the
Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties
delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the
authority, in its discretion:
(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;
(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock
Purchase Rights may be granted hereunder;
(iii) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to
be covered by each Option and Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder;
(iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;
(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent
with the terms of the Plan, of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted
hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the
exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may
be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting
acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or
limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right of the shares of
Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the
Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;
(vi) to reduce the exercise price of any Option or Stock
Purchase Right to the then current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value
of the Common Stock covered by such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall have
declined since the date the Option or Stock Purchase Right was granted;
(vii) to institute an Option Exchange Program;
(viii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and
awards granted pursuant to the Plan;
-5-
<PAGE>
(ix) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations
relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans
established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under
foreign tax laws;
(x) to modify or amend each Option or Stock Purchase Right
(subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority
to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Options longer than
is otherwise provided for in the Plan;
(xi) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations
by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon
exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a
Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The Fair
Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date
that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by
an Optionee to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such
form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or
advisable;
(xii) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the
Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option or Stock
Purchase Right previously granted by the Administrator;
(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or
advisable for administering the Plan.
(c) EFFECT OF ADMINISTRATOR'S DECISION. The Administrator's
decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on
all Optionees and any other holders of Options or Stock Purchase Rights.
5. ELIGIBILITY. Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights
may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted
only to Employees.
6. LIMITATIONS.
(a) Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as
either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However,
notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair
Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are
exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year
(under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds
$100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For
purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into
account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of
the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such
Shares is granted.
(b) Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall
confer upon an Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee's
relationship as a Service Provider with
-6-
<PAGE>
the Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Optionee's right or
the Company's right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or
without cause.
(c) The following limitations shall apply to grants of Options:
(i) No Service Provider shall be granted, in any fiscal year
of the Company, Options to purchase more than 500,000 Shares.
(ii) In connection with his or her initial service, a Service
Provider may be granted Options to purchase up to an additional
250,000 Shares which shall not count against the limit set forth in
subsection (i) above.
(iii) The foregoing limitations shall be adjusted
proportionately in connection with any change in the Company's capitalization
as described in Section 13.
(iv) If an Option is cancelled in the same fiscal year of
the Company in which it was granted (other than in connection with a
transaction described in Section 13), the cancelled Option will be counted
against the limits set forth in subsections (i) and (ii) above. For this
purpose, if the exercise price of an Option is reduced, the transaction will
be treated as a cancellation of the Option and the grant of a new Option.
7. TERM OF PLAN. Subject to Section 19 of the Plan, the Plan shall
become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It shall continue in effect
for a term of ten (10) years unless terminated earlier under Section 15 of
the Plan.
8. TERM OF OPTION. The term of each Option shall be stated in the
Option Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term shall
be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be
provided in the Option Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive
Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Incentive Stock
Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any
Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five
(5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in
the Option Agreement.
9. OPTION EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION.
(a) EXERCISE PRICE. The per share exercise price for the Shares to
be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the
Administrator, subject to the following:
(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option
(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive
Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%)
of the voting power of all classes of
-7-
<PAGE>
stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise
price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the
date of grant.
(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee
described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price
shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of
grant.
(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share
exercise price shall be determined by the Administrator. In the case of a
Nonstatutory Stock Option intended to qualify as "performance-based
compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the per Share
exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share
on the date of grant.
(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted
with a per Share exercise price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value
per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a merger or other corporate
transaction.
(b) WAITING PERIOD AND EXERCISE DATES. At the time an Option is
granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may
be exercised and shall determine any conditions which must be satisfied
before the Option may be exercised.
(c) FORM OF CONSIDERATION. The Administrator shall determine the
acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the
method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the
Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration at the
time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of:
(i) cash;
(ii) check;
(iii) promissory note;
(iv) other Shares which (A) in the case of Shares acquired upon
exercise of an option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six
months on the date of surrender, and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date
of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which
said Option shall be exercised;
(v) consideration received by the Company under a cashless
exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan;
(vi) a reduction in the amount of any Company liability to
the Optionee, including any liability attributable to the Optionee's
participation in any Company-sponsored deferred compensation program or
arrangement;
-8-
<PAGE>
(vii) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment;
or
(viii) such other consideration and method of payment for
the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.
10. EXERCISE OF OPTION.
(a) PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE; RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER. Any Option
granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and
at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator
and set forth in the Option Agreement. Unless the Administrator provides
otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be tolled during any
unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a
Share.
An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives:
(i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option
Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full
payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full
payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by
the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares
issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee
or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her
spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on
the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the
Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a
shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding
the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued)
such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be
made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the
date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.
Exercising an Option in any manner shall decrease the number of
Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under
the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
(b) TERMINATION OF RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER. If an
Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Optionee's
death or Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such
period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent that the
Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the
expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).
In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall
remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Optionee's termination.
If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her
entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall
revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his
or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option
shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the
Plan.
-9-
<PAGE>
(c) DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service
Provider as a result of the Optionee's Disability, the Optionee may exercise
his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option
Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but
in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth
in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option
Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months
following the Optionee's termination. If, on the date of termination, the
Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by
the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after
termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time
specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such
Option shall revert to the Plan.
(d) DEATH OF OPTIONEE. If an Optionee dies while a Service
Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is
specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration
of the term of such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant), by the
Optionee's estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the
Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Option is
vested on the date of death. In the absence of a specified time in the
Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months
following the Optionee's termination. If, at the time of death, the Optionee
is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the
unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. The
Option may be exercised by the executor or administrator of the Optionee's
estate or, if none, by the person(s) entitled to exercise the Option under
the Optionee's will or the laws of descent or distribution. If the Option is
not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall
terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.
(e) BUYOUT PROVISIONS. The Administrator may at any time offer to
buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted based on
such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and
communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.
11. STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS.
(a) RIGHTS TO PURCHASE. Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either
alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan
and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator
determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall
advise the offeree in writing or electronically, by means of a Notice of
Grant, of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer,
including the number of Shares that the offeree shall be entitled to
purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which the offeree must
accept such offer. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted
Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.
(b) REPURCHASE OPTION. Unless the Administrator determines
otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a
repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination
of the purchaser's service with the Company for any reason (including death
or Disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the
Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the
purchaser and may be paid by
-10-
<PAGE>
cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The
repurchase option shall lapse at a rate determined by the Administrator.
(c) OTHER PROVISIONS. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement
shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent
with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole
discretion.
(d) RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER. Once the Stock Purchase Right is
exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a
shareholder, and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered
upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No
adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record
date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as
provided in Section 13 of the Plan.
12. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS AND STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS. Unless
determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Option or Stock Purchase Right
may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of
in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution
and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the
Optionee. If the Administrator makes an Option or Stock Purchase Right
transferable, such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall contain such
additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.
-11-
<PAGE>
13. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, DISSOLUTION, MERGER OR
ASSET SALE.
(a) CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. Subject to any required action by
the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered
by each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right, and the number of shares
of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as
to which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or which
have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option
or Stock Purchase Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock
covered by each such outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be
proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued
shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split,
stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any
other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock
effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however,
that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be
deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration." Such
adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect
shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein,
no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities
convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no
adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or
price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.
(b) DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION. In the event of the proposed
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify
each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such
proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an
Optionee to have the right to exercise his or her Option until ten (10) days
prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock covered thereby,
including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable.
In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option
applicable to any Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option or Stock
Purchase Right shall lapse as to all such Shares, provided the proposed
dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner
contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option
or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation
of such proposed action.
(c) MERGER OR ASSET SALE. In the event of a merger of the Company
with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the
assets of the Company, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right shall
be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor
corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the
event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the
Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the
right to exercise the Option or Stock Purchase Right as to all of the
Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested
or exercisable. If an Option or Stock Purchase Right becomes fully vested
and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a
merger or sale of assets, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in
writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be
fully vested and exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date
of such notice, and the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon
the expiration of such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the
Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the
merger or sale of assets, the
-12-
<PAGE>
option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of
Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately
prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether stock,
cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of
assets by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date
of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration,
the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the
outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received
in the merger or sale of assets is not solely common stock of the successor
corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the
successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the
exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share of Optioned
Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common
stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value
to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the
merger or sale of assets.
14. DATE OF GRANT. The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase
Right shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes
the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other
later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the
determination shall be provided to each Optionee within a reasonable time
after the date of such grant.
15. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.
(a) AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. The Board may at any time amend,
alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.
(b) SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. The Company shall obtain shareholder
approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to
comply with Applicable Laws.
(c) EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. No amendment, alteration,
suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any
Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the
Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee
and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator's
ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to
Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.
16. CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.
(a) LEGAL COMPLIANCE. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the
exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right unless the exercise of such
Option or Stock Purchase Right and the issuance and delivery of such Shares
shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the
approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
(b) INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS. As a condition to the exercise of
an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Company may require the person
exercising such Option or Stock Purchase Right to represent and warrant at
the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for
-13-
<PAGE>
investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such
Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation
is required.
17. INABILITY TO OBTAIN AUTHORITY. The inability of the Company to
obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which
authority is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful
issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any
liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which
such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.
18. RESERVATION OF SHARES. The Company, during the term of this Plan,
will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall
be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
19. SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL. The Plan shall be subject to approval by the
shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan
is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to
the degree required under Applicable Laws.
-14-
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
1997 STOCK PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have
the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.
I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
[Optionee's Name and Address]
You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of the Company,
subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as
follows:
Grant Number _________________________
Date of Grant _________________________
Vesting Commencement Date _________________________
Exercise Price per Share $________________________
Total Number of Shares Granted _________________________
Total Exercise Price $_________________________
Type of Option: ___ Incentive Stock Option
___ Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date: _________________________
VESTING SCHEDULE:
This Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the
following schedule:
[25% of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest twelve months after
the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/48 of the Shares subject to the Option
shall vest each month thereafter, subject to the Optionee continuing to be
a Service Provider on such dates].
<PAGE>
TERMINATION PERIOD:
This Option may be exercised for [three months] after Optionee ceases to
be a Service Provider. Upon the death or Disability of the Optionee, this
Option may be exercised for [one year] after Optionee ceases to be a Service
Provider. In no event shall this Option be exercised later than the
Term/Expiration Date as provided above.
II. AGREEMENT
1. GRANT OF OPTION. The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby
grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of
this Agreement (the "Optionee") an option (the "Option") to purchase the
number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price
per share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the "Exercise Price"), subject to
the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by
reference. Subject to Section 15(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict
between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of
this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option
("ISO"), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option
under Section 422 of the Code. However, if this Option is intended to be an
Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of
Code Section 422(d) it shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option
("NSO").
2. EXERCISE OF OPTION.
(a) RIGHT TO EXERCISE. This Option is exercisable during its term
in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and
the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.
(b) METHOD OF EXERCISE. This Option is exercisable by delivery of
an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit A (the "Exercise
Notice"), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number
of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the "Exercised
Shares"), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by
the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice
shall be completed by the Optionee and delivered to [Secretary] of the
Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the
aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be
deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed
Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price.
No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option
unless such issuance and exercise complies with Applicable Laws. Assuming
such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares shall be
considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the Option is exercised
with respect to such Exercised Shares.
-2-
<PAGE>
3. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be
by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the
Optionee:
(a) cash; or
(b) check; or
(c) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise
program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; or
(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) in the case of Shares
acquired upon exercise of an option, have been owned by the Optionee for more
than six (6) months on the date of surrender, AND (ii) have a Fair Market
Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the
Exercised Shares.
4. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION. This Option may not be transferred
in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or
distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by the
Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding
upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the
Optionee.
5. TERM OF OPTION. This Option may be exercised only within the term
set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in
accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.
6. TAX CONSEQUENCES. Some of the federal tax consequences relating to
this Option, as of the date of this Option, are set forth below. THIS
SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE
SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE
EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.
(a) EXERCISING THE OPTION.
(i) NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION. The Optionee may incur regular
federal income tax liability upon exercise of a NSO. The Optionee will be
treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income
tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the
Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price.
If the Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be
required to withhold from his or her compensation or collect from Optionee
and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a
percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may
refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding
amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
(ii) INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION. If this Option qualifies as an
ISO, the Optionee will have no regular federal income tax liability upon its
exercise, although the excess, if any, of the Fair
-3-
<PAGE>
Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their
aggregate Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to alternative
minimum taxable income for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee
to alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise. In the event that the
Optionee ceases to be an Employee but remains a Service Provider, any
Incentive Stock Option of the Optionee that remains unexercised shall cease
to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes
as a Nonstatutory Stock Option on the date three (3) months and one (1) day
following such change of status.
(b) DISPOSITION OF SHARES.
(i) NSO. If the Optionee holds NSO Shares for at least one
year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as
long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.
(ii) ISO. If the Optionee holds ISO Shares for at least one
year after exercise and two years after the grant date, any gain realized on
disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for
federal income tax purposes. If the Optionee disposes of ISO Shares within
one year after exercise or two years after the grant date, any gain realized
on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at
ordinary income rates) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the lesser of
(A) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Shares acquired on
the date of exercise and the aggregate Exercise Price, or (B) the difference
between the sale price of such Shares and the aggregate Exercise Price. Any
additional gain will be taxed as capital gain, short-term or long-term
depending on the period that the ISO Shares were held.
(c) NOTICE OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION OF ISO SHARES. If the
Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant
to an ISO on or before the later of (i) two years after the grant date, or
(ii) one year after the exercise date, the Optionee shall immediately notify
the Company in writing of such disposition. The Optionee agrees that he or
she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the
compensation income recognized from such early disposition of ISO Shares by
payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to the Optionee.
7. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; GOVERNING LAW. The Plan is incorporated herein by
reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire
agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and
supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the
Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not
be modified adversely to the Optionee's interest except by means of a writing
signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the
internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.
8. NO GUARANTEE OF CONTINUED SERVICE. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES
THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED
ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (AND NOT
THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED AN OPTION OR PURCHASING SHARES
HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT,
THE TRANSACTIONS
-4-
<PAGE>
CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT
CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE
PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT
INTERFERE WITH OPTIONEE'S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE
OPTIONEE'S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT
CAUSE.
By your signature and the signature of the Company's representative
below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and
governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.
Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety,
has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing
this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and
Option Agreement. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and
final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any
questions relating to the Plan and Option Agreement. Optionee further agrees
to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated
below.
OPTIONEE: LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
___________________________________ _________________________________
Signature By
____________________________________ _________________________________
Print Name Title
____________________________________
Residence Address
____________________________________
-5-
<PAGE>
CONSENT OF SPOUSE
The undersigned spouse of Optionee has read and hereby approves the terms
and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. In consideration of
the Company's granting his or her spouse the right to purchase Shares as set
forth in the Plan and this Option Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to
be irrevocably bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option
Agreement and further agrees that any community property interest shall be
similarly bound. The undersigned hereby appoints the undersigned's spouse as
attorney-in-fact for the undersigned with respect to any amendment or
exercise of rights under the Plan or this Option Agreement.
_______________________________________
Spouse of Optionee
-6-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
1997 STOCK PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
Livingston Enterprises, Inc.
4464 Willow Road
Pleasanton, CA 94588
Attention: [Secretary]
1. EXERCISE OF OPTION. Effective as of today, ________________, 199__,
the undersigned ("Purchaser") hereby elects to purchase ______________ shares
(the "Shares") of the Common Stock of Livingston Enterprises, Inc. (the
"Company") under and pursuant to the 1997 Stock Plan (the "Plan") and the
Stock Option Agreement dated ______________ , 19___ (the "Option Agreement").
The purchase price for the Shares shall be $ ______________ , as required by
the Option Agreement.
2. DELIVERY OF PAYMENT. Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the
full purchase price for the Shares.
3. REPRESENTATIONS OF PURCHASER. Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser
has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and
agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
4. RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the
appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized
transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive
dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to
the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares
so acquired shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after
exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other
right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as
provided in Section 13 of the Plan.
5. TAX CONSULTATION. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer
adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser's purchase or disposition
of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any
tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or
disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company
for any tax advice.
6. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; GOVERNING LAW. The Plan and Option Agreement are
incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan and the Option
Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings
and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject
matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser's interest
except by means of a writing
<PAGE>
signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the
internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.
Submitted by: Accepted by:
PURCHASER: LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
__________________________________ __________________________________
Signature By
__________________________________ __________________________________
Print Name Its
ADDRESS: ADDRESS:
Livingston Enterprises, Inc.
4464 Willow Road
Pleasanton, CA 94588
_____________________________________
Date Received
-2-
<PAGE>
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
The following constitute the provisions of the 1997 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan of Livingston Enterprises, Inc.
1. PURPOSE. The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the
Company and its Designated Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase
Common Stock of the Company through accumulated payroll deductions. It is
the intention of the Company to have the Plan qualify as an "Employee Stock
Purchase Plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended. The provisions of the Plan, accordingly, shall be construed so as
to extend and limit participation in a manner consistent with the
requirements of that section of the Code.
2. DEFINITIONS.
(a) "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
(b) "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(c) "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.
(d) "COMPANY" shall mean Livingston Enterprises, Inc. and any
Designated Subsidiary of the Company.
(e) "COMPENSATION" shall mean all base straight time gross
earnings, commissions and overtime payments, but exclusive of payments for
shift premium, incentive compensation, incentive payments, bonuses and other
compensation.
(f) "DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any Subsidiary which has
been designated by the Board from time to time in its sole discretion as
eligible to participate in the Plan.
(g) "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any individual who is an Employee of the
Company for tax purposes whose customary employment with the Company is at
least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any
calendar year. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be
treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other
leave of absence approved by the Company. Where the period of leave exceeds
90 days and the individual's right to reemployment is not guaranteed either
by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to
have terminated on the 91st day of such leave.
(h) "ENROLLMENT DATE" shall mean the first day of each Offering
Period.
<PAGE>
(i) "EXERCISE DATE" shall mean the last day of each Purchase Period.
(j) "FAIR MARKET VALUE" shall mean, as of any date, the value of
Common Stock determined as follows:
(1) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock
exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq
National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its
Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the
closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system
for the last market trading day on the date of such determination, as
reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or such other source as the Administrator
deems reliable, or;
(2) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized
securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value
shall be the mean of the closing bid and asked prices for the Common Stock on
the date of such determination, as reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL or
such other source as the Board deems reliable, or;
(3) In the absence of an established market for the Common
Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the
Board, or;
(4) For purposes of the Enrollment Date of the first Offering
Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value shall be the initial price to
the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the
registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission for the initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock (the
"Registration Statement").
(k) "OFFERING PERIODS" shall mean the periods of approximately
twenty-four (24) months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan
may be exercised, commencing on the first Trading Day on or after April 1 and
October 1 of each year and terminating on the last Trading Day in the
periods ending twenty-four months later; provided, however, that the first
Offering Period under the Plan shall commence with the first Trading Day on
or after the date on which the Securities and Exchange Commission declares
the Company's Registration Statement effective and ending on the last Trading
Day on or after March 31, 1999. The duration and timing of Offering Periods
may be changed pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan.
(l) "PLAN" shall mean this Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(m) "PURCHASE PRICE" shall mean an amount equal to 85% of the Fair
Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the
Exercise Date, whichever is lower.
(n) "PURCHASE PERIOD" shall mean the approximately six month period
commencing after one Exercise Date and ending with the next Exercise Date,
except that the first Purchase Period of any Offering Period shall commence
on the Enrollment Date and end with the next Exercise Date.
-2-
<PAGE>
(o) "RESERVES" shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock
covered by each option under the Plan which have not yet been exercised and
the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance
under the Plan but not yet placed under option.
(p) "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean a corporation, domestic or foreign, of
which not less than 50% of the voting shares are held by the Company or a
Subsidiary, whether or not such corporation now exists or is hereafter
organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary.
(q) "TRADING DAY" shall mean a day on which national stock
exchanges and the Nasdaq System are open for trading.
3. ELIGIBILITY.
(a) Any Employee who shall be employed by the Company on a given
Enrollment Date shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
(b) Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no
Employee shall be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that,
immediately after the grant, such Employee (or any other person whose stock
would be attributed to such Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code)
would own capital stock of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to
purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total
combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the
Company or of any Subsidiary, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to
purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans of the Company and its
subsidiaries accrues at a rate which exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars
($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the fair market value of the shares
at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such
option is outstanding at any time.
4. OFFERING PERIODS. The Plan shall be implemented by consecutive,
overlapping Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on the
first Trading Day on or after April 1 and October 1 of each year, or on such
other date as the Board shall determine, and continuing thereafter until
terminated in accordance with Section 20 hereof; provided, however, that the
first Offering Period under the Plan shall commence with the first Trading
Day on or after the date on which the Securities and Exchange Commission
declares the Company's Registration Statement effective and ending on the
last Trading Day on or after March 31, 1999. The Board shall have the power
to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates
thereof) with respect to future offerings without shareholder approval if
such change is announced at least five (5) days prior to the scheduled
beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter.
5. PARTICIPATION.
(a) An eligible Employee may become a participant in the Plan by
completing a subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions in the
form of Exhibit A to this Plan and filing it with the Company's payroll
office prior to the applicable Enrollment Date.
-3-
<PAGE>
(b) Payroll deductions for a participant shall commence on the
first payroll following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last payroll
in the Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless
sooner terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10 hereof.
6. PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS.
(a) At the time a participant files his or her subscription
agreement, he or she shall elect to have payroll deductions made on each pay
day during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding ten (10%) of the
Compensation which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering
Period.
(b) All payroll deductions made for a participant shall be credited
to his or her account under the Plan and shall be withheld in whole
percentages only. A participant may not make any additional payments into
such account.
(c) A participant may discontinue his or her participation in the
Plan as provided in Section 10 hereof, or may increase or decrease the rate
of his or her payroll deductions during the Offering Period by completing or
filing with the Company a new subscription agreement authorizing a change in
payroll deduction rate. The Board may, in its discretion, limit the number
of participation rate changes during any Offering Period. The change in rate
shall be effective with the first full payroll period following five (5)
business days after the Company's receipt of the new subscription agreement
unless the Company elects to process a given change in participation more
quickly. A participant's subscription agreement shall remain in effect for
successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10
hereof.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to
comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b) hereof, a
participant's payroll deductions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at any
time during a Purchase Period. Payroll deductions shall recommence at the
rate provided in such participant's subscription agreement at the beginning
of the first Purchase Period which is scheduled to end in the following
calendar year, unless terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10
hereof.
(e) At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at
the time some or all of the Company's Common Stock issued under the Plan is
disposed of, the participant must make adequate provision for the Company's
federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise
upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock. At
any time, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the
participant's compensation the amount necessary for the Company to meet
applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to
make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to
sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Employee.
-4-
<PAGE>
7. GRANT OF OPTION. On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period,
each eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted
an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at
the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of the Company's
Common Stock determined by dividing such Employee's payroll deductions
accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Participant's
account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided
that in no event shall an Employee be permitted to purchase during each
Purchase Period more than [2,500] shares of the Company's Common Stock
(subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19) on the Enrollment Date,
and provided further that such purchase shall be subject to the limitations
set forth in Sections 3(b) and 12 hereof. Exercise of the option shall occur
as provided in Section 8 hereof, unless the participant has withdrawn
pursuant to Section 10 hereof. The option shall expire on the last day of
the Offering Period.
8. EXERCISE OF OPTION. Unless a participant withdraws from the Plan as
provided in Section 10 hereof, his or her option for the purchase of shares
shall be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number
of full shares subject to option shall be purchased for such participant at
the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated payroll deductions in his
or her account. No fractional shares shall be purchased; any payroll
deductions accumulated in a participant's account which are not sufficient to
purchase a full share shall be retained in the participant's account for the
subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal
by the participant as provided in Section 10 hereof. Any other monies left
over in a participant's account after the Exercise Date shall be returned to
the participant. During a participant's lifetime, a participant's option to
purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.
9. DELIVERY. As promptly as practicable after each Exercise Date on
which a purchase of shares occurs, the Company shall arrange the delivery to
each participant, as appropriate, of a certificate representing the shares
purchased upon exercise of his or her option.
10. WITHDRAWAL.
(a) A participant may withdraw all but not less than all the
payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to
exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by giving written
notice to the Company in the form of Exhibit B to this Plan. All of the
participant's payroll deductions credited to his or her account shall be paid
to such participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such
participant's option for the Offering Period shall be automatically
terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares
shall be made for such Offering Period. If a participant withdraws from an
Offering Period, payroll deductions shall not resume at the beginning of the
succeeding Offering Period unless the participant delivers to the Company a
new subscription agreement.
(b) A participant's withdrawal from an Offering Period shall not
have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar
plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering
Periods which commence after the termination of the Offering Period from
which the participant withdraws.
-5-
<PAGE>
11. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.
Upon a participant's ceasing to be an Employee, for any reason, he
or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the
payroll deductions credited to such participant's account during the Offering
Period but not yet used to exercise the option shall be returned to such
participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons
entitled thereto under Section 15 hereof, and such participant's option shall
be automatically terminated. The preceding sentence notwithstanding, a
participant who receives payment in lieu of notice of termination of
employment shall be treated as continuing to be an Employee for the
participant's customary number of hours per week of employment during the
period in which the participant is subject to such payment in lieu of notice.
12. INTEREST. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of a
participant in the Plan.
13. STOCK.
(a) The maximum number of shares of the Company's Common Stock
which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be 500,000
shares, plus an annual increase to be added on each anniversary date of the
adoption of the Plan equal to the lesser of (i) 150,000 shares, (ii) 1% of
the outstanding shares on such date or (iii) a lesser amount determined by
the Board, subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the
Company as provided in Section 19 hereof. If, on a given Exercise Date, the
number of shares with respect to which options are to be exercised exceeds
the number of shares then available under the Plan, the Company shall make a
pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available for purchase in as
uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be
equitable.
(b) The participant shall have no interest or voting right in
shares covered by his option until such option has been exercised.
(c) Shares to be delivered to a participant under the Plan shall be
registered in the name of the participant or in the name of the participant
and his or her spouse.
14. ADMINISTRATION. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a
committee of members of the Board appointed by the Board. The Board or its
committee shall have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe,
interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to determine eligibility and to
adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan. Every finding, decision
and determination made by the Board or its committee shall, to the full
extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.
15. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.
(a) A participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary
who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the participant's account
under the Plan in the event of such partici-
-6-
<PAGE>
pant's death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised
but prior to delivery to such participant of such shares and cash. In
addition, a participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who
is to receive any cash from the participant's account under the Plan in the
event of such participant's death prior to exercise of the option. If a
participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse,
spousal consent shall be required for such designation to be effective.
(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the
participant at any time by written notice. In the event of the death of a
participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the
Plan who is living at the time of such participant's death, the Company shall
deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the
estate of the participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been
appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion,
may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more
dependents or relatives of the participant, or if no spouse, dependent or
relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company
may designate.
16. TRANSFERABILITY. Neither payroll deductions credited to a
participant's account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option
or to receive shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or
otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and
distribution or as provided in Section 15 hereof) by the participant. Any
such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be
without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to
withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.
17. USE OF FUNDS. All payroll deductions received or held by the
Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose,
and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.
18. REPORTS. Individual accounts shall be maintained for each
participant in the Plan. Statements of account shall be given to
participating Employees at least annually, which statements shall set forth
the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares
purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.
19. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, DISSOLUTION,
LIQUIDATION, MERGER OR ASSET SALE.
(a) CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. Subject to any required action by
the shareholders of the Company, the Reserves, the maximum number of shares
each participant may purchase each Purchase Period (pursuant to Section 7),
as well as the price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock
covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised shall
be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of
issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock
split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock,
or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock
effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however,
that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be
deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration". Such
adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect
-7-
<PAGE>
shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein,
no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities
convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no
adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or
price of shares of Common Stock subject to an option.
(b) DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION. In the event of the proposed
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering Period then in
progress shall be shortened by setting a new Exercise Date (the "New Exercise
Date"), and shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such
proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Board.
The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the Company's proposed
dissolution or liquidation. The Board shall notify each participant in
writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that
the Exercise Date for the participant's option has been changed to the New
Exercise Date and that the participant's option shall be exercised
automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the
participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10
hereof.
(c) MERGER OR ASSET SALE. In the event of a proposed sale of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the
Company with or into another corporation, each outstanding option shall be
assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a
Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the
successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, any
Purchase Periods then in progress shall be shortened by setting a new
Exercise Date (the "New Exercise Date") and any Offering Periods then in
progress shall end on the New Exercise Date. The New Exercise Date shall be
before the date of the Company's proposed sale or merger. The Board shall
notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to
the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the participant's option
has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the participant's option
shall be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to
such date the participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided
in Section 10 hereof.
20. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.
(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time and for
any reason terminate or amend the Plan. Except as provided in Section 19
hereof, no such termination can affect options previously granted, provided
that an Offering Period may be terminated by the Board of Directors on any
Exercise Date if the Board determines that the termination of the Plan is in
the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. Except as provided
in Section 19 hereof, no amendment may make any change in any option
theretofore granted which adversely affects the rights of any participant.
To the extent necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Code (or any
successor rule or provision or any other applicable law, regulation or stock
exchange rule), the Company shall obtain shareholder approval in such a
manner and to such a degree as required.
(b) Without shareholder consent and without regard to whether any
participant rights may be considered to have been "adversely affected," the
Board (or its committee) shall be entitled to change the Offering Periods,
limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount
-8-
<PAGE>
withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable
to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll
withholding in excess of the amount designated by a participant in order to
adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company's processing of properly
completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment
periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts
applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each participant properly
correspond with amounts withheld from the participant's Compensation, and
establish such other limitations or procedures as the Board (or its
committee) determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent
with the Plan.
21. NOTICES. All notices or other communications by a participant to
the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been
duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the
location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.
22. CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES. Shares shall not be issued with
respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and
delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable
provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the
requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed,
and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with
respect to such compliance.
As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require
the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any
such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and
without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the
opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any
of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.
23. TERM OF PLAN. The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to
occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by the
shareholders of the Company. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten
(10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 20 hereof.
24. AUTOMATIC TRANSFER TO LOW PRICE OFFERING PERIOD. To the extent
permitted by any applicable laws, regulations, or stock exchange rules if the
Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on any Exercise Date in an Offering
Period is lower than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the
Enrollment Date of such Offering Period, then all participants in such
Offering Period shall be automatically withdrawn from such Offering Period
immediately after the exercise of their option on such Exercise Date and
automatically re-enrolled in the immediately following Offering Period as of
the first day thereof.
-9-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
_____ Original Application Enrollment Date: ___________
_____ Change in Payroll Deduction Rate
_____ Change of Beneficiary(ies)
1. ___________________________________________________ hereby elects to
participate in the Livingston Enterprises, Inc. 1997 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the "Employee Stock Purchase Plan") and subscribes to
purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock in accordance with this
Subscription Agreement and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
2. I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of
____% of my Compensation on each payday (from 1 to _____%) during the
Offering Period in accordance with the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)
3. I understand that said payroll deductions shall be accumulated for the
purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price
determined in accordance with the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. I
understand that if I do not withdraw from an Offering Period, any
accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise my
option.
4. I have received a copy of the complete Employee Stock Purchase Plan. I
understand that my participation in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan is in
all respects subject to the terms of the Plan. I understand that my
ability to exercise the option under this Subscription Agreement is
subject to shareholder approval of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
5. Shares purchased for me under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan should be
issued in the name(s) of (Employee or Employee and Spouse only):
______________________________________________.
6. I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant to
the Plan within 2 years after the Enrollment Date (the first day of the
Offering Period during which I purchased such shares) or one year after
the Exercise Date, I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as
having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an
amount equal to the
-1-
<PAGE>
excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares
were purchased by me over the price which I paid for the shares. I
HEREBY AGREE TO NOTIFY THE COMPANY IN WRITING WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER
THE DATE OF ANY DISPOSITION OF MY SHARES AND I WILL MAKE ADEQUATE
PROVISION FOR FEDERAL, STATE OR OTHER TAX WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS, IF
ANY, WHICH ARISE UPON THE DISPOSITION OF THE COMMON STOCK. The Company
may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from my compensation the
amount necessary to meet any applicable withholding obligation including
any withholding necessary to make available to the Company any tax
deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of
Common Stock by me. If I dispose of such shares at any time after the
expiration of the 2-year and 1-year holding periods, I understand that I
will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received income
only at the time of such disposition, and that such income will be taxed
as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of
(1) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such
disposition over the purchase price which I paid for the shares, or
(2) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the
Offering Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such
disposition will be taxed as capital gain.
7. I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Employee Stock Purchase
Plan. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon
my eligibility to participate in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
8. In the event of my death, I hereby designate the following as my
beneficiary(ies) to receive all payments and shares due me under the
Employee Stock Purchase Plan:
NAME: (Please print)______________________________________________
(First) (Middle) (Last)
_______________________________ ___________________________________________
Relationship
___________________________________________
(Address)
-2-
<PAGE>
Employee's Social
Security Number: ____________________________________
Employee's Address: ____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT SHALL REMAIN IN EFFECT
THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.
Dated:_________________________ ________________________________________
Signature of Employee
_______________________________________
Spouse's Signature (If beneficiary other
than spouse)
-3-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT B
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
1997 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL
The undersigned participant in the Offering Period of the Livingston
Enterprises, Inc. 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan which began on
____________, 19____ (the "Enrollment Date") hereby notifies the Company that
he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period. He or she hereby
directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all
the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such
Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her
option for such Offering Period will be automatically terminated. The
undersigned understands further that no further payroll deductions will be
made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the
undersigned shall be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods
only by delivering to the Company a new Subscription Agreement.
Name and Address of Participant:
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
Signature:
________________________________
Date:__________________________
-4-
<PAGE>
12.sam/February 23, 1990
Address: 4464 Willow Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588
Suite: _________________________
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
Premises: 4464 Willow Rd. Lease Date: January 24, 1996 by and between WILLOW
ROAD ASSOCIATES, LLC ("Landlord") and LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. ("Tenant").
The undersigned, Tenant under the above Lease, certifies to Nationwide
Life Insurance Company, One Nationwide Plaza, Columbus, Ohio 43215,
Attention: Real Estate Investments, 34T, holder or proposed holder of a note
or other obligation secured, or to be secured, by a mortgage/deed of trust
upon the above premises and assignee, or proposed assignee of said Lease under
an assignment of leases, rents and profits, that:
1. Said Lease is presently in full force and effect and unmodified
except as indicated at the end of the certificate. Tenant has no present
right to cancel or terminate the Lease under the terms thereof or otherwise.
2. The term thereof commenced on November 1, 1996 and the full
annual rental of $606,000.00 is now accruing thereunder and the Lease
terminates on October 31, 2004.
3. Said Lease provides for percentage rent in an amount equal to n/a %
of annual gross sales, payable n/a . The undersigned paid Landlord the sum of
$ n/a as percentage rent for the period ending ______________.
4. Possession of said premises ( n/a square feet of space) was accepted
on November 1, 1996 and business is being conducted on a regular basis;
and all improvements required by the terms of said Lease to be made by the
Landlord have been satisfactorily completed.
5. A security deposit of $50,000. has been paid to Landlord. With the
exception of the payment of such security deposit, no rent under said Lease
has been paid in advance of its due date.
6. The address for notices to be sent to the undersigned is as set forth
in said Lease, or as set forth below.
7. The undersigned, as of this date, has no charge, lien or claim of
offset under said Lease, or otherwise, against rents or other charges due or
to become due thereunder payable to Landlord.
8. The undersigned, as of this date, is not in default under the terms
and conditions of said Lease and is fully discharging all of its obligations
under the Lease.
9. The Lease contains and Tenant has no outstanding options or rights
of first refusal to purchase the leased premises nor any part of the real
property of which leased premises are a part.
The undersigned further agrees with Nationwide Life Insurance Company
that from and after the
<PAGE>
date hereof, the undersigned will not:
a. Pay any rent under said Lease more than one (1) month in
advance of its due date.
b. Surrender or consent to the modification of any of the terms
of said Lease, nor to the termination thereof by the Landlord, without
written approval of Nationwide. Any modification or consent to the
modification or any termination of Lease by Landlord without prior written
approval of Nationwide shall be null and void and of no force or effect.
c. Seek to terminate said Lease by reason of any act or omission
of the Landlord until the undersigned shall have given written notice of such
act or omission to Nationwide Life Insurance Company (at Nationwide's last
address furnished the undersigned) and until Nationwide Life Insurance
Company has been given the opportunity, but without undertaking Landlord's
obligations, to cure the default within a 60 day time period. In the event
Nationwide Life Insurance Company has begun action to cure the default, but
has not completed the same during the 60 day period, the undersigned agrees
to grant Nationwide Life Insurance Company a reasonable extension of time to
so do. If the default is such that it cannot practically be cured by
Nationwide Life Insurance Company without taking possession of its security,
the undersigned agrees any right it may have to terminate shall be suspended
so long as Nationwide Life Insurance Company is diligently proceeding to
acquire possession of its security, by foreclosure or otherwise in order to
cure said default.
d. Tenant agrees that it will attorn to and recognize any
purchaser at a foreclosure sale under the mortgage/deed of trust, any
transferee who acquires the leased premises by deed in lieu of foreclosure,
and the successors and assigns of such purchaser(s) as its landlord for the
unexpired balance (and any extensions, if exercised) of the term of the Lease
upon the same terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, and such acquiring
landlord, its successors and assigns shall not be liable for any acts,
obligations or debts of the former landlord(s) prior to the time such
acquiring landlord acquired the leased premises.
DATED: 12/16, 1996 TENANT: LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
By: /s/ Richard J. Godfrey
------------------------------------
(Name) RICHARD J. GODFREY
(Title) GENERAL COUNSEL
LEASE MODIFICATION(S), IF ANY, TO BE LISTED HERE (IF NONE, STATE "NONE"):
2
<PAGE>
FIRST AMENDMENT TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/
COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE - MODIFIED NET
The undersigns, being Lessor and Lessee of that certain Standard
Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease - Modified Net dated January 24, 1996
for the Premises commonly known as 4464 Willow Road, Pleasanton, California (the
"Original Lease"), do hereby agree to amend the provisions of the Original Lease
subject to the terms and conditions of this first amendment "First Amendment" as
follows:
The Original Lease as amended by this First Amendment shall collectively be the
"Lease".
1. TERM. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Paragraph 1.3
of the Original Lease, the Original Term shall be changed to eight (8) years and
one and one-half (1.5) months, the Commencement Date shall be September 15,
1996, and the Expiration Date shall remain the same at October 31, 2004.
2. EARLY POSSESSION. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
Paragraph's 1.4 and 49 of the Original Lease, the Early Possession Date shall be
August 20, 1996.
3. BASE RENT. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
Paragraphs's 1.5 and 1.6(a) of the Original Lease, Lessee's obligation to pay
Base Rent shall commence on September 15, 1996. Lessor hereby acknowledges
receipt of Lessee's prepaid Base Rent of $50,500.00 for the first thirty (30)
days of the Lease term, commencing September 15, 1996.
4. CONTINGENCY. This First Amendment is subject to the mutual execution of an
early termination agreement between Lessor and GTE Mobilnet by March 8, 1996.
5. All other terms, covenants, and conditions of said Lease shall be in full
force and effect.
APPROVED AND ACCEPTED THIS 4 DAY OF MARCH , 1996.
----- -----------
Lessor: Willow Road Associates, LLC Lessee: Livingston Enterprises, Inc.
By: /s/ Thomas S. Siewert By: /s/ Steve M. Willens
-------------------------------- ----------------------------
Thomas S. Siewert, Member/Partner Steve Willens, President
<PAGE>
STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE--MODIFIED NET
AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
[LOGO]
1. BASIC PROVISIONS ("BASIC PROVISIONS").
1.1 PARTIES: This Lease ("Lease"), dated for reference purposes only,
January 24, 1996 is made by and between WILLOW ROAD ASSOCIATES, LLC ("Lessor")
and LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC., a California Corporation ("Lessee"),
(collectively the "Parties," or individually a "Party").
1.2(a) PREMISES: That certain portion of the Building, including all
improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this
Lease, commonly known by the street address of 4464 Willow Road located in
the City of Pleasanton, County of Alameda, State of California with zip code
94588 as outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto ("Premises"). The "Building"
is that certain building containing the Premises and generally described as
(describe briefly the nature of the Building): that certain building located
on the west side of Willow Road between Gilbraltar Drive and West Las Positas
Blvd., situated on Lot 31A in the Hacienda Business Park. In addition to
Lessee's rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified,
Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in
Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights
to the roof, exterior walls or utility raceways of the Building or to any
other buildings in the Industrial Center. The Premises, the Building, the
Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other
buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as
the "Industrial Center." (Also see Paragraph 2.)
1.2(b) PARKING: 216 unreserved vehicle parking spaces ("Unreserved
Parking Spaces"); and No reserved vehicle parking spaces ("Reserved Parking
Spaces"). (Also see Paragraph 2.6.)
1.3 TERM: Eight (8) years and No months ("Original Term") commencing
November 1, 1996 ("Commencement Date") and ending October 31, 2004 ("Expiration
Date"). (Also see Paragraph 3.)
1.4 EARLY POSSESSION: October 1, 1996 ("Early Possession Date").
(Also see Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3 and 49.)
1.5 BASE RENT: $ 50,500.00 per month ("Base Rent"), payable on the
First (1st) day of each month commencing November 1, 1996 (Also see Paragraph
4.)
[X] If this box is checked, this Lease provides for the Base Rent to be
adjusted per Addendum Par. 50, attached hereto.
1.6(a) BASE RENT PAID UPON EXECUTION: $50,500 as Base Rent for the period
November, 1996.
1.6(b) LESSEE'S SHARE OF COMMON AREA OPERATING EXPENSES: 83.4% percent
(83.4%) "Lessee's Share") as determined by
[X] prorata square footage of the Premises as compared to the total square
footage of the Building or ( ) other criteria as described in Addendum
____.
1.7 SECURITY DEPOSIT: $ 50,000.00 ("Security Deposit"). (Also see
Paragraph 5.)
1.8 PERMITTED USE: Office, administration, light assembly, and
storage and distribution of computer/communications - related products.
("Permitted Use")(Also see Paragraph 6.)
1.9 INSURING PARTY. Lessor is the "Insuring Party." (Also see
Paragraph 8.)
1.10(a) REAL ESTATE BROKERS. The following real estate broker(s)
(collectively, the "Brokers") and brokerage relationships exist in this
transaction and are consented to by the Parties (check applicable boxes):
[ ] N/A represents Lessor exclusively ("Lessor's Broker");
---------------------
[X] LEE & ASSOCIATES represents Lessee exclusively ("Lessee's Broker"); or
---------------------
[ ] N/A represents both Lessor and Lessee ("Dual Agency").
--------------------- (Also see Paragraph 15.)
1.10(b) PAYMENT TO BROKERS. Lessor shall pay to said Broker(s) jointly,
or in such separate shares as they may mutually designate in writing, a fee as
set forth in a separate written agreement between Lessor and said Broker(s)
(or in the event there is no separate written agreement between Lessor
and said Broker(s), the sum of $ N/A) for brokerage services rendered by said
Broker(s) in connection with this transaction.
1.11 GUARANTOR. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to
be guaranteed by no one ("Guarantor"). (Also see Paragraph 37.)
1.12 ADDENDA AND EXHIBITS. Attached hereto is an Addendum or Addenda
consisting of Paragraphs 49 through 59, and Exhibits A through B, all of which
constitute a part of this Lease.
2. PREMISES, PARKING AND COMMON AREAS.
2.1 LETTING. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases
from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the
terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise
provided herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this Lease, or
that may have been used in calculating rental and/or Common Area Operating
Expenses, is an approximation which Lessor and Lessee agree is reasonable and
the rental and Lessee's Share (as defined in Paragraph 1.6(b)) based thereon is
not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or
less.
2.2 CONDITION. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and
free of debris on the Commencement Date and warrants to Lessee that the existing
plumbing, electrical systems, fire sprinkler system, lighting, air conditioning
and heating systems and loading doors, if any, in the Premises, other than those
constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on the Commencement
Date. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Commencement Date,
Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt
of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and
extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Lessor's expense. If Lessee does
not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within
sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date, correction of that non-compliance
shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense.
2.3 COMPLIANCE WITH COVENANTS, RESTRICTIONS AND BUILDING CODE.
Lessor warrants that any improvements (other than those constructed by Lessee
or at Lessee's direction) on or in the Premises which have been constructed
or installed by Lessor or with Lessor's consent or at Lessor's direction
shall comply with all applicable covenants or restrictions of record and
applicable building codes, regulations and ordinances in effect on the
Commencement Date. Lessor further warrants to Lessee that Lessor has no
actual knowledge of any claim having been made by any governmental agency
that a violation or violations of applicable building codes, regulations, or
ordinances exist with regard to the Premises as of the Commencement Date.
Said warranties shall not apply to any Alterations or Utility Installations
(defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. If the Premises
do not comply with said warranties, Lessor shall, except as otherwise
provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee
given within six (6) months following the Commencement Date and setting forth
with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, take such
action, at Lessor's expense, as may be reasonable or appropriate to rectify
the non-compliance. Lessor makes no warranty that the Permitted Use in
Paragraph 1.8 is permitted for the Premises under Applicable Laws (as defined
in Paragraph 2.4).
2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Lessee hereby acknowledges: (a) that it
has been advised by the Broker(s) to satisfy itself with respect to the
condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical and fire
sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, seismic and earthquake
requirements, and compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and
applicable zoning, municipal, county, state and federal laws, ordinances and
regulations and any covenants or restrictions of record (collectively,
"Applicable Laws") and the present and future suitability of the Premises for
Lessee's intended use; (b) that Lessee has made such investigation as it deems
necessary with reference to such matters, is satisfied with reference thereto,
and assumes all responsibility therefore as the same relate to Lessee's
occupancy of the Premises and/or the terms of this Lease; and (c) that neither
Lessor, nor any of Lessor's agents, has made any oral or written representations
or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this
Lease.
2.5 LESSEE AS PRIOR OWNER/OCCUPANT. The warranties made by Lessor in
this Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the date
set forth in Paragraph 1.1 Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In
such event, Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, correct any
non-compliance of the Premises with said warranties.
<PAGE>
2.8 VEHICLE PARKING. Lessee shall be entitled to use the number of
Unreserved Parking Spaces and Reserved Parking Spaces specified in Paragraph
1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Area designated from time to time by
Lessor for parking. Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than said
number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger
than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called
"Permitted Size Vehicles." Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles shall
be parked and loaded or unloaded as directed by Lessor in the Rules and
Regulations (as defined in Paragraph 40) issued by Lessor. (Also see
Paragraph 2.9.)
(a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or
are controlled by Lessee or Lessee's employees, suppliers, shippers,
customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas
other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.
(b) If Lessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities
described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have the right, without
notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to
remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which
cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.
(c) Lessor shall at the Commencement Date of this Lease, provide the
parking facilities required by Applicable Law.
2.7 COMMON AREAS - DEFINITION. The term "Common Areas" is defined as all
areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary
line of the Industrial Center and interior utility raceways within the
Premises that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for
the general non-exclusive use of Lessor. Lessee and other lessees of the
Industrial Center and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers,
customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and
unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways,
driveways and landscaped areas.
2.8 COMMON AREAS - LESSEE'S RIGHTS. Lessor hereby grants to Lessee, for
the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors,
customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive
right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as
they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges
reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and
regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Industrial Center.
Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas
be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or
permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by
the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor's designated agent, which
consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage
shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to
such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and
charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon
demand by Lessor.
2.9 COMMON AREAS - RULES AND REGULATIONS. Lessor or such other person(s)
as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the
Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify,
amend and enforce reasonable Rules and Regulations with respect thereto in
accordance with Paragraph 40. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all
such Rules and Regulations, and to cause the employees, suppliers, shippers,
customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not
be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said rules and
regulations by other lessees of the Industrial Center.
2.10 COMMON AREAS - CHANGES. Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor's
sole discretion, from time to time:
(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without
limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways,
entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas,
ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways, and
utility raceways;
(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance
purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;
(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the
Industrial Center to be a part of the Common Areas;
(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;
(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional
improvements, repairs or alterations to the Industrial Center, or any
portion thereof; and
(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes
in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Industrial Center as Lessor
may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.
3. TERM.
3.1 TERM. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of
this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.
3.2 EARLY POSSESSION. If an Early Possession Date is specified in
Paragraph 1.4 and if Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises after
the Early Possession Date but prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation
to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such early occupancy. All
other terms of this Lease, however, (including but not limited to the
obligations to pay Lessee's Share of Common Area Operating Expenses and to
carry the insurance required by Paragraph 8) shall be in effect during such
period. Any such early possession shall not affect nor advance the Expiration
Date of the Original Term.
3.3 DELAY IN POSSESSION. If for any reason, Lessor cannot deliver
possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Early Possession Date, if one is
specified in Paragraph 1.4, or if no Early Possession Date is specified, by
the Commencement Date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor,
nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease, or the obligations
of Lessee hereunder, or extend the term hereof, but in such case, Lessee
shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay rent or
perform any other obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease until
Lessor delivers possession of the Premises to Lessee. If possession of the
Premises is not delivered to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the
Commencement Date, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing to Lessor
within ten (10) days after the end of said sixty (60) day period, cancel
this Lease, in which event the parties shall be discharged from all obligations
hereunder provided further, however, that if such written notice of Lessee
is not received by Lessor within said ten (10) day period, Lessee's right to
cancel this Lease hereunder shall terminate and be of no further force or
effect.
4. RENT.
4.1 BASE RENT. Lessee shall pay Base Rent and other rent or charges, as
the same may be adjusted from time to time, to Lessor in lawful money of the
United States without offset or deduction, on or before the day on which it
is due under the terms of this Lease. Base Rent and all other rent and
charges for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full
month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of the month
involved. Payment of Base Rent and other charges shall be made to Lessor at
its address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other addresses
as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing to Lessee.
4.2 COMMON AREA OPERATING EXPENSES. Lessee shall pay to Lessor during
the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee's Share (as specified
in Paragraph 1.6(b)) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter
defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance
with the following provisions:
(a) "COMMON AREA OPERATING EXPENSES" are defined, for purposes of
this Lease, as all COSTS incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and
operation of the Industrial Center, including, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, the
following:
(i) The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean,
good order and condition, of the following:
(aa) The Common Areas, including parking areas, loading
and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways,
driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common
Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators and roof.
(bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.
(cc) Fire detection and sprinkler systems.
(ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service
the Common Areas, including pest control and window washing services.
(iii) Trash disposal, property management and security services
and the costs of any environmental inspections.
(iv) Reserves set aside for maintenance and repair of Common
Areas.
(v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10.2) to be paid
by Lessor for the Building and the Common Areas under Paragraph 10 hereof, and
any property association dues and expenses levied against the Industrial Center.
(vi) The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies
maintained by Lessor under Paragraph 8 hereof.
(vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the
Building or the Common Areas.
(viii) Any other services to be provided by Lessor that are
stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.
(b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that
are specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building in the
Industrial Center or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall
be allocated entirely to the Building or to such other building. However, any
Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not
specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the
operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by
Lessor to all buildings in the Industrial Center.
(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set
forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon
Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those
services unless the Industrial Center already has the same. Lessor already
provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in the Lease to provide
the same or some of them.
(d) Lessee's Share of Common Area Operating Expense shall be payable
by Lessee within ten (10) days after a reasonably detailed statement of
actual expenses is presented to Lessee by Lessor. At Lessor's option, however,
an amount may be estimated by Lessor from time to time of Lessee's Share of
annual Common Area Operating Expense and the same shall be payable monthly or
quarterly, as Lessor shall designate, during each 12-month period of the
Lease term on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. Lessor shall
deliver to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the expiration of each calendar
year a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee's Share of the actual
Common Area Operating Expenses incurred during the preceding year. If Lessee's
payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said preceding year exceed
Lessee's Share as indicated on said statement, Lessor shall be credited the
amount of such over-
-2-
<PAGE>
payment against Lessee's Share of Common Area Operating Expenses next becoming
due. If Lessee's payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said preceding
year were less than Lessee's Share as indicated on said statement, Lessee
shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within ten (10) days after
delivery by Lessor to Lessee of said statement.
5. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon Lessee's
execution hereof the Security Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security
for Lessee's faithful performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease.
If Lessee fails to pay Base Rent or other rent or charges due hereunder, or
otherwise Defaults under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), Lessor
may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the
payment of any amount due Lessor or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any
liability, cost, expense, loss or damage (including attorneys' fees) which
Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all
or any portion of said Security Deposit, Lessee shall within ten (10) days
after written request therefore deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to
restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. Any
time the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall,
upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor as an
addition to the Security Deposit so that the total amount of the Security
Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the then current Base
Rent as the initial Security Deposit bears to the initial Base Rent set forth
in Paragraph 1.5. Lessor shall not be required to keep all or any part of the
Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Lessor shall, at the
expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof and after Lessee has
vacated the Premises, return to Lessee (or, at Lessor's option, to the last
assignee, if any, or Lessee's interest herein), that portion of the Security
Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. Unless otherwise expressly agreed in
writing by Lessor, no part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be
held in trust, to bear interest or other increment for its use, or to be
prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.
6. USE.
6.1 PERMITTED USE.
(a) Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Permitted
Use set forth in Paragraph 1.6, or any other legal use which is reasonably
comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit
the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates waste or a
nuisance, or that disturbs owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to
the Premises or neighboring premises or properties.
6.2 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.
(a) REPORTABLE USES REQUIRE CONSENT. The term "Hazardous Substances"
as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, chemical, material
or waste whose presence, nature, quantity and/or intensity of existence, use,
manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release or effect, either by
itself of in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises,
is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare,
the environment, or the Premises; (ii) regulated or monitored by any
governmental authority; or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to
any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common
law theory. Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to,
hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, crude oil or any products or by-products
thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or about the Premises
which constitutes a Reportable Use (as hereinafter defined) of Hazardous
Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and compliance
in a timely manner (at Lessee's sole cost and expense) with all Applicable
Requirements (as defined in Paragraph 6.3). "Reportable Use" shall mean (i)
the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the
generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a
Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a
report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with,
any governmental authority, and (iii) the presence in, on or about the
Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Laws
require that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises
or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may, without
Lessor's prior consent, but upon notice to Lessor and in compliance with all
Applicable Requirements, use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably
required to be used by Lessee in the normal course of the Permitted Use, so
long as such use is not a Reportable Use and does not expose the Premises or
neighboring properties to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or
expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may (but
without any obligation to do so) condition its consent to any Reportable Use
of any Hazardous Substance by Lessee upon Lessee's giving Lessor such
additional assurances as Lessor, in its reasonable discretion, deems
necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and the environment
against damage, contamination or injury and/or liability therefor, including
but not limited to the installation (and, at Lessor's option, removal on or
before Lease expiration or earlier termination) of reasonably necessary
protective modifications to the Premises (such as concrete encasements)
and/or the deposit of an additional Security Deposit under Paragraph 5 hereof.
(b) DUTY TO INFORM LESSOR. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause
to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under
or about the Premises or the Building, other than as previously consented to
by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give Lessor written notice thereof,
together with a copy of any statement, report, notice, registration,
application, permit, business plan, license, claim, action or proceeding
given to, or received from, any governmental authority or private party
concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to, such
Hazardous Substance including but not limited to all such documents as may be
involved in any Reportable Use involving the Premises. Lessee shall not cause
or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under or
about the Premises (including, without limitation, through the plumbing or
sanitary sewer system).
(c) INDEMNIFICATION. Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and
hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, and
the Premises, harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities,
judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalties, loss of permits and
attorneys' and consultants' fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous
Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee or by anyone under
Lessee's control. Lessee's obligations under this Paragraph 6.2(c) shall
include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to
person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the
cost of investigation (including consultants' and attorneys' fees and
testing), removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of
any contamination therein involved, and shall survive the expiration or
earlier termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release
agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its
obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless
specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.
6.3 LESSEE'S COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. Lessee shall, at Lessee's
sole cost and expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, comply with
all "Applicable Requirements," which term is used in this Lease to mean all
laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives, covenants, easements, and
restrictions of record, permits, the requirements of any applicable fire
insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor's
engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner to the Premises
(including but not limited to matters pertaining to (i) industrial hygiene,
(ii) environmental conditions on, in, under or about the Premises, including
soil and groundwater conditions, and (iii) the use, generation,
manufacture, production, installation, maintenance, removal, transportation,
storage, spill, or release of any Hazardous Substance), now in effect or
which may hereafter come into effect. Lessee shall, within five (5) days
after receipt of Lessor's written request, provide Lessor with copies of all
documents and information, including but not limited to permits,
registrations, manifests, applications, reports and certificates, evidencing
Lessee's compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and
shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any
documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation,
warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by Lessee or
the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.
6.4 INSPECTION - COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. Lessor, Lessor's agents,
employees, contractors and designated representatives, and the holders of any
mortgages, deeds of trust or ground leases on the Premises ("Lenders") shall
have the right to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency,
and otherwise at reasonable times, upon reasonable notice, for the purpose of
inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by
Lessee with this Lease and all Applicable Requirements (as defined in
Paragraph 6.3), and Lessor shall be entitled to employ experts and/or
consultants in connection therewith to advise Lessor with respect to Lessee's
activities, including but not limited to Lessee's installation, operation,
use, monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any Hazardous Substance on or
from the Premises. The cost and expenses of any such inspections shall be
paid by the party requesting same, unless a Default or Breach of this Lease
by Lessee or a violation of Applicable Requirements or a contamination,
caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, is found to exist or to be
imminent, or unless the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental
authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation or
contamination. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor or
Lessor's Lender, as the case may be, for the costs and expenses of such
inspections.
7. MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, UTILITY INSTALLATION, TRADE FIXTURES AND ALTERATIONS.
7.1 LESSEE'S OBLIGATIONS.
(a) Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition). 2.3
(Compliance with Covenants, Restrictions and Building Code), 7.2 (Lessor's
Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall,
at Lessee's sole cost and expense and at all times, keep the Premises and
every part thereof in good order, condition and repair (whether or not such
portion of the Premises requiring repair, or the means of repairing the same,
are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need
for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee's use, any prior use, the
elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, all equipment or facilities
specifically serving the Premises, such as plumbing, heating, air
conditioning, ventilating, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, fired or
unfired pressure vessels, fire hose connections if within the Premises,
fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces or exterior walls, ceilings,
floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights, but excluding any items
which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.2 below.
Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall
exercise and perform good maintenance practices. Lessee's obligations shall
include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the
Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order,
condition and state of repair.
(b) Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, procure and
maintain a contract, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance
for and with a contractor specializing and experienced in the inspection,
maintenance and service of the heating, air conditioning and ventilation
system for the Premises. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to
Lessee, to procure and maintain the contract for the heating, air
conditioning and ventilating systems and if Lessor so elects, Lessee shall
reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.
(c) If Lessee fails to perform Lessee's obligations under this
Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after ten (10) days prior
written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case
no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee's behalf,
and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, in accordance with
Paragraph 13.2 below.
7.2 LESSOR'S OBLIGATIONS. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2
(Condition), 2.3 (Compliance with Covenants, Restrictions and Building Code),
4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee's Obligations), 9
(Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to
reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition
and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior
bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler and/or standpipe or hose (if
located in the Common Areas) or other automatic fire extinguishing system
including fire alarm and/or smoke
-3-
<PAGE>
detection systems and equipment, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways,
parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving
the Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for
which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2.
Lessor shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of
exterior walls nor shall Lessor be obligated to maintain, repair or replace
windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises. Lessee expressly waives the
benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise
afford Lessee the right to make repairs at Lessor's expense or to terminate
this Lease because of Lessor's failure to keep the Building, Industrial
Center or Common Areas in good order, condition and repair.
7.3 UTILITY INSTALLATIONS, TRADE FIXTURES, ALTERATIONS.
(a) DEFINITIONS; CONSENT REQUIRED. The term "Utility Installations"
is used in this Lease to refer to all air lines, power panels, electrical
distribution, security, fire protection systems, communications systems,
lighting fixtures, heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment,
plumbing, and fencing in, on or about the Premises. The term "Trade Fixtures"
shall mean Lessee's machinery and equipment which can be removed without
doing material damage to the Premises. The term "Alterations" shall mean any
modification of the improvements on the Premises which are provided by Lessor
under the terms of this Lease, other than Utility Installations or Trade
Fixtures. "Lessee-Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations" are defined
as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet
owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a). Lessee shall not make nor cause
to be made any Alterations or Utility Installations in, on, under or about
the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. Lessee may, however,
make non-structural Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises
(excluding the roof) without Lessor's consent but upon notice to Lessor, so
long as they are not visible from the outside of the Premises, do not involve
puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walks, or
changing or interfering with the fire sprinkler or fire detection systems and
the cumulative cost thereof during the term of this Lease as extended does
not exceed $2,500.00.
(b) CONSENT. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee
shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be
presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. All consents given
by Lessor, whether by virtue of Paragraph 7.3(a) or by subsequent specific
consent, shall be deemed conditioned upon: (i) Lessee's acquiring all
applicable permits required by governmental authorities; (ii) the furnishing
of copies of such permits together with a copy of the plans and
specifications for the Alteration or Utility Installation to Lessor prior to
commencement of the work thereon; and (iii) the compliance by Lessee with all
conditions of said permits in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any
Alterations or Utility Installations by Lessee during the term of this Lease
shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, with good and sufficient
materials, and be in compliance with all Applicable Requirements. Lessee
shall promptly upon completion thereof furnish Lessor with as-built plans and
specifications therefor. Lessee may, (but without obligation to do so)
condition its consent to any requested Alteration or Utility Installation
that costs $2,500.00 or more upon Lessee's providing Lessor with a lien and
completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated
cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation.
(c) LIEN PROTECTION. Lessee shall pay when due all claims for labor
or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at
or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any
mechanic's or materialmen's lien against the Premises or any interest
therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days' notice prior
to the commencement of any work in, on, or about the Premises, and Lessor
shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility in or on the
Premises as provided by law. If Lessee shall, in good faith, contest the
validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole
expense, defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same
and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered
thereon before the enforcement thereof against the Lessor or the Premises. If
Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish to Lessor a surety bond
satisfactory to Lessor in an amount equal to one and one-half times the
amount of such contested lien claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against
liability for the same, as required by law for the holding of the Premises
free from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition, Lessor may require
Lessee to pay Lessor's attorneys' fees and costs in participating in such
action if Lessor shall decide it is to its best interest to do so.
7.4 OWNERSHIP, REMOVAL, SURRENDER, AND RESTORATION.
(a) OWNERSHIP. Subject to Lessor's right to require their removal
and to cause Lessee to become the owner thereof as hereinafter provided in
this Paragraph 7.4, all Alterations and Utility Installations made to the
Premises by Lessee shall be the property of and owned by Lessee, but
considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time and at its option,
elect in writing to Lessee to be the owner of all or any specified part of the
Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise
instructed per Subparagraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee-Owned Alterations and
Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of this
Lease, become the property of Lessor and remain upon the Premises and be
surrendered with the Premises by Lessee.
(b) REMOVAL. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Lessor may require
that any or all Lessee-Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed
by the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, notwithstanding that
their installation may have been consented to by Lessor. Lessor may require
the removal at any time of all or any part of any Alterations or Utility
Installations made without the required consent of Lessor.
(c) SURRENDER/RESTORATION. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by
the end of the last day of the Lease term or any earlier termination date,
clean and free of debris and in good operating order, condition and state of
repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Ordinary wear and tear shall not
include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good
maintenance practice or by Lessee performing all of its obligations under
this Lease. Except as otherwise agreed or specified herein, the Premises, as
surrendered, shall include the Alterations and Utility Installations. The
obligation of Lessee shall include the repair of any damage occasioned by the
Installation, maintenance or removal of Lessee's Trade Fixtures, furnishings,
equipment, and Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, as well as
the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee, and the removal,
replacement, or remediation of any soil, material or ground water
contaminated by Lessee, all as may then be required by Applicable
Requirements and/or good practice. Lessee's Trade Fixtures shall remain the
Property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee subject to its obligation
to repair and restore the Premises per this Lease.
8. INSURANCE; INDEMNITY
8.1 PAYMENT OF PREMIUMS. The cost of the premiums for the insurance
policies maintained by Lessor under this Paragraph 8 shall be a Common Area
Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 hereof. Premiums for policy
periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease
shall be pro-rated to coincide with the corresponding Commencement Date or
Expiration Date.
8.2 LIABILITY INSURANCE.
(a) CARRIED BY LESSEE. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force
during the term of this Lease a Commercial General Liability policy of
insurance protecting Lessee, Lessor and any Lender(s) whose names have been
provided to Lessee in writing (as additional insureds) against claims for
bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon, involving or
arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises
and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence
basis providing single unit coverage in an amount not less than $2,000,000
per occurrence with an "Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises"
endorsement and contain the "Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion"
endorsement for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire.
The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured
persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed
under this Lease as an "insured contract" for the performance of Lessee's
indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance required
by this Lease or as carried by Lessee shall not, however, limit the liability
of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. All insurance to be
carried by Lessee shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar
insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess
insurance only.
(b) CARRIED BY LESSOR. Lessor shall also maintain liability
insurance described in Paragraph 8.2(a) above, in addition to and not in lieu
of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be
named as an additional insured therein.
8.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE-BUILDING, IMPROVEMENTS AND RENTAL VALUE.
(a) BUILDING AND IMPROVEMENTS. Lessor shall obtain and keep in
force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of
Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor and to any Lender(s), insuring against
loss or damage to the Premises. Such insurance shall be for full replacement
cost, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by
any Lender(s), but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and
available insurable value thereof if, by reason of the unique nature or age
of the improvements involved, such latter amount is less than full
replacement cost. Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade
Fixtures and Lessee's personal property shall be insured by Lessee pursuant
to Paragraph 8.4. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate,
Lessor's policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical
loss or damage (except the perils of flood unless required by a Lender),
including coverage for any additional costs resulting from debris removal and
reasonable amounts of coverage for the enforcement of any ordinance or law
regulating the reconstruction or replacement of any undamaged sections of the
Building required to be demolished or removed by reason of the enforcement of
any building, zoning, safety or land use laws as the result of a covered
loss, but not including plate glass insurance. Said policy or policies shall
also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any co-insurance
clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an
increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not
less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All
Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located.
(b) RENTAL VALUE. Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force during
the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss
payable to Lessor and any Lender(s), insuring the loss of the full rental and
other charges payable by all lessees of the Building to Lessor for one year
(including all Real Property Taxes, insurance costs, all Common Area
Operating Expenses and any scheduled rental increases). Said insurance may
provide that in the event the Lease is terminated by reason of an insured
loss, the period of indemnity for such coverage shall be extended beyond the
date of the completion of repairs or replacement of the Premises, to provide
for one full year's loss of rental revenues from the date of any such loss.
Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any
co-insurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to
reflect the projected rental income. Real Property Taxes, insurance premium
costs and other expenses, if any, otherwise payable, for the next 12-month
period. Common Area Operating Expenses shall include any deductible amount in
the event of such loss.
(c) ADJACENT PREMISES. Lessee shall pay for any increase in the
premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas
or other buildings in the Industrial Center if said increase is caused by
Lessee's acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.
(d) LESSEE'S IMPROVEMENTS. Since Lessor is the Insuring Party,
Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor
under the terms of this Lease.
8.4 LESSEE'S PROPERTY INSURANCE. Subject to the requirements of
Paragraph 8.5, Lessee at its cost shall either by separate policy or, at
Lessor's option, by endorsement to a policy already carried, maintain
insurance coverage on all of Lessee's personal property, Trade Fixtures and
Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations in, on, or about the
Premises similar in coverage to that carried by Lessor as the Insuring Party
under Paragraph 8.3(a). Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage
with a deductible not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any
such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal
property and the restoration of Trade Fixtures and Lessee-Owned Alterations
and Utility Installations. Upon request from Lessor, Lessee shall provide
Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.
8.5 INSURANCE POLICIES. Insurance required hereunder shall be in
companies duly licensed to transact business in the state where the Premises
are located and maintaining during the policy term a "General Policyholders
Rating" of at least B+, V, or such other rating as may be required by a
Lender as set forth in the most current issue of "Best's Insurance Guide."
Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which shall invalidate the
insurance policies referred to in
4
<PAGE>
this Paragraph 8. Lessee shall cause to be delivered to Lessor, within seven
(7) days after the earlier of the Early Possession Date or the Commencement
Date, certified copies of, or certificates evidencing the existence and
amounts of, the insurance required under Paragraph 8.2(a) and 8.4. No such
policy shall be cancellable or subject to modification except after thirty
(30) days' prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall at least thirty (30)
days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence
of renewals or "insurance binders" evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may
order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount
shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand.
8.6 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Without affecting any other rights or
remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and
waive their entire right to recover damages (whether in contract or in tort)
against the other, for loss or damage to their property arising out of or
incident to the perils required to be insured against under Paragraph 8. The
effect of such releases and waivers of the right to recover damages shall not
be limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any
deductibles applicable thereto. Lessor and Lessee agree to have their
respective insurance companies issuing property damage insurance waive any
right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee,
as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.
8.7 INDEMNITY. Except for Lessor's negligence and/or breach of express
warranties, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the
Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor's master or ground lessor, partners
and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or
damages, costs, liens, judgments, penalties, loss of permits, attorneys' and
consultants' fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or
in connection with, the occupancy of the Premises by Lessee, the conduct of
Lessee's business, any act, omission or neglect of Lessee, its agents,
contractors, employees or invitees, and out of any Default or Breach by
Lessee in the performance in a timely manner of any obligation on Lessee's
part to be performed under this Lease. The foregoing shall include, but not
be limited to, the defense or pursuit of any claim or any action or
proceeding involved therein, and whether or not (in the case of claims made
against Lessor) litigated and/or reduced to judgment. In case any action or
proceeding be brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing
matters, Lessee upon notice from Lessor shall defend the same at Lessee's
expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall
cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any
such claim in order to be so indemnified.
8.8 EXEMPTION OF LESSOR FROM LIABILITY. Lessor shall not be liable for
injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property
of Lessee, Lessee's employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other
person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by
or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the
breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers,
wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from
any other cause, whether said injury or damage results from conditions
arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building of which the
Premises are a part, from other sources or places, and regardless of whether
the cause of such damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is
accessible or not. Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from
any act or neglect of any other lessee of Lessor nor from the failure by
Lessor to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Industrial Center.
Notwithstanding Lessor's negligence or breach of this Lease, Lessor shall
under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee's business or for any
loss of income or profit therefrom.
9. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.
9.1 DEFINITIONS.
(a) "PREMISES PARTIAL DAMAGE" shall mean damage or destruction to
the Premises, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations,
the repair cost of which damage or destruction is less than fifty percent
(50%) of the then Replacement Cost (as defined in Paragraph 9.1(d)) of the
Premises (excluding Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and
Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction.
(b) "PREMISES TOTAL DESTRUCTION" shall mean damage or destruction
to the Premises, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations, the repair cost of which damage or destruction is fifty
percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost of the Premises (excluding
Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures)
immediately prior to such damage or destruction. In addition, damage or
destruction to the Building, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations and Trade Fixtures of any lessees of the Building, the cost of
which damage or destruction is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then
Replacement Cost (excluding Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility
Installations and Trade Fixtures of any lessees of the Building) of the
Building shall, at the option of Lessor, be deemed to be Premises Total
Destruction.
(c) "INSURED LOSS" shall mean damage or destruction to the
Premises, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and
Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the
insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a) irrespective of any deductible
amounts or coverage limits involved.
(d) "REPLACEMENT COST" shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the
improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition
existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and
upgrading required by the operation of applicable building codes, ordinances
or laws, and without deduction for depreciation.
(e) "HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE CONDITION" shall mean the occurrence or
discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a
Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the
Premises.
9.2 PREMISES PARTIAL DAMAGE - INSURED LOSS. If Premises Partial Damage
that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense,
repair such damage (but not Lessee's Trade Fixtures or Lessee-Owned
Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. In the event, however,
that there is a shortage of insurance proceeds and such shortage is due to
the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements in the
Premises, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially
reasonable and available. Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the
shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the
Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or
adequate assurance thereof, within ten (10) days following receipt of written
notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds
or adequate assurance thereof within said ten (10) day period, Lessor shall
complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in
full force and effect. If Lessor does not receive such funds or assurance
within said period, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee
within ten (10) days thereafter to make such restoration and repair as is
commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which
case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If Lessor does not
receive such funds or assurance within such ten (10) day period, and if
Lessor does not so elect to restore and repair, then this Lease shall
terminate sixty (60) days following the occurrence of the damage or
destruction. Unless otherwise agreed, Lessee shall in no event have any right
to reimbursement from Lessor for any funds contributed by Lessee to repair
any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or
earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3 rather than Paragraph 9.2,
notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net
proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if
made by either Party.
9.3 PARTIAL DAMAGE - UNINSURED LOSS. If Premises Partial Damage that is
not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of
Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee's expense and
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect), Lessor may at Lessor's
option, either (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at
Lessor's expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and
effect, or (ii) give written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after
receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage of Lessor's
desire to terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the
date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give such notice of
Lessor's intention to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right
within ten (10) days after the receipt of such notice to give written notice
to Lessor of Lessee's commitment to pay for the repair of such damage totally
at Lessee's expense and without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall
provide Lessor with the required funds or satisfactory assurance thereof
within thirty (30) days following such commitment from Lessee. In such event
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed
to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds
are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the funds or
assurance thereof within the times specified above, this Lease shall
terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.
9.4 TOTAL DESTRUCTION. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if
Premises Total Destruction occurs (including any destruction required by any
authorized public authority) this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days
following the date of such Premises Total Destruction, whether or not the
damage or destruction is an Insured Loss or was caused by a negligent or
willful act of Lessee. In the event, however, that the damage or destruction
was caused by Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor's damages
from Lessee except as released and waived in Paragraph 9.7.
9.5 DAMAGE NEAR END OF TERM. If at any time during the last six (6)
months of the term of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair
exceeds one month's Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may, at
Lessor's option, terminate this Lease effective sixty (60) days following the
date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Lessee of
Lessor's election to do so within thirty (30) days after the date of
occurrence of such damage. Provided, however, if Lessee at that time has an
exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then
Lessee may preserve this Lease by (a) exercising such option, and
(b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate
assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of
(i) the date which is ten (10) days after Lessee's receipt of Lessor's
written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to
the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option
during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance
thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at
Lessor's expense repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this
Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise
such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this
Lease shall terminate as of the date set forth in the first sentence of this
Paragraph 9.5.
9.6 ABATEMENT OF RENT; LESSEE'S REMEDIES.
(a) In the event of (i) Premises Partial Damage or (ii) Hazardous
Substance Condition for which Lessee is not legally responsible, the Base
Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses and other charges, if any, payable by
Lessee hereunder for the period during which such damage or condition, its
repair, remediation or restoration continues, shall be abated in proportion
to the degree to which Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired, but not
in excess of proceeds from insurance required to be carried under
Paragraph 8.3(b). Except for abatement of Base Rent, Common Area Operating
Expenses and other charges, if any, as aforesaid, all other obligations of
Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessee shall have no claim
against Lessor for any damage suffered by reason of any such damage,
destruction, repair, remediation or restoration.
(b) If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises
under the provisions of this Paragraph 9 and shall not commence, in a
substantial and meaningful way, the repair or restoration of the Premises
within ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue. Lessee may, at
any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give
written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice
of Lessee's election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than sixty
(60) days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice to
Lessor and such Lenders and such repair or restoration is not commenced
within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, this Lease shall
terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If Lessor or a Lender
commences the repair or restoration of the Premises within thirty (30) days
after the receipt of such notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and
effect. "COMMENCE" as used in this Paragraph 9.6 shall mean either the
unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the
beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever occurs first.
9.7 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE CONDITIONS. If a Hazardous Substance Condition
occurs, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee
shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by Applicable
Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but
subject
5
<PAGE>
to Lessor's rights under Paragraph 6.2(c) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may at
Lessor's option either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance
Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense,
in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if
the estimated cost to investigate and remediate such condition exceeds twelve
(12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000 whichever is greater, give
written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of
knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition of Lessor's
desire to terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the
date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give such notice of
Lessor's intention to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right
within ten (10) days after the receipt of such notice to give written notice
to Lessor of Lessee's commitment to pay for the excess costs of (a)
investigation and remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition to the
extent required by Applicable Requirements, over (b) an amount equal to
twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is
greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with the funds required of Lessee or
satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following said
commitment by Lessee. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force
and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such investigation and
remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are
available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds
or assurance thereof within the time period specified above, this Lease shall
terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.
9.8 TERMINATION - ADVANCE PAYMENTS. Upon termination of this Lease
pursuant to this Paragraph 9, Lessor shall return to Lessee any advance
payment made by Lessee to Leesor and so much of Lessee's Security Deposit as
has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor under the terms
of this Lease.
9.9 WAIVER OF STATUTES. Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this
Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises
and the Building with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby
waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent it is
inconsistent herewith.
10. REAL PROPERTY TAXES.
10.1 PAYMENT OF TAXES. Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes, as
defined in Paragraph 10.2, applicable to the Industrial Center, and except as
otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, any such amounts shall be included in
the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the
provisions of Paragraph 4.2.
10.2 REAL PROPERTY TAX DEFINITION. As used herein, the term "Real
Property Taxes" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment,
general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial
rental tax, improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance,
personal income or estate taxes) imposed upon the Industrial Center by any
authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city,
state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire,
street, drainage, or other improvement district thereof, levied against any
legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Industrial Center or any portion
thereof, Lessor's right to rent or other income therefrom, and/or Lessor's
business of leasing the Premises. The term "Real Property Taxes" shall also
include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein,
imposed by reason of events occurring, or changes in Applicable Law taking
effect, during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to a change
in the ownership of the Industrial Center or in the improvements thereon, the
execution of this Lease, or any modification, amendment or transfer thereof,
and whether or not contemplated by the Parties. In calculating Real Property
Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax
year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such
calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and tax
year have in common.
10.3 ADDITIONAL IMPROVEMENTS. Common Area Operating Expenses shall not
include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor's records and work
sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Industrial
Center by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such
other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.1 hereof, Lessee shall, however,
pay to Lessor at the time Common Area Operating Expenses are payable under
Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if
assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility
Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee's request.
10.4 JOINT ASSESSMENT. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real
Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of
the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within
the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the
respective valuations assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other
information as may be reasonably available. Lessor's reasonable determination
thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.
10.5 LESSEE'S PROPERTY TAXES. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all
taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee-Owned Alternations and Utility
Installations. Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal
property of Lessee contained in the Premises or stored within the Industrial
Center. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee-Owned Alterations and
Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other
personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property
of Lessor. If any of Lessee's said property shall be assessed with Lessor's
real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee's
property within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement setting
forth the taxes applicable to Lessee's property.
11. UTILITIES. Lessee shall pay directly for all utilities and services
supplied to the Premises, including but not limited to electricity,
telephone, security, gas and cleaning of the Premises, together with any
taxes thereon. If any such utilities or services are not separately metered to
the Premises or separately billed to the Premises, Lessee shall pay to Lessor
a reasonable proportion to be determined by Lessor of all such charges
jointly metered or billed with other premises in the Building, in the manner
and within the time periods set forth in Paragraph 4.2(d).
12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.
12.1 LESSOR'S CONSENT REQUIRED.
(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign,
transfer, mortgage or otherwise transfer or encumber (collectively, "assign")
or sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease or in the
Premises without Lessor's prior written consent given under and subject to
the terms of Paragraph 36.
(b) A change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an
assignment requiring Lessor's consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis,
of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the voting control of Lessee shall
constitute a change in control for this purpose.* REFER TO PARAGRAPH 59 BELOW.
(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or
series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing,
refinancing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a
formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee's assets occurs,
which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee, as
hereinafter defined, by an amount equal to or greater than twenty-five
percent (25%) of such Net Worth of Lessee as it was represented to Lessor at
the time of full execution and delivery of this Lease or at the time of the
most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists
immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such
reduction, at whichever time said Net Worth of Lessee was or is greater,
shall be considered an assignment of this Lease by Lessee to which Lessor may
reasonably withhold its consent. "Net Worth of Lessee" for purposes of this
Lease shall be the net worth of Lessee (excluding any Guarantors) established
under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
(d) An assignment or subletting of Lessee's interest in this Lease
without Lessor's specific prior written consent shall, at Lessor's option, be
a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1, or a non-curable Breach
without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to
treat such unconsented to assignment or subletting as a non-curable Breach,
Lessor shall have the right to either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon
thirty (30) days' written notice ("Lessor's Notice"), increase the monthly
Base Rent for the Premises to the greater of the then fair market rental
value of the Premises, as reasonably determined by Lessor, or one hundred ten
percent (110%) of the Base Rent then in effect. Pending determination of the
new fair market rental value, if disputed by Lessee, Lessee shall pay the
amount set forth in Lessor's Notice, with any overpayment credited against
the next installment(s) of Base Rent coming due, and any underpayment for the
period retroactively to the effective date of the adjustment being due and
payable immediately upon the determination thereof. Further, in the event of
such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to
purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment
to the then fair market value as reasonably determined by Lessor (without the
Lease being considered an encumbrance or any deduction for depreciation or
obsolescence, and considering the Premises at its highest and best use and in
good condition) or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the price previously in
effect, (ii) any index-oriented rental or price adjustment formulas contained
in this Lease shall be adjusted to require that the base index be determined
with reference to the index applicable to the time of such adjustment, and
(iii) any fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the reminder of the Lease
term shall be increased in the same ratio as the new rental bears to the Base
Rent in effect immediately prior to the adjustment specified in Lessor's
Notice.
(e) Lessee's remedy for any breach of this Paragraph 12.1 by
Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.
12.2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.
(a) Regardless of Lessor's consent, any assignment or subletting
shall not (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such
assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii)
release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, nor (iii) after the primary
liability of Lessee for the payment of Base Rent and other sums due Lessor
hereunder or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by
Lessee under this Lease.
(b) Lessor may accept any rent or performance of Lessee's
obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval
of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such
assignment nor the acceptance of any rent for performance shall constitute a
waiver or estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for the Default
or Breach by Lessee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this
Lease.
(c) The consent of Lessor to any assignment or subletting shall
not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting by Lessee
or to any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the assignee
or sublessee. However, Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and
assignments of the sublease or any amendments or modifications thereto
without notifying Lessee or anyone else liable under this Lease or the
sublease and without obtaining their consent, and such action shall not
relieve such persons from liability under this Lease or the sublease.
(d) In the event of any Default or Breach of Lessee's obligation
under this Lease, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors
or anyone else responsible for the performance of the Lessee's obligations
under this Lease, including any sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor's
remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor,
or any security held by Lessor.
(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall
be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor's
determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and
appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not
limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if
any, together with a non-refundable deposit of $1,000 or ten percent (10%) of
the monthly Base Rent applicable to the portion of the Premises which is the
subject of the proposed assignment or sublease whichever is greater, as
reasonable consideration for Lessor's considering and processing the request
for consent Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional
information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested by Lessor.
(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by
reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease be deemed
for the benefit of Lessor, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply
with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be
observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or
sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with
provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically
consented in writing.
Initials
----------
----------
-6-
<PAGE>
(g) The occurrence of a transaction described in Paragraph 12.2(c)
shall give Lessor the right (but not the obligation) to require that the
Security Deposit be increased by an amount equal to two (2) times the then
monthly Base Rent, and Lessor may make the actual receipt by Lessor of the
Security Deposit increase a condition to Lessor's consent to such transaction.
(h) Lessor, as a condition to giving its consent to any assignment
or subletting, may require that the amount and adjustment schedule of the
rent payable under this Lease be adjusted to what is then the market value
and/or adjustment schedule for property similar to the Premises as then
constituted, as determined by Lessor.
12.3 ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO SUBLETTING. The
following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all
or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases
under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:
(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee's
interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of all or a
portion of the Premises heretofore or hereafter made by Lessee, and Lessor
may collect such rent and income and apply same toward Lessee's obligations
under this Lease, provided, however, that until a Breach (as defined in
Paragraph 13.1) shall occur in the performance of Lessee's obligations under
this Lease, Lessee may, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, receive,
collect and enjoy the rents accruing under such sublease. Lessor shall not,
by reason of the foregoing provision or any other assignment of such sublease
to Lessor, nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a sublease, be
deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and
comply with any of Lessee's obligations to such sublessee under such
Sublease. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such
sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach
exists in the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, to pay to
Lessor the rents and other charges due and to become due under the sublease.
Sublessee shall rely upon any such statement and request from Lessor and
shall pay such rents and other charges to Lessor without any obligation or
right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists and notwithstanding any
notice from or claim from Lessee to the contrary, Lessee shall have no right
or claim against such sublessee, or, until the Breach has been cured, against
Lessor, for any such rents and other charges so paid by said sublessee to
Lessor.
(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its
obligations under this Lease, Lessor, at its option and without any
obligation to do so, may require any sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in
which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under
such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration
of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any
prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or
for any other prior defaults or breaches of such sublessor under such
sublease.
(c) Any matter or thing requiring the consent of the sublessor
under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor herein.
(d) No sublessee under a sublease approved by Lessor shall further
assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor's prior
written consent.
(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default of Breach
by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of
Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The
sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against
Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.
13. DEFAULT; BREACH; REMEDIES.
13.1 DEFAULT: BREACH. Lessor and Lessee agree that if an attorney is
consulted by Lessor in connection with a Lessee Default or Breach (as
hereinafter defined), $350.00 is a reasonable minimum sum per such occurrence
for legal services and costs in the preparation and service of a notice of
Default, and that Lessor may include the cost of such services and costs in
said notice as rent due and payable to cure said default. A "Default" by
Lessee is defined as a failure by Lessee to observe, comply with or perform
any of the terms, covenants, conditions or rules applicable to Lessee under
this Lease. A "Breach" by Lessee is defined as the occurrence of any one or
more of the following Defaults, and, where a grace period for cure after
notice is specified herein, the failure by Lessee to cure such Default prior
to the expiration of the applicable grace period, and shall entitle Lessor to
pursue the remedies set forth in Paragraphs 13.2 and/or 13.3:
(a) The vacating of the Premises without the intention to reoccupy
same, or the abandonment of the Premises.
(b) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the
failure by Lessee to make any payment of Base Rent, Lessee's Share of Common
Area Operating Expenses, or any other monetary payment required to be made by
Lessee hereunder as and when due, the failure by Lessee to provide Lessor
with reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond required under this
Lease, or the failure of Lessee to fulfill any obligation under this Lease
which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues
for a period of three (3) days following written notice thereof by or on
behalf of Lessor to Lessee.
(c) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the
failure by Lessee to provide Lessor with reasonable written evidence (in duly
executed original form, if applicable) of (i) compliance with Applicable
Requirements per Paragraph 6.3, (ii) the inspection, maintenance and service
contracts required under Paragraph 7.1(b), (iii) the rescission of an
unauthorized assignment or subletting per Paragraph 12.1, (iv) a Tenancy
Statement per Paragraphs 16 or 37, (v) the subordination or non-subordination
of this Lease per Paragraph 30, (vi) the guaranty of the performance of
Lessee's obligations under this Lease if required under Paragraphs 1.11 and
37, (vii) the execution of any document requested under Paragraph 42
(easements), or (viii) any other documentation or information which Lessor
may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this lease, where any
such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days following written notice
by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.
(d) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions, or
provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof
that are to be observed, complied with or performed by Lessee, other than
those described in Subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b) or (c), above, where such
Default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice
thereof by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee; provided, however, that if the
nature of Lessee's Default is such that more than thirty (30) days are
reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach
of this Lease by Lessee if Lessee commences such cure within said thirty (30)
day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.
(e) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making
by Lessee of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of
creditors; (ii) Lessee's becoming a "debtor" as defined in 11 U.S. Code
Section 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a
petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days);
(iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of
substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lesse's
interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within
thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure
of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of
Lessee's interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within
thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this
Subparagraph 13.1(e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall
be of no force or effect, and shall not affect the validity of the remaining
provisions.
(f) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement of Lessee
or of any Guarantor, given to Lessor by Lessee or any Guarantor, was
materially false.
(g) If the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease is
guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a
Guarantor's liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance
with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor's becoming insolvent or
the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor's refusal to honor the
guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor's breach of its guaranty obligation on an
anticipatory breach basis, and Lessee's failure, within sixty (60) days
following written notice by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee of any such
event, to provide Lessor with written alternative assurances of security,
which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or
exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that
existed at the time of execution of this Lease.
13.2 REMEDIES. If Lessee fails to perform any affirmative duty or
obligation of Lessee under this Lease, within ten (10) days after written
notice to Lessee (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may at
its option (but without obligation to do so), perform such duty or obligation
on Lessee's behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably
required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or
approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by Lessor shall be
due and payable by Lessee to Lessor upon invoice therefor. If any check given
to Lessor by Lessee shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn,
Lessor, at its own option, may require all future payments to be made under
this Lease by Lessee to be made only by cashier's check. In the event of a
Breach of this Lease by Lessee (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), with or
without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise
of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach, Lessor
may:
(a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any
lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate
and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor.
In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the worth
at the time of the award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time
of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which
the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time
of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could
have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the
amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of
award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be
reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor
for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee's failure to perform
its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things
would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of
recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including
necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorney's
fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection
with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at
the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the
immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount
at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco or the
Federal Reserve Bank District in which the Premises are located at the time
of award plus one percent (1%). Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused
by Lessee's Default or Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor's right to
recover damages under this Paragraph 13.2 if termination of this Lease is
obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer. Lessor shall
have the right to recover in such proceeding the unpaid rent and damages as
are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or
any part thereof in a separate suit for such rent and/or damages. If a notice
and grace period required under Subparagraph 13.1(b), (c) or (d) was not
previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit, as the
case may be, given to Lessee under any statute authorizing the forfeiture of
leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute the applicable notice for
grace period purposes required by Subparagraph 13.1(b), (c) or (d). In such
case, the applicable grace period under the unlawful detainer statute shall
run concurrently after the one such statutory notice, and the failure of
Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two (2) such grace
periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease
entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said
statute.
(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee's right to possession in effect
(in California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Lessee's
Breach and recover the rent as it become due, provided Lessee has the right
to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Lessor and
Lessee agree that the limitations on assignment and subletting in this Lease
are reasonable. Acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the
Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor's interest
under this Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee's right to
possession.
(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Lessor
under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are
located.
Initials
----------
----------
-7-
<PAGE>
(d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the
termination of Lessee's right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from
liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring
or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the
Premises.
13.3 INDUCEMENT RECAPTURE IN EVENT OF BREACH. Any agreement by Lessor for
free or abated rent or other charges applicable to the Premises, or for the
giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus,
inducement or consideration for Lessee's entering into this Lease, all of which
concessions are hereinafter referred to as "Inducement Provisions" shall be
deemed conditioned upon Lessee's full and faithful performance of all of the
terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed or observed by
Lessee during the term hereof as the same may be extended. Upon the occurrence
of a Breach (as defined in Paragraph 13.1) of this Lease by Lessee, any such
Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and
of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or
consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an
Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor,
and recoverable by Lessor, as additional rent due under this Lease,
notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by
Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this
Paragraph 13.3 shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this
Paragraph 13.3 unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of
such acceptance.
13.4 LATE CHARGES*. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee
to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur costs
not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely
difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing
and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by the
terms of any ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises.
Accordingly, if any installment of rent or other sum due from Lessee shall not
be received by Lessor or Lessor's designee within ten (10) days after such
amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee
shall pay to Lessor a late charge equal to six percent (6%) of such overdue
amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and
reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by
Lessee. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a
waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor
prevent Lessor from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted
hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not
collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of Base Rent, then
notwithstanding Paragraph 4.1 or any other provision of this Lease to the
contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly
in advance. *REFER TO PARAGRAPH 52 BELOW.
13.5 BREACH BY LESSOR. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this
Lease unless Lessor falls within a reasonable time to perform an obligation
required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph 13.5, a
reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt
by Lessor, and by any Lender(s) whose name and address shall have been
furnished to Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying
wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however,
that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more than thirty (30)
days after such notice are reasonably required for its performance, then
Lessor shall not be in breach of this Lease if performance is commenced
within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to
completion.
14. CONDEMNATION. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the
power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said
power (all of which are herein called "condemnation"), this Lease shall
terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes
title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%)
of the floor area of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of
the portion of the Common Areas designated for Lessee's parking, is taken by
condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee's option, to be exercised in writing
within ten (10) days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of
such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the
condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of
the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not
terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall
remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining,
except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the same proportion as the
rentable floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable floor
area of the Premises. No reduction of Base Rent shall occur if the
condemnation does not apply to any portion of the Premises. Any award for the
taking of all or any part of the Premises under the power of eminent domain
or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the
property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for
diminution of value of the leasehold or for the taking of the fee, or as
severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any
compensation, separately awarded to Lessee for Lessee's relocation expenses
and/or loss of Lessee's Trade Fixtures. In the event that this Lease is not
terminated by reason of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the extent of its
net severance damages received, over and above Lessee's Share of the legal
and other expenses incurred by Lessor in the condemnation matter, repair any
damage to the Premises caused by such condemnation authority. Lessee shall be
responsible for the payment of any amount in excess of such net severance
damages required to complete such repair.
15. BROKERS' FEES.
15.1 PROCURING CAUSE.* The Broker(s) named in Paragraph 1.10 is/are the
procuring cause of this Lease. *REFER TO PARAGRAPH 55 BELOW.
DELETE PARAGRAPH 15.2
DELETE PARAGRAPH 15.3
15.4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Lessee and Lessor each represent and
warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker
or finder other than as named in Paragraph 1.10(a) in connection with the
negotiation of this Lease and/or the consummation of the transaction
contemplated hereby, and that no broker or other person, firm or entity other
than said named Broker(s) is entitled to any commission or finder's fees in
connection with said transaction. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to
indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against
liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed
broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of
the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, and/or attorneys' fees
reasonably incurred with respect thereto.
16. TENANCY AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
16.1 TENANCY STATEMENT. Each Party (as "Responding Party") shall within ten
(10) days after written notice from the other Party (the "Requesting Party")
execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing
in a form similar to the then most current "Tenancy Statement" form published by
the American Industrial Real Estate Association, plus such additional
information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by
the Requesting Party.
16.2 FINANCIAL STATEMENT. If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell
the Premises or the Building, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors
shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such
financial statements of Lessee and such Guarantors as may be reasonably required
by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee's financial
statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial statements shall be
received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used
only for the purposes herein set forth.
17. LESSOR'S LIABILITY. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean the owner
or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises. In the event
of a transfer of Lessor's title or interest in the Premises or in this Lease,
Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any
unused Security Deposit held by Lessor at the time of such transfer or
assignment. Except as provided in Paragraph 15.3, upon such transfer or
assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor
shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or
covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to
the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by
the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.
18. SEVERABILITY. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined
by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.
19. INTEREST ON PAST-DUE OBLIGATIONS. Any monetary payment due Lessor
hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor within ten (10)
days following the date on which it was due, shall bear interest from the
date due at the prime rate charged by the largest state chartered bank in the
state in which the Premises are located plus four percent (4%) per annum, but
not exceeding the maximum rate allowed by law, in addition to the potential
late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.
20. TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of
all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.
21. RENT DEFINED. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms
of this Lease are deemed to be rent.
22. NO PRIOR OR OTHER AGREEMENTS; BROKER DISCLAIMER. This Lease contains all
agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein,
and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be
effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that
it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the
nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to
this Lease and as to the nature, quality and character of the Premises.
Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any
default or breach hereof by either Party. Each Broker shall be an intended
third party beneficiary of the provisions of this Paragraph 22.
23. NOTICES.
23.1 NOTICE REQUIREMENTS. All notices required or permitted by this
Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by
messenger or courier service) or may be sent by regular, certified or
registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or
by facsimile transmission during normal business hours, and shall be deemed
sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The
addresses noted adjacent to a Party's signature on this Lease shall be that
Party's address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes. Either Party may
be written notice to the other specify a different address for notice
purposes, except that upon Lessee's taking possession of the Premises, the
Premises shall constitute Lessee's address for the purpose of mailing or
delivering notices to Lessee. A copy of all notices required or permitted to
be given to Lessor hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party
or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter
designate by written notice to Lessee.
23.2 DATE OF NOTICE. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail,
return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on
the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent
by regular mail, the notice shall be deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after
the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid.
Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that
guarantees next day
Initials:
------
------
-8-
<PAGE>
delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same
to the United States Postal Service or courier. If any notice is transmitted by
facsimile transmission or similar means, the same shall be deemed served or
delivered upon telephone or facsimile confirmation of receipt of the
transmission thereof, provided a copy is also delivered via delivery of mail. If
notice is received on a Saturday or a Sunday or a legal holiday, it shall be
deemed received on the next business day.
24. WAIVERS. No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term,
covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other
term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by
Lessee of the same or any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor's
consent to, or approval of, any such act shall not be deemed to render
unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any
subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an
estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such
consent. Regardless of Lessor's knowledge of a Default or Breach at the time
of accepting rent, the acceptance of rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of
any Default or Breach by Lessee of any provision hereof. Any payment given
Lessor by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages
due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by
Lessee in connection therewith, with such statements and/or conditions shall
be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing
by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.
25. RECORDING. Either Lessor or Lessee shall, upon request of the other,
execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a short term memorandum of this
Lease for recording purposes. The Party requesting recordation shall be
responsible for payment of any fees or taxes applicable thereto.
26. NO RIGHT TO HOLDOVER. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the
Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or earlier termination of
this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over in violation of this
Paragraph 26 then the Base Rent payable from and after the time of the
expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall be increased to one
hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Base Rent applicable during the
month immediately preceding such expiration or earlier termination. Nothing
contained herein shall be construed as a consent by Lessor to any holding
over by Lessee.
27. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies
at law or in equity.
28. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or
performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions.
29. BINDING EFFECT; CHOICE OF LAW. This Lease shall be binding upon the
Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed
by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation
between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the
county in which the Premises are located.
30. SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT; NON-DISTURBANCE.
30.1 SUBORDINATION. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be
subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other
hypothecation or security device (collectively, "Security Device"), now or
hereafter placed by Lessor upon the real property of which the Premises are a
part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals,
modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Lessee
agrees that the Lenders holding any such Security Device shall have no duty,
liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this
Lease, but that in the event of Lessor's default with respect to any such
obligation, Lessee will give any Lender whose name and address have been
furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose notice of Lessor's default pursuant
to Paragraph 13.5. If any Lender shall elect to have this Lease and/or any
Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device and shall give
written notice thereof to Lessee, this Lease and such Options shall be deemed
prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the
documentation or recordation thereof.
30.2 ATTORNMENT. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph
30.3, Lessee agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires
ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and
that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable
for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring
prior to acquisition of ownership, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses
which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, or (iii) be bound by
prepayment of more than one month's rent.
30.3 NON-DISTURBANCE. With respect to Security Devices entered into by
Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee's subordination of this Lease
shall be subject to receiving assurance (a "non-disturbance agreement") from the
Lender that Lessee's possession and this Lease, including any options to extend
the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof
and attorns to the record owner of the Premises.
30.4 SELF-EXECUTING. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be
effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however,
that upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale,
financing or refinancing of Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such
further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any such
subordination or non-subordination, attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement
as is provided for herein.
31. ATTORNEYS' FEES. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding to
enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as
hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be
entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same
suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding
is pursued to decision or judgment. The term "Prevailing Party" shall include,
without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the
relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment,
or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The
attorneys' fee award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee
schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys' fees reasonably
incurred. Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys' fees, costs and expenses
incurred in preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in
connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in
connection with such Default or resulting Breach. Broker(s) shall be intended
third party beneficiaries of this Paragraph 31.
32. LESSOR'S ACCESS: SHOWING PREMISES; REPAIRS. Lessor and Lessor's agents
shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an
emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times for the purpose of showing the
same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such
alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the
Building, as Lessor may reasonably deem necessary. Lessor may at any time
place on or about the Premises or Building any ordinary "For Sale" signs and
Lessor may at any time during the last two hundred seventy (270) days of the
term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary "For Lease" signs.
All such activities of Lessor shall be without abatement of rent or liability
to Lessee.
33. AUCTIONS. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either
voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having
obtained Lessor's prior written consent. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Lease, Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard
of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.
34. SIGNS. Lessee shall not place any sign upon the exterior of the Premises
or the Building, except that Lessee may, with Lessor's prior written consent,
install (but not on the roof) such signs as are reasonably required to
advertise Lessee's own business so long as such signs are in a location
designated by Lessor and comply with Applicable Requirements and the signage
criteria established for the Industrial Center by Lessor. The installation of
any sign on the Premises by or for Lessee shall be subject to the provisions
of Paragraph 7 (Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures
and Alterations). Unless otherwise expressly agreed herein, Lessor reserves
all rights to the use of the roof of the Building, and the right to install
advertising signs on the Building, including the roof, which do not
unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Lessee's business; Lessor shall be
entitled to all revenues from such advertising signs.
35. TERMINATION; MERGER. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by
Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual
termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for
Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate
in the Premises; provided, however, Lessor shall, in the event of any such
surrender, termination or cancellation, have the option to continue any one
or all of any existing subtenancies. Lessor's failure within ten (10) days
following any such event to make a written election to the contrary by
written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute
Lessor's election to have such event constitute the termination of such
interest.
36. CONSENTS.
(a) Except for Paragraph 33 hereof (Auctions) or as otherwise
provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to
an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed. Lessor's actual reasonable costs and expenses (including
but not limited to architects', attorneys', engineers' and other consultants'
fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee
for any Lessor consent pertaining to this Lease or the Premises, including
but not limited to consents to an assignment a subletting or the presence or
use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor upon receipt
of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. In addition to the
deposit described in Paragraph 12.2(e), Lessor may, as a condition to
considering any such request by Lessee, require that Lessee deposit with
Lessor an amount of money (in addition to the Security Deposit held under
Paragraph 5) reasonably calculated by Lessor to represent the cost Lessor
will incur in considering and responding to Lessee's request. Any unused
portion of said deposit shall be refunded to Lessee without interest.
Lessor's consent to any act, assignment of this Lease or subletting of the
Premises by Lessee shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or
Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a
waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise
specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent.
(b) All conditions to Lessor's consent authorized by this Lease are
acknowledged by Lessee as being reasonable. The failure to specify herein any
particular condition to Lessor's consent shall not preclude the impositions by
Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then
reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being
given.
37. GUARANTOR.
37.1 FORM OF GUARANTY. If there are to be any Guarantors of this Lease
per Paragraph 1.11, the form of the guaranty to be executed by each such
Guarantor shall be in the form most recently published by the American
Industrial Real Estate Association, and each such Guarantor shall have the
same obligations as Lessee under this lease, including but not limited to the
obligation to provide the Tenancy Statement and information required in
Paragraph 16.
37.2 ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF GUARANTOR. It shall constitute a Default of
the Lessee under this Lease if any such Guarantor fails or refuses, upon
reasonable request by Lessor to give: (a) evidence of the due execution of the
guaranty called for by this Lease, including the authority of the Guarantor (and
of the party signing on Guarantor's behalf) to obligate such Guarantor on said
guaranty, and resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of
such guaranty, together with a certificate of incumbency showing the signatures
of the persons authorized to sign on its behalf, (b) current financial
statements of Guarantor as may from time to time be requested by Lessor, (c) a
Tenancy Statement, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in
effect.
38. QUIET POSSESSION. Upon payment by Lessee of the rent for the Premises and
the performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee's
part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet
possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the
provisions of this Lease.
Initials:
------
------
-9-
<PAGE>
39. OPTIONS.
39.1 DEFINITION. As used in this Lease, the word "Option" has the
following meaning: (a) the right to extend the term of this Lease or to renew
this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property
of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal to lease the Premises or the right
of first offer to lease the Premises or the right of first refusal to lease
other property of Lessor or the right of first offer to lease other property
of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase the Premises, or the right of first
refusal to purchase the Premises, or the right of first offer to purchase the
Premises, or the right to purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of
first refusal to purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of first
offer to purchase other property of Lessor.
39.2 OPTIONS PERSONAL TO ORIGINAL LESSEE. Each Option granted to
Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee named in Paragraph
1.1 hereof, and cannot be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned or exercised
by any person or entity other than said original Lessee while the original
Lessee is in full and actual possession of the Premises and without the
intention of thereafter assigning or subletting. The Options, if any, herein
granted to Lessee are not assignable, either as a part of an assignment of
this Lease or separately or apart therefrom, and no Option may be separated
from this Lease in any manner, by reservation or otherwise.
39.3 MULTIPLE OPTIONS. In the event that Lessee has any multiple
Options to extend or renew this Lease, a letter option cannot be exercised
unless the prior Options to extend or renew this Lease have been validly
exercised.
39.4 EFFECT OF DEFAULT ON OPTIONS.
(a) Lessees shall have no right to exercise an Option, notwithstanding
any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary: (1) during the period
commencing with the giving of any notice of Default under Paragraph 13.1 and
continuing until the noticed Default is cured, or (ii) during the period of
time any monetary obligation due Lessor from Lessee is unpaid (without regard
to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), or (iii) during the time Lessee
is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessor has given to
Lessee three (3) or more notices of separate Defaults under Paragraph 13.1
during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the exercise of the
Option, whether or not the Defaults are cured.
(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall
not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise an
Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).
(c) All rights of Lessee under the provisions of an Option shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due
and timely exercise of the Option. If, after such exercise and during the
term of this Lease, (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary obligation
of Lessee for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation becomes due
(without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof to Lessee); or (ii)
Lessor gives to Lessee three (3) or more notices of separate Defaults under
Paragraph 13.1 during any twelve (12) month period, whether or not the
Defaults are cured, or (iii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.
40. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Lessee agrees that it will abide by, and keep
and observe all reasonable rules and regulations ("Rules and Regulations")
which Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, care, and
cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the
preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants
or tenants of the Building and the Industrial Center and their invitees.
41. SECURITY MEASURES. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable
to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other
security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to
provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the
Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of
third parties.
42. RESERVATIONS. Lessor reserves the right, from time to time, to grant,
without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights of way,
utility raceways, and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause
the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements,
rights of way, utility raceways, dedications, maps and restrictions do not
reasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees
to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such
easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.
43. PERFORMANCE UNDER PROTEST. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to
any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the
provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is
asserted shall have the right to make payment "under protest" and such
payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive
the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such
sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part
of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be
entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally
required to pay under the provisions of this Lease.
44. AUTHORITY. If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, or general or
limited partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such
entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute
and deliver this Lease on its behalf. If Lessee is a corporation, trust or
partnership, Lessee shall, within thirty (30) days after request by Lessor,
deliver to Lessor evidence satisfactory to Lessor of such authority.
45. CONFLICT. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and
the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the
typewritten or handwritten provisions.
46. OFFER. Preparation of this Lease by either Lessor or Lessee or Lessor's
agent or Lessee's agent and submission of same to Lessee or Lessor shall not
be deemed an offer to lease. This Lease is not intended to be binding until
executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.
47. AMENDMENTS. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the
parties in interest at the time of the modification. The Parties shall amend
this Lease from time to time to reflect any adjustments that are made to the
Base Rent or other rent payable under this Lease. As long as they do not
materially change Lessee's obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such
reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably
required by an institutional insurance company or pension plan Lender in
connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the
property of which the Premises are a part.
48. MULTIPLE PARTIES. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if
more than one person or entity is named herein as either Lessor or Lessee,
the obligations of such multiple persons shall be the joint and several
responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Lessor or
Lessee.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
-10-
<PAGE>
[THIS AREA INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM
AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR
INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE
TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY
REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH
RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.
IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN, IT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR YOUR
ATTORNEY'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL FURTHER, EXPERTS SHOULD BE CONSULTED TO
EVALUATE THE CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY FOR THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF
ASBESTOS, UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS OR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. NO
REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL
REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY THE REAL ESTATE BROKERS OR THEIR
CONTRACTORS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL
EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH
IT RELATES; THE PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR
OWN COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE. IF THE
SUBJECT PROPERTY IS IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, AN ATTORNEY
FROM THE STATE WHERE THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED SHOULD BE CONSULTED.
The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates
specified above their respective signatures.
Executed at: Lessor's office Executed at:
------------------------------ ---------------------
on: 2/7/96 on: 2/6/96
--------------------------------------- ------------------------------
By LESSOR: By LESSEE:
WILLOW ROAD ASSOCIATES, LLC LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
- ------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------
By: /s/ Thomas S. Siewert By: /s/ Steven M. Willens
-------------------------------------- -------------------------------
Name Printed: Thomas S. Siewert Name Printed: Steven Willens
----------------------------- ---------------------
Title: Member/Partner Title: President
------------------------------------ ----------------------------
By: By:
-------------------------------------- -------------------------------
Name Printed: Name Printed:
----------------------------- ---------------------
Title: Title:
------------------------------------ ----------------------------
Address: 3375 Scott Boulevard, Suite 308 Address:
---------------------------------- --------------------------
Santa Clara, CA 95054
- ------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------
Telephone: (408) 496-1234 Telephone: (510) 426-0770
-------------------------------- ------------------------
Facsimile: (408) 988-4768 Facsimile: (510) 426-8951
-------------------------------- ------------------------
TAX I.D. # 77-0127305
BROKER: BROKER: LEE & ASSOCIATES
Executed at: Executed at:
------------------------------ ---------------------
on: on: 2/6/96
--------------------------------------- ------------------------------
By: By: /s/ Mark Pleis
-------------------------------------- -------------------------------
Name Printed: Name Printed: Mark Pleis
----------------------------- ---------------------
Title: Title: Principal
------------------------------------ ----------------------------
Address: Address: 4305 Hacienda Drive,
Suite 350
---------------------------------- --------------------------
Pleasanton, CA 94588
- ------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------
Telephone: Telephone: (510) 460-6200
-------------------------------- ------------------------
Facsimile: Facsimile: (510) 460-6210
-------------------------------- ------------------------
NOTE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and
needs of the industry. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing
the most current form. AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 345 So.
Figueroa St., M-1, Los Angeles, CA 90071, (213) 687-8777
- -Copyright- 1993 by American Industrial Real Estate Association. All rights
reserved. No part of these words may be reproduced in any form without
permission in writing.
-11-
<PAGE>
ADDENDUM TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI TENANT LEASE - MODIFIED NET
PARTIES: WILLOW ROAD ASSOCIATES, LLC (LESSOR),
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. (LESSEE).
DATED: JANUARY 24, 1996
49. EARLY POSSESSION. Lessee shall be granted possession of a portion of the
Premises, as determined by Lessor in its sole and absolute discretion, on
October 1, 1996, provided: (i) Lessee does not interfere with the
construction of the improvements contemplated by this Lease or any seismic
work that Lessor may elect to perform, nor cause a delay in such
construction, and (ii) all governing authorities having jurisdiction over the
Premises approve of Lessee's partial occupancy during the course of
construction. In the event that Lessee's acts, changes, or omissions during
such early possession causes a delay in completion of the improvements or
seismic work, as determined by Lessor in its sole and absolute discretion,
such delay shall not alter or affect the scheduled Commencement Date and
Lessee shall pay Base Rent as of the Commencement Date even if the
improvements and seismic work are not completed. In the event Lessee's early
possession causes an increase in the cost to construct the improvements or
seismic work, as determined by Lessor in its sole and absolute discretion,
then Lessee shall pay Lessor on demand for such increase, regardless of the
total cost of said improvements or seismic work. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary contained in this Lease, if partial possession is not tendered
to Lessee on the scheduled Early Possession Date, the period free of the
obligation to pay Base Rent shall terminate on the date prior to the
Commencement Date and shall not extend for any period thereafter.
50. RENT INCREASE. Commencing May 1, 1999 and continuing through October,
2001, the monthly Base Rent shall be $52,000.00. Commencing November 1, 2001
and continuing through the remainder of the Original Term, the monthly Base
Rent shall be $55,500.00.
51. PARKING. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in paragraph
2.6 above, Lessee shall not park nor permit to be parked any inoperative
vehicles on any portion of the Common Areas.
52. LATE CHARGES. In reference to paragraph 13.4 above, the ten (10) day time
period for performance shall end at 4:00 PM Pacific Time on the tenth (10th)
calendar day. If the ten (10) day time period for performance ends on a
Saturday, Sunday, or federal, state, city or legal holiday, then such date
for performance shall be extended to 4:00 PM Pacific Time on the following
day which is not a Saturday, Sunday, or federal, state, city or legal
holiday. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in paragraph 13.4
above or this paragraph 52, Lessor agrees to waive the late charge the first
time only, AND FOR NO OTHER TIME, Lessee fails to pay rent or any other sum
due from Lessee within the time period required in this Lease, provided
Lessee delivers to Lessor said rent or other sum due within three days after
being notified by Lessor that the rent or other sum due is late.
53. PETS. Lessee shall not keep or permit to be kept any pets within the
Premises, Common Areas, or Industrial Center at any time.
54. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Lessee shall provide Lessor with additional
financial statements and credit references as Lessor may require prior to the
execution of this Lease.
55. CONFIDENTIALITY. Lessee and Broker agree to keep every part of this Lease
confidential and not to disclose nor advertise any of the terms and
conditions of this Lease without the Lessor's prior written consent.
56. IMPROVEMENTS. Immediately upon execution and delivery of this Lease,
Lessor and Lessee agree to meet with Lessor's architect to plan alterations
and improvements to the Premises. Lessor and Lessee agree to cooperate and
work expeditiously in finalizing a floor plan within one month of the
execution of this Lease. Commencing on the later of the Early Possession Date
or the date which Lessor receives a building permit to construct the
improvements, Lessor, at Lessor's expense, and subject to possible
reimbursement below, shall begin the improvement work as indicated on the
improvement plans. Lessor's cost for the improvements, including the cost of
architectural and engineering, building permits, plan check, fees, fire
protection, ADA compliance, and all other improvement-related costs requested
by Lessee or required by any governing authority, excepting only the cost to
repaint the Building, shall not exceed $200,000.00. In the event it is
estimated that the cost shall exceed $200,000.00, then prior to the
commencement of any work by Lessor and upon Lessor's demand, Lessee shall pay
to Lessor that portion exceeding $200,000.00. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained above, Lessor, at Lessor's expense, shall repaint the
exterior of the Building on or before December 31, 1996.
57. OPTION TO EXTEND. Subject to the provisions contained in paragraph 39
above, Lessee shall have the right, at its option, to extend the term of this
Lease for a period of five (5) years commencing November 1, 2004 (the
"Extension Term"). If Lessee elects to extend this Lease pursuant to this
paragraph 57, Lessee shall give unequivocal written notice ("Exercise
Notice") of its exercise to Lessor not less than two hundred seventy (270)
days prior to the Expiration Date of the Original Term. Lessee's failure to
give the Exercise Notice in a timely manner shall be deemed a waiver of
Lessee's right to extend. The terms, covenants and conditions applicable to
the Extension Term shall be the same terms, covenants and conditions of this
Lease except that (1) Lessee shall not be entitled to any further option to
extend for any period after the Extension Term, and (2) the Base Rent for the
Premises shall be increased as provided in this paragraph 57.
DETERMINATION OF BASE RENT DURING THE EXTENSION TERM:
(i) AGREEMENT ON RENT. Lessor and Lessee shall have sixty (60) days
after Lessor receives the Exercise Notice in which to agree on the Base Rent
during the Extension Term, which shall be the fair market rental value of the
Premises during the Extension Term. In determining the fair market rental
value of the Premises during the Extension Term, consideration shall be given
to the uses of the premises permitted under this Lease, the quality, size,
design and location of the Premises, and the rental value of comparable space
located the Pleasanton area with similar quality improvements to the
improvements in existence on the date of the extension. In no event shall the
Base Rent for the Extension Term be less than the Base Rent last payable
under this Lease during the Original Term. If Lessor and Lessee agree on the
Base Rent for the Extension Term during the sixty (60) day period, they shall
immediately execute an amendment to this Lease stating the Base Rent.
<PAGE>
(ii) SELECTION OF APPRAISERS. If Lessor and Lessee are unable to agree
on the Base Rent for the Extension Term within the sixty (60) day period,
then within ten (10) days after the expiration of the sixty (60) day period,
Lessor and Lessee each, at its cost and by giving notice to the other party,
shall appoint a competent disinterested real estate appraiser with at least
five (5) years' full time commercial appraisal experience in the geographical
area of the Building to appraise and set the Base Rent during the Extension
Term. If either Lessor or Lessee does not appoint an appraiser within ten
(10) days after the other party has given notice of the name of its
appraiser, the single appraiser appointed shall be the sole appraiser and shall
set the Base Rent during the Extension Term. If two (2) appraisers are
appointed by Lessor and Lessee as stated in this paragraph, they shall meet
promptly and attempt to set the Base Rent during the Extension Term. If two
(2) appraisers are unable to agree within thirty (30) days after the second
appraiser has been appointed, they shall attempt to select a third appraiser
meeting the qualifications stated in this paragraph within ten (10) days
after the last day the two (2) appraisers are given to set the Base Rent.
If they are unable to agree on the third appraiser, either Lessor or Lessee, by
giving ten (10) days' notice to the other party, can apply to the then
president of the real estate board of the county in which the Building is
located, or to the Presiding Judge of the Superior Court of the county in which
the Building is located, for the selection of a third appraiser who meets the
qualifications stated in this paragraph. Lessor and Lessee each shall bear
one-half (1/2) of the cost of appointing the third appraiser and of paying
the third appraiser's fee. The third appraiser, however selected, shall be a
person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either Lessor or
Lessee.
(iii) VALUE DETERMINED BY THREE (3) APPRAISERS. Within thirty (30) days
after the selection of the third appraiser, a majority of the appraisers
shall set the Base Rent for the Extension Term. If a majority of the
appraisers is unable to set the Base Rent within the stipulated period of
time, Lessor's appraiser shall arrange for simultaneous exchange of written
appraisals from each of the appraisers and the three (3) appraisals shall be
added together and their total divided by three (3); the resulting quotient
shall be the Base Rent for the Premises during the Extension Term. If,
however, the low appraisal and/or high appraisal are/is more than ten percent
(10%) lower and/or higher than the middle appraisal, the low appraisal and/or
the high appraisal shall be disregarded. If only one (1) appraisal is
disregarded, the remain two (2) appraisals shall be added together and their
total divided by two (2); the resulting quotient shall be the Base Rent for
the Premises during the Extension Term. If both the low appraisal and the
high appraisal are disregarded as stated this paragraph, the middle appraisal
shall be the Base Rent for the Premises during the Extension Term.
(iv) NOTICE TO LESSOR AND LESSEE. After the Base Rent for the Extension
Term has been set, the appraisers shall immediately notify Lessor and Lessee,
and Lessor and Lessee shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease
stating the Base Rent.
58. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. Lessee acknowledges that Lessor has delivered to
Lessee a copy of that certain Environmental Site Assessment dated September
22, 1995 and Subsurface Investigation Report dated October 11, 1995, prepared
by AllWest Environmental, Inc. (collectively, "Environmental Reports"). The
Environmental Reports indicate the presence of trace amounts of a Hazardous
Substance in the groundwater beneath the Building ("Existing Hazardous
Substance"). Lessor shall be responsible for any investigation or remediation
of the Existing Hazardous Substance required by any applicable governmental
agency having jurisdiction and Lessee shall not be required to pay any costs
in connection with any such investigation or remediation. Nothing contained
herein shall absolve Lessee from any responsibility for Hazardous Substances
used, generated, stored, disposed, released or transported by Lessee on or
from the Industrial Center.
59. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in paragraph 12.1(b) above, the transfer, on a cumulative basis, of
fifty (50%) percent or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute
a change in control for purposes of this Lease, EXCEPT, in the event Lessee
becomes a publically traded company through an initial and subsequent public
offerings AND Steve Willens remains as President of Lessee, then for purposes
of this Lease, the transfer, on a cumulative basis, of seventy-five (75%)
percent or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in
control.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A - PREMISES
[FLOOR PLAN]
<PAGE>
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
This Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), is made by and between
Livingston Enterprises, Inc., located at 6920 Koll Center Parkway, #220,
Pleasanton, California ("Company"), and Jerrold Livingston ("Livingston"), an
individual residing at 1844 Kenpark Ct., San Jose, California.
WHEREAS, Livingston is a founder, and has served as the Company's Chairman of
the Board from inception to 1995, and its President from inception to 1994;
WHEREAS, During this time frame, Livingston has received no salary for the
time spent in pursuit of the growth of the Company, and for the assumption of
the risk of liability inherent in such pursuit;
WHEREAS, The Board of Directors wishes to recognize the contributions of
Livingston to the success of the Company, and his forbearance of full
compensation for his past services provided on behalf of the Company;
NOW THEREFORE, In consideration of Livingston's past services provided on
behalf of the Company, the Company hereby agrees to provide to Livingston,
the deferred compensation package as set forth below:
1. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN--This Deferred Compensation Plan is established
as an unfunded individual plan, created by the Company for the benefit of
Jerrold Livingston. It is created to compensate Livingston for his past
services provided on behalf of the Company, from the period of time from
September 12, 1986 until September 28, 1995. Livingston resigned as President
and Chief Executive Officer on October 26, 1994, and resigned as Chairman on
September 28, 1995. Livingston remains a director and over 10% shareholder of
the Company. This Plan is not intended to meet the funding, employee coverage
and other requirements of a "qualified" plan under Section 401(a) of the
Internal Revenue Code.
2. PAYMENT OF BENEFITS--Commencing on January 1, 1996, the Company agrees to
pay to Livingston, the aggregate amount of $90,000, to be paid in twenty-four
(24) bi-monthly installments, in accordance with the Company's standard
payroll procedures. Thereafter, the Company shall continue to make such
payments until: (1) January 1, 2005, or (2) the lock-up period terminates in
connection with the closing of an initial public offering of the Company's
common stock, or (3) the closing of a merger or sale of the Company;
whichever is sooner. The parties agree, however, that the first $90,000 is
guaranteed, notwithstanding the occurrence of numbers (2) or (3) above. In the
event of (1), (2) or (3) above, this Plan shall immediately terminate and be
of no further force or effect.
3. TAX IMPACT--The Company makes no representations or warranties to
Livingston concerning the Federal or California state tax consequences of this
Plan. Each party agrees
<PAGE>
that it shall be responsible for its own tax consequences and to satisfy or
pay when due, all tax obligations which may arise as a result of the
implementation of this Plan.
4. PARTIES IN INTEREST/NO ASSIGNMENT--This Plan shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors in interest, and
Livingston and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal
representatives. The rights and other benefits created under this Plan shall
not be assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered except by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution.
5. GOVERNING LAW--This Plan shall be construed in accordance with and is
governed by the laws of the State of California.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this agreement on
May 2, 1996.
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
By: /s/ Steve M. Willens
-----------------------
PRESIDENT
- --------------------------
/s/ Jerrold Livingston
----------------------
JERROLD LIVINGSTON
<PAGE>
AMENDMENT No.1
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN ENTERED INTO BY AND BETWEEN JERROLD LIVINGSTON AND
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC., DATED MAY 2, 1996 ("THE PLAN")
The Plan is hereby amended as follows:
The aggregate annual amount of deferred compensation shall be $110,000,
commencing on January 1, 1997. All other terms and conditions remain as written.
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
By: /s/ Richard J. Godfrey
-----------------------------------
Richard J. Godfrey, General Counsel
JERROLD LIVINGSTON
Signature: /s/ Jerrold Livingston
----------------------------
<PAGE>
[Logo]
MASTER REVOLVING NOTE
Variable Rate-Maturity Date-Obligatory Advance
(Business and Commercial Loans Only)
_____________________________________________________________________________
| AMOUNT NOTE DATE MATURITY DATE TAX IDENTIFICATION # |
| |
| $5,000,000.00 APRIL 30, 1996 MARCH 1, 1998 77-0127305 |
|_____________________________________________________________________________|
On the Maturity Date, as stated above, for value received, the undersigned
promise(s) to pay to the order of COMERICA BANK-CALIFORNIA ("Bank"), at any
office of the Bank in the State of California, FIVE MILLION AND NO/100
Dollars (U.S.) (or that portion of it advanced by the Bank and not repaid as
later provided) with interest until maturity, whether by acceleration or
otherwise, or an Event of Default, as later defined, at a per annum rate
equal to the Bank's base rate from time to time in effect PLUS 0.00% per
annum and after that at a rate equal to the rate of interest otherwise
prevailing under this Note plus 3% per annum (but in no event in excess of
the maximum rate permitted by law). The Bank's "base rate" is that annual
rate of interest so designated by the Bank and which is changed by the Bank
from time to time. Interest rate changes will be effective for interest
computation purposes as and when the Bank's base rate changes. Interest shall
be calculated on the basis of 360-day year for the actual number of days the
principal is outstanding. Accrued interest on this Note shall be payable on
the 1ST day of each MONTH commencing JUNE 1, 1996, until the Maturity Date
when all amounts outstanding under this Note shall be due and payable in
full. If the frequency of interest payments is not otherwise specified,
accrued interest on this Note shall be payable monthly on the first day of
each month. If any payment of principal or interest under this Note shall be
payable on a day other than a day on which the Bank is open for business,
this payment shall be extended to the next succeeding business day and
interest shall be payable at the rate specified in this Note during this
extension. A late payment charge equal to 5% of each late payment may be
charged on any payment not received by the Bank within 10 calendar days after
the payment due date, but acceptance of payment of this charge shall not
waive any Default under this Note.
The principal amount payable under this Note shall be the sum of all advances
made by the Bank to or at the request of the undersigned, less principal
payments actually received in cash by the Bank. The books and records of the
Bank shall be the best evidence of the principal amount and the unpaid
interest amount owing at any time under this Note and shall be conclusive
absent manifest error. No interest shall accrue under this Note until the
date of the first advance made by the Bank; after that interest on all
advances shall accrue and be computed on the principal balance outstanding
from time to time under this Note until the same is paid in full.
This Note and any other indebtedness and liabilities of any kind of the
undersigned (or any of them) to the Bank, and any and all modifications,
renewals or extensions of it, whether joint or several, contingent or
absolute, now existing or later arising, and however evidenced (collectively,
"Indebtedness") are secured by and the Bank is granted a security interest in
all items deposited in any account of any of the undersigned with the Bank
and by all proceeds of these items (cash or otherwise), all account balances
of any of the undersigned from time to time with the Bank, by all property of
any of the undersigned from time to time in the possession of the Bank and by
any other collateral, rights and properties described in each and every deed
of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge, assignment and other security
or collateral agreement which has been, or will at any time(s) later be,
executed by any (or all) of the undersigned to or for the benefit of the Bank
(collectively "Collateral"). Notwithstanding the above, (i) to the extent
that any portion of the Indebtedness is a consumer loan, that portion shall
not be secured by any deed of trust or mortgage on or other security interest
in any of the undersigned's principal dwelling or any of the undersigned's
real property which is not a purchase money security interest as to that
portion, unless expressly provided to the contrary in another place, or (ii)
if the undersigned (or any of them) has(have) given or give(s) Bank a deed of
trust or mortgage covering real property, that deed of trust or mortgage
shall not secure this Note or any other Indebtedness of the undersigned (or
any of them), unless expressly provided to the contrary In another place.
If the undersigned (or any of them) or any guarantor under a guaranty of all
or part of the Indebtedness ("guarantor") (i) fail(s) to pay any of the
indebtedness when due, by maturity, acceleration or otherwise, or fails(s) to
pay any indebtedness owing on a demand basis upon demand; or (ii) fail(s) to
comply with any of the terms or provisions of any agreement between the
undersigned (or any of them) or any such guarantor and the Bank; or (iii)
become(s) insolvent or the subject of a voluntary or involuntary proceeding
in bankruptcy, or a reorganization, arrangement or creditor composition
proceeding, (if a business entity) cease(s) doing business as a going
concern, (if a natural person) die(s) or become(s) incompetent, (if a
partnership) dissolve(s) or any general partner of it dies, becomes
incompetent or becomes the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding or (if a
corporation of a limited liability company) is the subject of a dissolution,
merger or consolidation; or (a) if any warranty or representation made by any
of the undersigned or any guarantor in connection with this Note or any of
the Indebtedness shall be discovered to be untrue or incomplete; or (b) if
there is any termination, notice of termination, or breach of any guaranty,
pledge, collateral assignment or subordination agreement relating to all or
any part of the Indebtedness; or (c) if there is any failure by any of the
undersigned or any guarantor to pay when due any of its Indebtedness (other
than to the Bank) or in the observance or performance of any term, covenant
or condition in any document evidencing, securing or relating to such
Indebtedness; or (d) if the Bank deems itself insecure believing that the
prospect of payment of this Note or any of the Indebtedness is impaired or
shall fear deterioration, removal or waste of any of the Collateral; or (e)
if there is filed or issued a levy or writ of attachment or garnishment or
other like judicial process upon the undersigned (or any of them) or any
guarantor or any of the Collateral, including without limit, any accounts of
the undersigned (or any of them) or any guarantor with the Bank, then the
Bank, upon the occurrence of any of these events (each a "Default"), may at
its option and without prior notice to the undersigned (or any of them),
declare any or all of the Indebtedness to be immediately due and payable
(notwithstanding any provisions contained in the evidence of it to the
contrary), sell or liquidate all or any portion of the Collateral, set off
against the Indebtedness any amounts owing by the Bank to the undersigned (or
any of them), charge interest at the default rate provided in the document
evidencing the relevant Indebtedness and exercise any one or more of the
rights and remedies granted to the Bank by any agreement with the undersigned
(or any of them) or given to it under applicable law. In addition, if this
Note is secured by a deed of trust or mortgage covering real property, then
the trustor or mortgagor shall not mortgage or pledge the mortgaged premises
as security for any other Indebtedness or obligations. This Note, together
with all other Indebtedness secured by said deed of trust or mortgage, shall
become due and payable immediately, without notice, at the option of the
Bank, (a) if said trustor or mortgagor shall mortgage or pledge the mortgaged
premises for any other Indebtedness or obligations or shall convey, assign or
transfer the mortgaged premises by deed, installment sale contract
instrument, or (b) if the title to the mortgaged premises shall become vested
in any other person or party in any manner whatsoever, or (c) if there is any
disposition (through one or more transactions) of legal or beneficial title
to a controlling interest of said trustor or mortgagor. All payments under
this Note shall be in immediately available United States funds, without
setoff or counterclaim.
If this Note is signed by two or more parties (whether by all as makers or by
one or more as an accommodation party or otherwise), the obligations and
undertakings under this Note shall be that of all and any two or more jointly
and also of each severally. This Note shall bind the undersigned, and the
undersigned's respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and
assigns.
The undersigned waive(s) presentment, demand, protest, notice of dishonor,
notice of demand or intent to demand, notice of acceleration or intent to
accelerate, and all other notices and agree(s) that no extension or
indulgence to the undersigned (or any of them) or release, substitution or
nonenforcement of any security, or release or substitution of any of the
undersigned, any guarantor or any other party, whether with or without
notice, shall affect the obligations of any of the undersigned. The
undersigned waive(s) all defenses or right to discharge available under
Section 3-605 of the California Uniform Commercial Code and waive(s) all
other suretyship defenses or right to discharge. The undersigned agree(s)
that the Bank has the right to sell, assign, or grant participations, or any
interest, in any or all of the Indebtedness, and that, in connection with
this right, but without limiting its ability to make other disclosures to the
full extent allowable, the Bank may disclose all documents and information
which the Bank now or later has relating to the undersigned or the
Indebtedness. The undersigned agree(s) that the Bank may provide information
relating to the Note or to the undersigned to the Bank's parent, affiliates,
subsidiaries and service providers.
<PAGE>
The undersigned agree(s) to reimburse the holder or owner of this Note for
any and all costs and expenses (including without limit, court costs, legal
expenses and reasonable attorney fees, whether inside or outside counsel is
used, whether or not suit is instituted and, if suit is instituted, whether
at the trial court level, appellate level, in a bankruptcy, probate or
administrative proceeding or otherwise) incurred in collecting or attempting
to collect this Note or incurred in any other matter or proceeding relating
to this Note.
The undersigned acknowledge(s) and agree(s) that there are no contrary
agreements, oral or written, establishing a term of this Note and agree(s)
that the terms and conditions of this Note may not be amended, waived or
modified except in a writing signed by an officer of the Bank expressly
stating that the writing constitutes an amendment, waiver or modification of
the terms of this Note. As used in this Note, the word "undersigned" means,
individually and collectively, each maker, accommodation party, indorser and
other party signing this Note in a similar capacity. If any provision of this
Note is unenforceable in whole or part for any reason, the remaining
provisions shall continue to be effective. THIS NOTE IS MADE IN THE STATE OF
CALIFORNIA AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS
PRINCIPLES.
THE MAXIMUM INTEREST RATE SHALL NOT EXCEED THE HIGHEST APPLICABLE USUARY
CEILING.
THE UNDERSIGNED AND THE BANK ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A
CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING
(OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE,
KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THEIR MUTUAL BENEFIT, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION REGARDING THE PERFORMANCE OR
ENFORCEMENT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS NOTE OR THE INDEBTEDNESS.
THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A LETTER AGREEMENT DATED MAY 1, 1996.
For Corporations, Partnerships, Trust or Estates
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. By: Its:
____________________________ ___________________ ____________________
OBLIGOR NAME TYPED/PRINTED SIGNATURE OF TITLE
6920 KOLL CENTER PKWY, #220 By: /s/ (Steve M. Its: PRESIDENT &
Willens) (CHAIRMAN)
____________________________ ___________________ ____________________
STREET ADDRESS SIGNATURE OF TITLE
PLEASANTON By: Its:
____________________________ ___________________ ____________________
CITY SIGNATURE OF TITLE
CA 94566 By: /s/ (Steve Hess) Its: C.F.O.
____________________________ ___________________ ____________________
STATE ZIP CODE SIGNATURE OF TITLE
For Individuals or Sole Proprietorships
Name(s) of Obligor(s) Signature(s) of
(Type or Print) Obligor(s)
_____________________ ____________________
_____________________ _____________________ ____________________
STREET ADDRESS
_____________________ _____________________ ____________________
CITY
_____________________ _____________________ ____________________
STATE ZIP CODE
______________________________________________________________________________
| For Bank Use Only | CCAR # |
|_________________________________________|____________________________________|
|Loan Officer Initials | Loan Group Name | Obligor(s) Name |
| MARY BETH SUHR | HIGH TECH | LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC. |
|______________________|__________________|____________________________________|
|Loan Officer I.D. No. | Loan Group No. | Obligor # | Note # | Amount |
| 48703 | 95820 | | | $5,000,000.00 |
|______________________|__________________|___________|________|_______________|
<PAGE>
[Logo]
CORPORATION RESOLUTIONS AND INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATION -
AUTHORITY TO PROCURE LOANS
________________________________________________________________________________
I certify that I am the duly elected and qualified Secretary of LIVINGSTON
ENTERPRISES, INC. a CALIFORNIA corporation (the "Corporation") and the keeper
of the records of the Corporation; that the following is a true and correct
copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation
in accordance with its bylaws and applicable statutes on or as of MAY 6, 1996;
Copy of Resolutions:
Be it Resolved, That:
1. Any (insert number required to sign) (TWO) of the following (insert
titles only) CEO, CFO, EXECUTIVE V.P. of the Corporation are/is authorized,
for, on behalf of, and in the name of the Corporation to:
(a) Negotiate and procure loans, letters of credit and other credit or
financial accomodations from COMERICA BANK-CALIFORNIA (the "Bank")
up to an amount not exceeding $5 MILLION (if left blank, then
unlimited);
(b) Discount with the Bank commercial or other business paper belonging to
the Corporation made or drawn by or upon third parties, without limit
as to amount;
(c) Purchase, sell, exchange, assign, endorse for transfer and/or deliver
certificates and/or instruments representing stocks, bonds, evidences
of indebtedness or other securities owned by the Corporation, whether
or not registered in the name of the Corporation;
(d) Give security for any liabilities of the Corporation to the Bank by
grant, security interest, assignment, lien, deed of trust or
mortgage upon any real or personal property, tangible or intangible of
the Corporation; and
(e) Execute and deliver in form and content as may be required by the Bank
any and all notes, evidences of indebtedness, applications for letters
of credit, guaranties, subordination agreements, loan and security
agreements, financing statements, assignments, liens, deeds of trust,
mortgages, trust receipts and other agreements, instruments or
documents to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions, any or all
of which may relate to all or to substantially all of the Corporation's
property and assets.
2. Said Bank be and it is authorized and directed to pay the proceeds of any
such loans or discounts as directed by the persons so authorized to sign,
whether so payable to the order of any of said persons in their individual
capacities or not, and whether such proceeds are deposited to the individual
credit of any of said persons or not;
3. Any and all agreements, instruments and documents previously executed and
acts and things previously done to carry out the purposes of these
Resolutions are ratified, confirmed and approved as the act or acts of the
Corporation.
4. These Resolutions shall continue in force, and the Bank may consider the
holders of said offices and their signatures to be and continue to be as set
forth in a certified copy of these Resolutions delivered to the Bank, until
notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank (such notice to
have no effect on any action previously taken by the Bank in reliance on
these Resolutions).
5. Any person, corporation or other legal entity dealing with the Bank may
rely upon a certificate signed by an officer of the Bank to effect that these
Resolutions and any agreement, instrument or document executed pursuant to
them are still in full force and effect and binding upon the Corporation.
6. The Bank may consider the holders of the offices of the Corporation and
their signatures, respectively, to be and continue to be as set forth in the
Certificate of the Secretary of the Corporation until notice to the contrary
in writing is duly served on the Bank.
I further certify that the above Resolutions are in full force and effect as
of the date of this Certificate; that these Resolutions and any borrowings or
financial accommodations under these Resolutions have been properly noted in
the corporate books and records, and have not been rescinded, annulled,
revoked or modified; that neither the foregoing Resolutions nor any actions
to be taken pursuant to them are or will be in contravention of any provision
of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation or of any
agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Corporation is a party
or by which it is bound; and that neither the articles of incorporation nor
bylaws of the Corporation nor any agreement, indenture or other instrument to
which the Corporation is a party or by which it is bound require the vote or
consent of shareholders of the Corporation to authorize any act, matter or
thing described in the foregoing Resolutions.
I further certify that the following named persons have been duly elected to
the offices set opposite their respective names, that they continue to hold
these offices at the present time, and that the signatures which appear below
are the genuine, original signatures of each respectively:
(PLEASE SUPPLY GENUINE SIGNATURES OF AUTHORIZED SIGNERS BELOW)
NAME (Type or Print) TITLE SIGNATURE
STEVE HESS CFO /s/ Steve Hess
______________________ ______________________ ______________________
______________________ ______________________ ______________________
______________________ ______________________ ______________________
RON WILLENS EXECUTIVE V.P. /s/ Ronald Willens
______________________ ______________________ ______________________
______________________ ______________________ ______________________
STEVE WILLENS CEO /s/ Steve M. Willens
______________________ ______________________ ______________________
In Witness Whereof, I have affixed my name as Secretary and have caused the
corporate seal of said Corporation to be affixed this 15th day of May, 1996.
/s/ Ronald Willens
______________________________
Secretary
RON WILLENS
___________________________________________________________________
| |
| The Above Statements are Correct. ____________________________ |
| SIGNATURE OF OFFICER OR |
| DIRECTOR OF, IF NONE, A |
| SHAREHOLDER OTHER THAN |
| SECRETARY WHEN SECRETARY IS |
| AUTHORIZED TO SIGN ALONE |
<PAGE>
[Logo]
BORROWER'S AUTHORIZATION
DATE: APRIL 30, 1996
_____________________
I (we) hereby authorize and direct COMERICA BANK-CALIFORNIA ("Bank") to pay
to (UNDISBURSED) $
___________________________________________ ____________________________
to ___________________________________________ $____________________________
to ___________________________________________ $____________________________
to ___________________________________________ $____________________________
of the proceeds of my (our) loan from the Bank evidenced by a note in the
original principal amount of $5,000,000.00, dated APRIL 30, 1996.
Borrower(s): LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
____________________________
By: /s/ Steve Hess Its: CFO
_______________________________ ______________________________
Signature of STEVE HESS Title (if applicable)
By: Its:
_______________________________ ______________________________
Signature of Title (if applicable)
By: /s/ Steve M. Willens Its: CEO
_______________________________ ______________________________
Signature of STEVE WILLENS Title (if applicable)
By: Its:
_______________________________ ______________________________
Signature of Title (if applicable)
<PAGE>
INTEREST/FEES
Interest on the line of credit shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day
year for the actual number of days the principal is outstanding, at the
Bank's Prime Rate. Accrued interest shall be due and payable on the 1st day
of each month commencing June 1, 1996, until the Maturity Date when all
amounts outstanding shall be due and payable in full.
Borrower shall pay to Bank a commitment fee for the line of credit equal to
.35% per annum which commitment fee shall be due and payable as follows:
$17,500 upon execution of the documents herein and $14,583.33 on May 1, 1997.
REPRESENTATIVES AND WARRANTIES:
Borrower makes the following representatives and warranties to Bank, which
representatives and warranties shall survive the execution of this letter.
Borrower is a corporation duly organized and existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of California, and is qualified or licensed to do
business in all jurisdictions in which it conducts its business.
This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered, and is a valid
and binding agreement of Borrower.
There are no pending or threatened actions, suits or proceedings before any
court or administrative agency which may adversely affect the financial
condition or operation of Borrower other than those heretofore disclosed by
Borrower to Bank in writing.
All financial and other information submitted by Borrower to Bank is true and
correct in all material respects and presents fairly the financial condition
of Borrower, and has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principals consistently applied. As of the date of such financial
statements, and since such date, there has been no material adverse change in
the condition or operation of Borrower, nor has Borrower mortgaged, pledged
or granted a security interest in or encumbered any of Borrower's assets or
properties except as permitted by this letter.
The obligations of Borrower under this letter or any promissory notes
executed in connection herewith are not subordinated in right of payment to
any other obligation of Borrower.
Borrower possesses, and will hereafter possess, all permits, memberships,
franchises, contracts and licenses required and all trademark rights trade
names, trade name rights, patents, patent rights and fictitious name rights
necessary to enable it to conduct the business in which it is now engaged
without conflict with the rights of others.
Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable
provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA),
and no Reportable Event, as defined in said Act, has occured and is
continuing with respect to any Plan initiated by Borrower thereunder.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT:
Borrower shall execute any and all promissory notes and other loan documents
deemed necessary by Bank to evidence the Revolving Line of Credit and all
terms and conditions of this letter.
<PAGE>
COVENANTS:
So long as the Revolving Line of Credit remains available or any indebtedness
remains outstanding, borrower shall, unless Bank otherwise consents in
writing:
Punctually pay (1) the interest and principal on any promissory notes
executed in connection with this letter at the times and place an in the
manner specified in said promissory notes; (2) any fees due hereunder at the
times and place and in the manner specified herein; and (3) immediately upon
demand by Bank, the principal amount by which Borrower has exceeded any
limitation on advances hereunder.
Maintain adequate books and accounts in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principals consistently applied, and permit any representative of
Bank, at any reasonable time, to inspect, audit and examine such books and
inspect the properties of Borrower.
Provide to Bank not later than 120 days after and as of the end of each
fiscal year, unqualified CPA audited financial statements.
Provide to Bank not later than 45 days after and as of the end of each fiscal
quarter the company's internally prepared financial statement and accounts
receivable aging report.
Maintain a Quick Ratio (defined as cash and accounts receivable divided by
current liabilities) not at any time less than 1.50 : 1.0.
Maintain Tangible Net Worth (defined as stockholders' equity plus
subordinated debt less any treasury stock and less any intangible assets) not
at any time less than $10,500,000.00 plus 75% of net quarterly profits and
100% of any new equity raised.
Maintain a ratio of Total Debt to Tangible Net Worth (defined as current
liabilities and non-current liabilities less subordinated debt divided by
Tangible Net Worth) not at any time greater than 0.75 : 1.0
Maintain profitable operations on a quarterly basis.
Borrower represents, warrants and covenants with Bank that Borrower will not,
without Bank's prior written consent:
Grant a security interest in or permit a lien, claim or encumbrance upon any
of Borrower's assets to any person, association, firm, corporation, entity or
governmental agency or instrumentality;
Permit any levy, attachment or restraint to be made affecting any of
Borrower's assets;
Permit any judicial officer or assignee to be appointed or to take possession
of any or all of Borrower's assets;
Not declare or pay any cash dividend on the capital stock of Borrower, or
purchase or acquire in any way for any considerations any shares of such
capital stock.
Not acquire through stock purchases, or otherwise, the assets or business of
any other person or entity, and not liquidate or dissolve, merge or
consolidate with any other person or entity by purchase, sale or otherwise
that would result in the violation of any financial covenants.
Not change the present character of Borrower's business or enter into any
transaction not in the usual course of Borrower's business.
Upon the violation by Borrower of any term or condition of this letter, or
upon the occurrence of any Event of Default as defined in any other document
executed by Borrower in connection with the Revolving Line of Credit, the
outstanding principal balance under the line of Credit, together with all
accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall become immediately due and
payable, at Bank's option,
<PAGE>
without presentment, demand or notice of dishonor, all of which are expressly
waived by Borrower. Borrower may be required, at Bank's sole discretion, to
provide cash security in an amount equal to the sum total of any letters of
credit outstanding. Bank shall have no obligation to make further advances
under the Revolving Line of Credit or make additional transactions under the
Letter of Credit subfacility; and Bank shall have all rights, powers and
remedies available under law or accorded by any promissory note or other loan
document executed in connection herewith.
No delay or failure on the part of the Bank to exercise any right, power or
remedy under this letter, or any other document executed in connection
herewith, or to declare a default hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by Bank of any such right,
power or remedy preclude any other or further thereof or the exercise of any
other right power or remedy.
Borrower shall reimburse Bank for all costs and expenses, including
reasonable attorneys' fees, expended or incurred by Bank in enforcing the
terms hereof, in actions for declaratory relief in any other way related to
this letter, in collecting any sums which become due Bank on any promissory
note executed in connection with this Letter Agreement, and in the
protection, preservation or enforcement of any security interest granted by
Borrower to Bank.
This letter shall be binding on an inure to the benefit of the successors,
heirs and assigns of the parties, provided however, that Borrower may not
assist or transfer its interest hereunder without the prior written consent
of the Bank. Bank reserves the right to sell, assign, transfer, negotiate or
grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank's rights
and benefits hereunder and under any promissory notes executed in connection
with this Letter Agreement or any collateral documents thereto. In
connection therewith Bank may disclose all documents and inform which Bank now
or hereafter may have relating to the Revolving Line of Credit, Borrower or
its business, any Guarantor hereunder or the business of such Guarantor, or
any collateral for the Revolving Line of Credit.
The undersigned agree(s) that the Bank may provide information relating to
this Letter Agreement or relating to the undersigned to the Bank's parent,
affiliates, subsidiaries and service providers.
This letter and all other documents executed in connection with this
Revolving Line of Credit shall be governed by the laws of the State of
California.
Your acknowledgment of this letter shall constitute acceptance of the
foregoing terms and conditions.
Sincerely,
COMERICA BANK-CALIFORNIA
By: /s/ Mary Beth Suhr
-------------------------------
Mary Beth Suhr, Vice President Date: May 1, 1996
-------------------
Acknowledged and accepted:
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
By: /s/ Steve Hess
-------------------------------
Steve Hess Date: 5/3/96
Title: CFO -------------------
---------------------------
By: /s/ Steve M. Willens
-------------------------------
Steve Willens Date: 5/15/96
Title: President & Chairman -------------------
---------------------------
<PAGE>
FIRST MODIFICATION TO LETTER AGREEMENT - REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT
This First Modification to the Letter Agreement - Revolving Line of
Credit (this "Modification") is entered into by and between LIVINGSTON
ENTERPRISES, INC. ("Borrower") and Comerica Bank-California ("Bank") as of
this 20TH day of MAY 1996 at, San Jose, California.
RECITALS
A. Bank and Borrower have previously entered into or are concurrently
herewith entering into a Letter Agreement - Revolving Line of Credit (the
"Agreement") dated May 1, 1996.
B. Borrower has requested, and Bank has agreed, to modify the
Agreement as set forth below:
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE. The Agreement as modified hereby and the
Recitals are incorporated herein by this reference.
- Borrower shall be authorized to make loans to employees up to
$250,000 in aggregate.
LEGAL EFFECT. Except as specifically set forth in this Modification,
all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and
effect.
INTEGRATION. This is an integrated Modification and supersedes all
prior negotiations and agreements regarding the subject matter hereof. All
amendments hereto must be in writing and signed by the parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have agreed as of the date first set
forth above.
COMERICA BANK-CALIFORNIA
By: /s/ Mary Beth Suhr
-------------------------------
Mary Beth Suhr, Vice President
LIVINGSTON ENTERPRISES, INC.
By: /s/ Steve Hess
-------------------------------
Its: CFO
------------------------------
By: /s/ Steve M. Willens
-------------------------------
Its: CEO
------------------------------
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 11.1
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED 6 MONTHS ENDED
---------------------------------------- --------------------------
8/31/94 8/31/95 8/31/96 2/28/96 2/28/97
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net income........................................ 1,027,000 4,904,000 8,845,000 4,852,000 4,685,000
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Weighted average common shares outstanding........ 12,150,000 12,150,000 12,168,804 12,158,862 12,288,819
Common stock options, utilizing treasury stock
method when dilutive............................ -- 419,221 1,669,723 1,190,913 1,808,549
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 83 issuances and
grants (1)...................................... 375,432 375,432 375,432 375,432 375,432
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Weighted average shares outstanding............... 12,525,432 12,944,653 14,213,959 13,725,206 14,472,800
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Earnings per share:............................... 0.08 0.38 0.62 0.35 0.32
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
</TABLE>
- ---------
(1) Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No.
83, common and preferred stock issued for consideration below the assumed
initial public offering (IPO) price, and stock options and warrants granted
with exercise prices below the IPO price during the 12-month period
preceding the date of the initial filing of the Registration Statement, have
been included in the calculation of common equivalent shares, using the
treasury stock method, as if they were outstanding for all periods
presented.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.1
The Board of Directors
Livingston Enterprises, Inc.
The audits referred to in our report dated October 4, 1996, except for Note
10 which is as of May 15, 1997 included the related financial statement schedule
as of August 31, 1996, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended
August 31, 1996, included in the registration statement. This financial
statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement schedule
based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a
whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth
therein.
We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to
our firm under the heading "Experts" and "Selected Consolidated Financial Data"
in the prospectus.
Palo Alto, CA
May 16, 1997
